The Hardware Pinout Book

Hardware Book
Internet's largest free collection of connector pinouts and cable descriptions.

This is an unofficial Adobe PDF Archive of the Hardware Book available
from http://www.hardwarebook.net/, this PDF has been assembled as
a reference for B.C. Wireless Volunteers.

July 15, 2006

Welcome to the Hardware Book. Internet's largest free collection of connector pinouts and cable
descriptions.
Newsflash! A new version of The Hardware Book has been released as of 2004-04-12! See News for
more details.
This is an offline version, the latest release of HwB can be found at http://www.hardwarebook.net/.
Connectors Pinouts for connectors, buses etc.
Cables How to build serial cables and many other cables.
Adapters How to build adapters.
Circuits Misc circuits (active filters etc).
Tables Misc tables with info. (AWG..)
WWW Links Links to other electronic resources.
Mirrors
Visit a HwB mirror near you for best
performance.
News News information about The Hardware Book.
Wanted Information we are currently looking for.
About Who did this? And why?
Comment Send your comments to the author.
Copyright The Hardware Book Team 1996-2004.
May be copied and redistributed, partially or in whole, as appropriate.
Document last modified: 2004-04-12
[ Audio/Video | Buses | Cartridges/Expansions | Cellular Phones | Memories | Misc | Networks | Parallel |
PC | Power Supply | Serial | Storage | Mice/Keyboards/Joysticks ]
What does the information that is listed for each connector mean? See the tutorial.
Audio/Video
Audio
ActionMedia 2 Audio/Video Capture
Amiga 1000 RF Monitor
Apple AudioVision
CBM 1902A
NeoGeo Audio/Video
Sony RGB Multi Input
TI-99/4A Video/Audio
Consoles
Atari Jaguar A/V
N64 Video
PlayStation A/V
Sega Dreamcast A/V
Sega Genesis 2/32X/Nomad A/V
Sega Genesis/Master A/V
Sega Saturn A/V
SNES Video
SNES2 Video
Digital
Digital Flat Panel (DFP)
Digital Visual Interface (DVI)
Enhanced Video Connector (EVC)
OpenLDI
Plug and Display Analog/Digital (P&D-A/D)
Plug and Display Digital (P&D-D)
Home Audio/Video
3.5 mm Mono Tele
3.5 mm Stereo Tele
6.35 mm Mono Tele
6.35 mm Stereo Tele
DIN Audio
S-Video
SCART
TurboVision Turbo Express TV Tuner
VHS Video Camera
Home computers
Amstrad CPC6128 Monitor
Amstrad CPC6128 Plus Monitor
Amstrad CPC6128 Stereo
Atari Falcon030 RGB/VGA
Atari ST Monitor Connector
C128 RGBI
C128/C64C Video
C16/C116/+4 Audio/Video
C64 Audio/Video
C65 Video
CDTV Video Slot
CM-8/CoCo RGB
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Audio/Video
ZX Spectrum 128 RGB
Video
3b1/7300 Video
Amiga 1000 RF Modulator
Amiga Video
Apple AudioVision
Apple II Video Expansion
Apple Macintosh II/IIci Video
Apple Macintosh LC External Video
Apple S-Video Input
Apple S-Video Output
Apple Video Mirror
AT&T 53D410
AT&T 6300 Taxan Monitor
AT&T PC6300
CBM 1902A
CGA
Commodore 1084 & 1084S (Analog) Connector
Commodore 1084 & 1084S (Digital)
Commodore 1084d & 1084dS
ECL
EGA
IBM PCjr CGA
IBM PowerPC Video
Macintosh Video
MDA (Hercules)
Monochrome TTL Video
NeoGeo Audio/Video
NeXT Color Video
PGA
S-Video
SGI StereoView (3 pin)
SGI Video
Sun Video
VESA Feature
VGA (15)
VGA (9)
VGA (VESA DDC)
Vic 20 Video
Buses
Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP)
Amiga 1200 CPU-port
Amiga Video Expansion
Apple Duo Dock
Apple Macintosh Portable Processor-Direct Slot (PPDS)
Apple Macintosh Processor-Direct Slot (PDS)
C-bus II
CardBus
CompactPCI
CompactPCI (technical)
ECBbus
EISA
EISA (technical)
Electrocoin
IEEE1394
IEEE1394 (technical)
ISA
ISA (technical)
IndustrialPCI
JAMMA
MCA
Miniature Card
Miniature Card (technical)
NuBus
NuBus 90
PC Card
PC/104
PCI
PCI (technical)
PCMCIA
SSFDC
SUN SBus
SmallPCI
Unibus
Universal Serial Bus (USB)
Universal Serial Bus (USB) (technical)
VESA LocalBus (VLB)
VESA LocalBus (VLB) (technical)
VME64x
VME64x (technical)
VMEbus
Zorro II
Zorro II/III
Cartridges/Expansions
Audio
Apple Digital Audio/Video (DAV)
Video
Apple Digital Video Application (DVA)
+4 User Port
Amiga 1000 Ramex
Apple Communication Slot
Apple Macintosh Portable ROM Expansion
Atari 2600 Cartridge
Atari 5200 Expansion
Atari Cartridge Port
Atari Falcon030 DSP Port
C128 Expansion Bus
C16/+4 Expansion Bus
C64 Cartridge Expansion
C64 RS232 User Port
C64/128 User Port
CD32 Expansion-port
CDTV Diagnostic Slot
CDTV Expansion Slot
Commodore PET Parallel User Port
GameBoy Cartridge
GameBoy Cartridge
GeekPort
MSX Expansion
PC-Engine Cartridge
Psion Organiser II Connector Top Slot (D)
SNES Cartridge
SUN SROMBO
SUN SROMBOlite
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Expansion Bus
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Game Cartridge
TG-16 Cartridge
TI-99/4A Card Slot
TI-99/4A Cartridge Port
TI-99/4A Side Port
Vic 20 Memory Expansion
Vic 20 User I/O
Cellular Phones
Alcatel HC600/800/1000
Ericsson 218/337/318/388
Ericsson 628/788
Ericsson 688/888
Motorola 6200/7500/8200/8400/8700
NEC P3
Nokia 1610
Nokia 2110
Nokia 31xx/81xx
Nokia 5110/6110
Panasonic G500
Phillips Fizz/Spark
Siemens C25/S25
Sony CMD 1000
Memories
DIMM
144 pin SO DIMM
168 pin DRAM DIMM (Unbuffered)
168 pin SDRAM DIMM (Unbuffered)
SIMM
30 pin SIMM
72 pin ECC SIMM
72 pin SIMM
Smartcard
SmartCard AFNOR
SmartCard ISO
SmartCard ISO 7816-2
72 pin SO DIMM
CDTV Memory Card
CompactFlash
Power Mac L2 Cache
Misc
Harddrive
Atari ACSI DMA
Printer
Atari ACSI DMA
UPS
Triplite OmniPro 675 UPS
UPS YUNTO P Series (250/500/750/1250)
Networks
AUI
Apple AUI (AAUI)
AUI
Media Independent Interface (MII)
SUN AUI
Ethernet
Ethernet 10/100Base-T
Ethernet 1000Base-T
Ethernet 100Base-T4
Network Information
Parallel
Parallel
ECP Parallel
ECP Parallel (technical)
IEEE1284-B
IEEE1284-C
MSX Parallel
Parallel (Amiga 1000)
Parallel (Amiga)
Parallel (Olivetti M10)
Parallel (PC)
Parallel (SUN)
Printer
Amstrad CPC6128 Printer Port
Centronics
Dataproducts D-Sub 50 Parallel
Dataproducts M/50 Parallel
DEC Printer
Video
IndyCam Digital Video Port
IEEE488
PC
3.5" Power
5.25" Power
AT Backup Battery
AT LED/Keylock
Motherboard CPU Cooling fan
Motherboard IrDA
Motherboard Power
PC Speaker
Turbo LED
Power Supply
Amiga
Amiga 2000 Power Supply
Amiga 3000T Power Supply
Amiga 500/600/1200 Power Supply
ATX
ATX +12V Power Supply
ATX Aux Power Supply
ATX Optional Power
ATX Power Supply
SFX
SFX Optional Power
SFX Power Supply
WTX
WTX 12V CPU (P3)
WTX 12V CPU (P4/P5)
WTX Additional (P2)
WTX Main (P1)
Apple Macintosh Classic Internal Power
C128 Power Supply
C64 Power Supply
SUN Power
Sun Aux Power
Serial
Apple 300/1200 Modem
Apple Duo Dock Modem Adapter Card
Apple ImageWriter Serial
Apple LaserWriter AppleTalk
Apple LaserWriter Serial
Apple Macintosh XL Serial A
Apple Macintosh XL Serial B
AppleLine RS232
C64 Serial I/O
Cisco Console Port
CoCo Serial Printer
Conrad Electronics MM3610D
DEC DLV11-J Serial
DEC Dual RS-232
DEC MMJ
EIA-449 (RS-449)
EIA-449 (RS-449) Secondary
EIA530 (RS530)
HP 4S Scanner
HP48/HP95
ITU-TSS V.35
ITU-TSS X.21
Lowrance AirMap 100, GlobalMap 100, GlobalNav 12, GlobalNav 200, GlobalNav 212
Lowrance AirMap, AirMap 300, GlobalMap 12, GlobalMap Sport
Lowrance GlobalNav 310
MIDI In
MIDI Out
Macintosh RS-422
Macintosh Serial
Minuteman UPS
RS-232D
RS232
RS366
RS422 37pin
RS422 9pin
RocketPort Serialport
SUN LX/Classic/SS4/5/10/20 Serial Port
Serial (15)
Serial (Amiga 1000)
Serial (Amiga)
Serial (MSX)
Serial (PC 25)
Serial (PC 9)
Serial (Printer)
Serial (SGI MiniDIN)
Serial (SUN)
Storage
Cassette
Amstrad CPC6128 Tape
C16/C116/+4 Cassette
C64/128 Cassette
Cassette TI-99/4a
CoCo Cassette
MSX Cassette
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Cassette
VIC20 Cassette
CD-ROM
Mitsumi CD-ROM
Panasonic CD-ROM
Sony CD-ROM
Floppy
8" Floppy Diskdrive
Amiga External Diskdrive
Amstrad CPC6128 Diskdrive 2
Amstrad CPC6128 Plus External Diskdrive
Apple Macintosh External Drive
Apple Macintosh Internal Floppy disk drive
Atari Floppy Port
Internal Diskdrive
Macintosh External Drive
MSX External Diskdrive
SUN Internal Floppydrive
Harddrive
ESDI
PC Card ATA
ST506/412
IDE/ATA
ATA (44) Internal
ATA Internal
IDE Internal
Paravision SX-1 External IDE
PC Card ATA
SCSI
Information
SCSI Information
Apple SCSI HDI-30
Novell and Procomp External SCSI
SCSI External Centronics 50 (Differential)
SCSI External Centronics 50 (Single-ended)
SCSI External D-Sub (Future Domain)
SCSI External D-Sub (PC/Amiga/Mac)
SCSI External IBM Burndy
SCSI Internal (2.5")
SCSI Internal (Differential)
SCSI Internal (Single-ended)
SCSI-II External Hi D-Sub (Differential)
SCSI-II External Hi D-Sub (Single-ended)
SCSI-III External Hi D-Sub (Differential)
SCSI-III External Hi D-Sub (Single-ended)
Adaptec RAIDport
IEEE488
Mice/Keyboards/Joysticks
Joystick
Amstrad Digital Joystick
Apple IIc Joystick
Atari 2600 Controller Pinouts
Atari 2600 Joystick
Atari 5200 Joystick
Atari 7800 Joystick
Atari Enhanced Joystick
Atari Mouse/Joy
C16/C116/+4 Joystick
C64 Control Port
MSX Joystick
NeoGeo Joystick
Nintendo SNES Controller
PC Gameport
PC Gameport+MIDI
Sega Genesis Controller
Sony Playstation Controller Port
TI-99/4A Joystick Port
Vectrex Controller
Keyboard
AT&T 6300 Keyboard
Keyboard (5 Amiga)
Keyboard (5 PC)
Keyboard (6 Amiga)
Keyboard (6 PC, PS/2)
Keyboard (Amiga CD32)
Keyboard (XT)
Macintosh Keyboard
Macintosh Keyboard Connector
SUN Keyboard/Mouse
TI-99/4A Keyboard
Mouse
Amiga Mouse/Joy
Apple Macintosh Mouse Connector
Macintosh Mouse
Mouse (PS/2)
SGI Mouse (Model 021-0004-002) Connector
SUN Keyboard/Mouse
Serial
Apple Desktop Bus (ADB)
Short tutorial
Heading
First at each page there a short heading describing what the connector is.
Pictures of the connectors
After that there is at each page there is one or more pictures of the connectors. Sometimes there is some
question marks only. This means that we don't know what kind of connector it is or how it looks.
(at the computer)
There may be some pictures we haven't drawn yet. We illustrate this with the following advanced
picture:
(at the computer)
Normally are one or more pictures. These are seen from the front, and NOT the soldside. Holes
(female connectors usually) are darkened. Look at the example below. The first is a female connector
and the second is a male. The texts inside parentheses will tell you at which kind of the device it will
look like that.
(at the videocard)
(at the monitor cable)
Texts describing the connectors
Below the pictures there is texts that describes the connectors. Including the name of the physical
connector.
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) at the computer.
Pin table
The pin table is perhaps the information you are looking for. Should be simple to read. Contains mostly
the following three columns; Pin, Name & Description.
Pin Name Description
1 CLOCK Key Clock
2 GND GND
3 DATA Key Data
4 VCC +5 VDC
5 n/c Not connected
Contributor & Source
All persons that helped us or sent us information about the connector will be listed here. The source of
the information is perhaps a book or another site.
Example:
Contributor: Joakim gren
Source: Amiga 4000 User's Guide from Commodore
We receive many e-mails every day, please help us categorize them:
Pinout [email protected]
Connector pinouts.
Cable [email protected]
Cable & adapters descriptions.
Circuits [email protected]
Circuits for the Circuit section.
Error/Bugs [email protected]
Error/bugs found in HwB.
Mirror [email protected]
Apply to become a mirror of HwB.
General [email protected]
General info for HwB.
Please don't send questions like "Do you have the pinout to Xyz", "Can you help us to repair my Xyz" or
"Where can I buy an Xyz", please redirect these to a UseNet newsgroup instead. Try Groups.Google.com
(at the computer)
8 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE at the computer.
Pin Description
1 Composite Sync Input
2 Blue Video Input
3 Red Video Input
4 Video Ground
5 Left Audio Input
6 Green Video Input
7 Right Audio Input
8 Audio Ground
Table below shows usage of inputs depending of the type:
Mode 3 (R) 6 (G) 2 (B) 1 (S)
-Composite video 1 (VCR) Yes
Composite video 2 Yes
SVHS (Y/C) Y C
RGB (sync-on-green) R G B
RGBS R G B S
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
ActionMedia II legacy
page
(at the computer)
8 PIN DIN "C" FEMALE at the computer.
Pin Name Dir Description
1 n/c - Not connected
2 GND Ground
3 AUDL Audio Left
4 CVIDEO Composite Video
5 GND Ground
7 +12V +12 VDC
8 AUDR Audio Right
Note: Direction is Computer relative Monitor.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Apple AudioVision
45 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR ??
Pin Name
1 Analog audio ground
2 Audio input shield
3 Left channel audio input
4 Right channel audio input
5 Left channel audio output
6 Right channel audio output
7 Reserved
8 Monitor ID sense line 1
10 Green ground (shield)
11 Green video output (75 )
12 Video input power ground
13 Power for camera +5 V
14 Reserved
15 Reserved
16 Reserved
17 Reserved
19 S-video input shield
20 S-video input luminance (Y)
21 S-video input chroma (C)
22 Reserved
24 Reserved
25 Reserved
26 Red ground (shield)
27 Red video output (75 )
28 I
2
C data signal
29 I
2
C clock signal
30 Reserved
31 Monitor ID
32 Monitor ID
33 Vertical sync signal
34 Composite sync signal
35 ADB power +5 V
36 ADB ground
37 ADB data
38 Keyboard switch
39 Reserved
40 Reserved
41 Monitor ID
42 Horizontal sync signal
43 Video sync ground
44 Blue ground (shield)
45 Blue video output (75 )
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: Apple Tech Info Library 14703: Power Macintosh Pinouts at Apple TIL homepage
Apple Tech Info Library 12719: AudioVision 14 Display High-Density Connector Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
CBM 1902A
Available on the Commodore CBM 1902A monitor.
(at the Monitor)
6 PIN DIN FEMALE at the Monitor.
2 AUDIO Audio
3 GND Ground
4 C Chroma
6 L Luminance
Note: Direction is Monitor relative Computer.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
comp.sys.cbm General FAQ v3.1 Part
7
NeoGeo Audio/Video
Available on the NeoGeo videogame.
(at the Computer)
8 PIN DIN (DIN45326) FEMALE at the Computer.
1 AOUT Audio out
2 GND Ground
3 VIDEO Composite Video Out
4 +5V +5 VDC
5 GREEN Green Video
6 RED Red Video
7 NSYNC Negative Sync
8 BLUE Blue Video
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Enzo, Steffen
Kupfer
Source: ?
Available on Sony KV-25XBR TV's
(at the TV)
34 PIN IDC MALE at the TV
Pin Description
1 +5V power supply
2 +5V power supply
3 Audio (R) input GND
4 GND
5 Remote control GND
6 Composite video output GND
7 Audio (L) input GND
8 Red Return (GND)
9 Green Return (GND)
10 Blue Return (GND)
11 GND
12 Blanking input Return (GND)
13 H.sync Return (GND)
14 N.C.
15 V.sync Return (GND)
16 GND
17 N.C.
18 N.C.
19 N.C.
20 Audio (R) Input
21 Mode Select
22 N.C.
23 Composite Video Output
24 Audio (L) Input
25 Red Input
26 Green Input
27 Blue input
28 N.C.
29 Blanking Input
30 H.sync or composite sync
31 V.sync
32 N.C.
33 RGB/NORMAL mode select
34 Audio Select
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Shawn
Lin
Source:
Pinouts FAQ at Sci.Electronics.Repair
FAQ
(At the Computer)
at the Computer.
1 12V vid
2 R-Y color burst clock
3 AUDIO Sound output
4 Y
5 B-Y external video input?
U GND GROUND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Atari Jaguar A/V
TOP (duh)
1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A 9A 10A 11A 12A
1B 2B 3B 4B 5B 6B 7B 8B 9B 10B 11B 12B
(at the Atari)
12 PIN ?? at the Atari.
1A AL Audio Left
2A AGND Audio Ground
3A GND Ground
4A GND (chroma) Ground (Chroma)
5A B RGB Blue
6A HSYNC Horizontal sync
7A G RGB Green
8A CHROMA Chroma
9A GND ??? Ground ???
10A +5V ??? +5 VDC ???
11A +5V ??? +5 VDC ???
12A ? ?

1B AR Right audio
2B AGND Audio GND
3B GND Ground
4B R RGB Red
5B CSYNC Composite (Vertical) Sync
6B ? ?
7B LGND Luminance Ground
8B LUM Luminance
9B GND Ground
10B CVBSGND Composite Video Ground
11B CVBS Composite Video
12B ? ?
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Scooping out Jaguar RGB by Duncan Brown in Atari Explorer Online Vol.3 Issue
6
N64 Video
Available on the Nintendo N64.
(at the SNES)
(at the video cable)
SNES A/V MALE CONNECTOR at the SNES.
SNES A/V FEMALE CONNECTOR at the video cable.
1 n/c Not connected
2 n/c Not connected
3 n/c Not connected
4 n/c Not connected
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
7 Y S-Video Y
8 C S-Video C
9 CVBS Composite Video
10 +5V +5 VDC
11 L+R Left+Right Audio (Mono)
12 L-R Left-Right Audio (Used to calculate Stereo)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: Video Games FAQ (Part 3)
Pinout from Radio Electronics April
1992
SNES A/V Pinout at GamesX
PlayStation A/V
Available on the Sony PlayStation Videogame.
+--------------+
| oooooooooooo |
+--------------+
1 12
(at the PlayStation)
12 PIN ?? at the PlayStation.
1 GND Ground
2 RT Right Audio
3 GND Ground
4 LT Left Audio
5 Y S-Video Y
6 SYNC Composite Sync
7 C S-Video C
8 VGND Video Ground
9 B Blue
10 +5V +5 VDC
11 R Red
12 G Green
Contributor:
Lawrence
Wright
Source:
Sony PlayStation A/V
Pinout
Sega Dreamcast A/V
Pin Description
1 Ground
2 Right Audio
3 Left Audio
4 +12v
5 +5v
6 31 kHz RGB - (VGA rate) Connect to GND with pin 7
7 15 kHz RGB - (TV rate) Connect to GND
8 Vertical Sync (for VGA)
9 Horizontal Sync (for VGA)
10 Composite Sync
11 S-video
12 S-video
13 Composite Video
14 Blue (Use 220uf cap)
15 Green (Use 220uf cap)
16 Red (use 220uf cap)
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Marcus Hilbe,
Marvin
Source: ?
Sega Genesis 2/32X/Nomad A/V
(at the Console)
(at the Video cable)
9 PIN SPECIAL MINI-DIN FEMALE at the Console.
9 PIN SPECIAL MINI-DIN MALE at the Video cable.
Pin Description
1 Blue
2 +5VDC
3 Green
4 Composite Video
5 Sync
6 Audio Mono
7 Red
8 Stereo L
9 Stereo R
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Jerry
Lynds
Source:
SEGA Genesis A/V pinout at
GamesX
SegaDome
Sega Genesis/Master A/V
(at the Console)
8 PIN DIN 'C' FEMALE at the Console.
Pin Description
1 Composite Video
2 Ground
3 Audio Mono
4 Green
5 +5VDC
6 Sync
7 Red
8 Blue
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Jerry
Lynds
Source:
GamesX
SegaDome
Sega Saturn A/V
(at the Console)
10 PIN SPECIAL MINI-DIN FEMALE at the Console.
Pin Description
1 Sync
2 Stereo L
3 Stereo R
4 +5VDC
5 Red
6 Green
7 Blue
8 Composite Video
9 Luminance
10 Chrominance
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Jerry
Lynds
Source:
GamesX
SegaDome
SNES Video
Available on the Nintendo SNES.
(at the SNES)
1 R Red (Requires 200 uF in series)
2 G Green (Requires 200 uF in series)
3 CSYNC Composite Sync
4 B Blue (Requires 200 uF in series)
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
7 Y S-Video Y
8 C S-Video C
10 +5V +5 VDC
Note: Pin 3 is SCART Switch voltage (+11 VDC) on PAL machines
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
K
1992
SNES2 Video
Available on the newer models of Nintendo SNES.
(at the SNES)
1 R Red (Requires 200 uF in series)
2 G Green (Requires 200 uF in series)
4 B Blue (Requires 200 uF in series)
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
7 n/c Not connected
8 n/c Not connected
10 +5V +5 VDC
Note: Pin 3 is SCART Switch voltage (+11 VDC) on PAL machines
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
K
1992
Digital Flat Panel (DFP)
MDR20 female
Used on digital flat panel monitors.
Standard by DFP Group
Protocol: PanelLink
Pin Name
1 TX1+
2 TX1-
3 SHLD1
4 SHLDC
5 TXC+
6 TXC-
7 GND
8 +5V
9 NC
10 NC
11 TX2+
12 TX2-
13 SHLD2
14 SHLD0
15 TX0+
16 TX0-
17 NC
18 HPD
19 DDC_DAT
20 DDC_CLK
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Tech page at Network Technologies
Inc
Info:
DFP
Group
Digital Visual Interface (DVI)
(at the Computer)
(at the Computer)
24 PIN DVI FEMALE at the Computer
24+5 PIN DVI FEMALE at the Computer
Pin Name
1 TMDS Data2-
2 TMDS Data2+
3 TMDS Data2 Shield
4 No Connection
5 No Connection
6 DDC Clock
7 DDC Data
8 No Connection
9 TMDS Data1-
10 TMDS Data2+
11 TMDS Data1 Shield
12 No Connection
13 No Connection
14 +5 V Power
15 Ground (for +5 V)
16 Hot Plug Detect
17 TMDS Data0-
18 TMDSData0+
19 TMDS Data0Shield
20 No Connection
21 No Connection
22 TMDS Clock Shield
23 TMDS Clock +
24 TMDS Clock <
Pin Name
C1 Analog Red
C2 Analog Green
C3 Analog Blue
C4 Analog Horizontal Sync
C5 Analog Ground (analog R, G & B return)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 24928: Apple Studio Display 15 pinout at Apple TIL
homepage
Tech page at Network Technologies Inc
Info:
Digital Display Working
Group
Enhanced Video Connector (EVC)
Defined by Video Electronic Standards Association (VESA)
(at the motherboard)
(at the cable)
35 PIN MOLEX "MicroCross" FEMALE at the videocard/monitor
35 PIN MOLEX "MicroCross" MALE at the cable
Pin Name
1 Audio output, Right
2 Audio output, Left
3 Audio output return
4 Sync return
5 Horizontal sync (TTL)
6 Vertical sync (TTL)
7 Reserved
8 Reserved
9 1394 pair A, data -
10 1394 pair A, data +
11 Reserved
12 Reserved
13 Video input, Y or composite in
14 Video input, return
15 Video input, C in
16 USB data +
17 USB data -
18 USB/1394 common mode shield
19 1394 Vg
20 1394 Vp
21 Audio input, Left
22 Audio input, Right
23 Audio input return
24 Stereo sync (TTL)
25 DDC return
26 DDC data (SDA)
27 DDC, clock (SCL)
28 +5 VDC
29 1394 pair B, clock +
30 1394 pair B, clock -
C1 Red Video
C2 Green Video
C3
C4 Blue Video
C5 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Inc
Info:
Video Electronic Standards Association
(VESA)
OpenLDI
36 PIN MDR36 FEMALE
Used on SGI digital flat panel monitors.
Standard by VICI
Protocol: LVDS
Pin Name
1 Link2 D0-
2 Link2 DO+
3 Link2 D1-
4 Link2 D1+
5 Link2 D2-
6 Link2 D2+
7 NC NC
8 NC NC
9 GND GND
10 GND GND
11 NC NC
12 NC NC
13 Link1 D0-
14 Link1 D0+
15 Link1 D1-
16 Link1 D1+
17 Link1 D2-
18 Link1 D2+
19 Link2 D3-
20 Link2 D3+
21 Link2 CLK-
22 Link2 CLK+
23 NC NC
24 NC NC
25 NC NC
26 GND GND
27 NC NC
28 GND GND
29 NC NC
30 NC NC
31 NC NC
32 GND GND
33 Link1 CLK-
34 Link1 CLK+
35 Link1 D3-
36 Link1 D3+
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Inc
Info: VICI
Plug and Display Analog/Digital (P&D-A/D)
Defined by Video Electronic Standards Association (VESA) in the Plug and Display (P&D) standard
(at the cable)
Pin Name
1 TMDS Data 2 +
2 TMDS Data 2 -
3 TMDS Data return
4 Hz and Vt Sync return
5 Horizontal sync/Composite sync
6 Vertical sync
7 TMDS Clock return
8 Charge power
11 TMDS Data 1 +
12 TMDS Data 1 -
13 TMDS Data 1 return
14 TMDS Clock +
15 TMDS Clock -
16 USB data +
17 USB data -
18* 1394 outer shield (optional) & Charge Power return
19 1394 Vg
20 1394 Vp
21 TMDS Data 0 +
22 TMDS Data 0 -
24 Stereo sync (TTL)
25 DDC return & Stereo Sync return
26 DDC data (SDA)
27 DDC clock (SCL)
28 +5 VDC
C1 Red Video
C2 Green Video
C3 Pixel clock (optional)
C4 Blue Video
C5 Video / Pixel Clock Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Inc
Info:
(VESA)
Plug and Display Digital (P&D-D)
Defined by Video Electronic Standards Association (VESA) in the Plug and Display (P&D) standard
(at the cable)
Pin Name
1 TMDS Data 2 +
2 TMDS Data 2 -
3 TMDS Data return
4 Unused
5 Unused
6 Unused
7 TMDS Clock return
8 Charge power (optional)
11 TMDS Data 1 +
12 TMDS Data 1 -
14 TMDS Clock +
15 TMDS Clock -
16 USB data +
17 USB data -
18 1394 outer shield (optional) & Charge Power return
19 1394 Vg
20 1394 Vp
21 TMDS Data 0 +
22 TMDS Data 0 -
24 Unused
25 DDC return
26 DDC data (SDA)
27 DDC clock (SCL)
28 +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Inc
Info:
(VESA)
3.5 mm Mono Tele
(at the cable)
3.5 mm MONO TELEPHONE MALE at the cable.
Name Description
SIGNAL Signal
GROUND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
3.5 mm Stereo Tele
(at the cable)
3.5 mm STEREO TELEPHONE MALE at the cable.
Name Description
L Left Signal
R Right Signal
GROUND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Uwe
Hartmann
Source: ?
6.35 mm Mono Tele
(at the cable)
6.35 mm MONO TELEPHONE MALE at the cable.
Name Description
SIGNAL Signal
GROUND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Magnus
Bergqvist
Source: ?
6.35 mm Stereo Tele
(at the cable)
Name Description
L Left Signal
R Right Signal
GROUND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Magnus
Bergqvist
Source: ?
DIN Audio
(at the peripheral)
(at the cable)
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) FEMALE at the peripheral.
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) MALE at the cable.
Peripheral Connected In L In R Out L Out R Ground
Amplifier Pickup, tuner 3 5 2
Amplifier Taperecorder 3 5 1 4 2
Tuner Amplifier 3 5 2
Tuner Taperecorder 1 4 2
Recordplayer Amplifier 3 5 2
Taperecorder Amplifier 1 4 3 5 2
Taperecorder Receiver 1 4 3 5 2
Taperecorder Microphone 1 4 2
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
ELFA's catalog Nr
44
S-Video
(at the peripheral)
4 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE at the peripheral.
1 GND Ground (Y)
2 GND Ground (C)
3 Y Intensity (Luminance)
4 C Color (Chrominance)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Video Demystified at Keith Jack's
pages
SCART
(at the video/TV)
(at the cable)
21 PIN SCART FEMALE at the Video/TV.
21 PIN SCART MALE at the Cable.
Pin Name Description Signal Level Impedance
1 AOR Audio Out Right 0.5 V rms <1k ohm
2 AIR Audio In Right 0.5 V rms >10k ohm
3 AOL Audio Out Left + Mono 0.5 V rms <1k ohm
4 AGND Audio Ground
5 B GND RGB Blue Ground
6 AIL Audio In Left + Mono 0.5 V rms >10k ohm
7 B RGB Blue In 0.7 V 75 ohm
8 SWTCH Audio/RGB switch / 16:9
0-2 V=TV, 5-8 V=WideScreen,
9.5-12 V=AV Mode
>10 kohm
9 G GND RGB Green Ground
10 CLKOUT
Data 2: Clockpulse Out
(Unavailable ??)
11 G RGB Green In 0.7 V 75 ohm
12 DATA Data 1: Data Out (Unavailable ??)
13 R GND RGB Red Ground
14 DATAGND Data Ground
15 R RGB Red In / Chrominance 0.7 V (Chrom.: 0.3 V burst) 75 ohm
16 BLNK Blanking Signal 1-3 V=RGB, 0-0.4 V=Composite 75 ohm
17 VGND Composite Video Ground
18 BLNKGND Blanking Signal Ground
19 VOUT Composite Video Out 1 V 75 ohm
20 VIN Composite Video In / Luminance 1 V 75 ohm
21 SHIELD Ground/Shield (Chassis)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: Various sources
Video Demystified at Keith Jack's
pages
SES: The SCART Interface
TurboVision Turbo Express TV Tuner
Available on the Nintendo N64.
(at the TurboVision)
TURBOVISION TV FEMALE CONNECTOR at the TurboVision.
Pin Name Description Wire Colour
1 GND Ground brown
2 tvsnd Sound Output blue
3 V-5 +5v Input yellow
4 G Green Out orange
5 R Red Video black
6 B Blue red
7 csync Composite Sync grey
8 V-30 ??? white
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
TurboVision Turbo Express TV Tuner Pinout at
GamesX
VHS Video Camera
10 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR
key
?
1 8
9 camera plug connector
2 7 pins facing you
10
3 6
4 5
There seems to be no clear standard for VHS Video Cameras. Column "Name" is the most common
function. Three alternative functions that could apply for some cameras is presented in columns named
"Alt Name X".
Pin Name Alt Name 1 Alt Name 2 Alt Name 3
1 video out video in/out
2 video gnd
3 serial data
4 tally and clock reset in
5 audio out right standby out audio in
6 pause
7 audio out audio out left
8 audio gnd
9 power gnd
10 +12V power
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mike Turner, Mike
N3EZD
Source:
VHS Video Camera 10 pin pinout at Baltimore Radio Amateur Television
Society
Pinouts FAQ at Sci.Electronics.Repair FAQ
Amstrad CPC6128 Monitor
(at the computer)
6 PIN DIN (DIN45322) FEMALE at the computer.
Pin Name
1 RED
2 GREEN
3 BLUE
4 SYNC
5 GND
6 LUM
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Agnello
Guarracino
Source:
Amstrad CPC6128 User Instructions
Manual
Amstrad CPC6128 Plus Monitor
(at the computer)
1 NSYNC Sync?
2 GREEN Green
3 LUM Lumninace
4 RED Red
5 BLUE Blue
6 AOL Audio Output Left
7 AOR Audio Output Right
8 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Colin
Gaunt
Source:
Amstrad 6128 Plus Home Computer
Manual
Amstrad CPC6128 Stereo
(at the computer)
(at the cable)
3.5 mm STEREO TELEPHONE FEMALE at the computer.
Pin Description
L Left Channel
R Right Channel
GND Ground
Contributor:
Guarracino
Source:
Manual
Atari Falcon030 RGB/VGA
19 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR (Cannon 19 pin Male?) on the Computer.
Pin Description
1 Red
2 Green
3 Blue
4 Monochrome / Overlay
5 Ground
6 Red Ground
7 Green Ground
8 Blue Ground
9 Audio Out
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Composite Sync
13 Horizontal Sync
14 Vertikal Sync
15 External Clock Input
16 External Sync Enable
17 +12V for Scart
18 Videomode 1
19 Videomode 2
Settings:
M0 M1 Monitor
0 0 mono
0 1 VGA
1 0 RGB
1 1 TV via CINCH
Contributor:
Joakim gren Jan
Krupka
Source: ?
Atari ST Monitor Connector
(at the Computer)
(at the Devices)
13 PIN DIN FEMALE at the Computer.
13 PIN DIN MALE at the Devices.
1 AO Audio Out
2 CVIDEO Composite Video
3 CS Clock Select
4 MD Monochrome Detect / Clock In
5 AI Audio In
6 G Green
7 R Red
8 +12V +12 VDC (520ST has GND)
9 HSYNC Horizontal Sync
10 B Blue
11 MVIDEO Monochrome Video
12 VSYNC Vertical Sync
13 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Lawrence Wright, Steve & Sally
Blair
Source: ?
C128 RGBI
(at the Computer)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the Computer.
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 R Red
4 G Green
5 B Blue
6 I Intensity
7 VIDEO Composite Video
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Usenet posting in comp.sys.cbm, C128 screen cables by Marko
Makela
C128/C64C Video
Seems to be available on the C128 and the C64C (white color). Compatible with cables for the 5 pin D-
SUB on C64's.
(at the Computer)
1 LUM Luminance (monochrome video)
2 GND Ground
3 AOUT Audio out
4 VOUT Composite Video out
5 AIN Audio in (into the SID chip)
8 C Chroma
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
CBM Memorial Page
Pinouts
C16/C116/+4 Audio/Video
Available on Commodore C16/C116/+4 computers.
(at the Computer)
1 LUM Luminance (monochrome video)
2 GND Ground
3 AOUT Audio out
4 VOUT Composite Video out
5 AIN Audio in (into the SID chip)
6 COLOR - Color ?
8 +5VDC +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source: CBM Memorial Page Pinouts
SAMS Computerfacts CC8 Commodore
16
C64 Audio/Video
(at the computer)
(at the cable)
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) FEMALE at the Computer.
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) MALE at the Cable.
1 LUM Luminance
2 GND Ground
3 AOUT Audio Out
4 VOUT Video Out
5 AIN Audio In
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
C65 Video
Available on the Commodore C65 computer.
(at the Computer)
9 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Computer.
1 GND Ground
2 ? ?
3 R Red
4 G Green
5 B Blue
6 ? ?
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
CBM Memorial Page
Pinouts
CDTV Video Slot
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 24 25 27 29
(at the computer)
30 PIN ??? CONNECTOR at the computer.
1 GND Video Ground
2 GND Video Ground
3 XCLK External Genlock Clock (in)
4 R Red (in to video card)
5 /XCLKEN Enables External Clock on XCLK.
6 BR Buffered Red (out from video card)
7 GND Video Ground
8 G Green (in to video card)
9 GMS0 Genlock mode 0 (from computer, genlock button)
10 BG Buffered Green (out from video card)
11 GMS1 Genlock mode 1 (from computer, genlock button)
12 B Blue (in to video card)
13 /PIXELSW Genlock signal
14 BB Buffered Blue (out from video card)
15 VSYNC Vertical Sync (in to video card)
16 CSYNC Horizontal Sync (in to video card)
17 HSYNC Composite Sync (in to video card)
18 BCSYNC Buffered Composite Sync (out from video card)
19 GND Video Ground
20 AUDR Audio Right Output (from computer to RF modulator)
21 DGND Digital Ground
22 AUDL Audio Left Output (from computer to RF modulator)
23 -12V -12 VDC (can be -5 VDC instead)
24 DGND Digital Ground
25 +12V +12 VDC
26 /CD/TV CD/TV button. (Low=CDTV video on RF, High=Antenna)
27 VCC +5 VDC
28 /CCK 3.58 MHz color clock (C1 clock)
29 GND Video Ground
30 VCC +5 VDC
Note: Used for RF-modulator usually.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Darren Ewaniuk's CDTV Technical
Information
CM-8/CoCo RGB
Available on the Tandy/Radio Shack Color Computer (CoCo).
+-----------+
| 1 3 5 7 9 |
| 2 4 8 10|
+-----------+
(at the CoCo)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the CoCo.
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 R Red
4 G Green
5 B Blue
6 KEY No Pin
7 AUDIO Audio
10 n/c No Connection
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Tandy Color Computer FAQ at Video Game Advantage's
homepage
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Audio/Video
(at the computer)
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) FEMALE at the computer.
1 +5v Power
2 GND System ground
3 AUDIO Audio out
4 VIDEO Composite Video out
5 RF VID RF Video out
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
Spectravideo SVI 328 mk II User
Manual
ZX Spectrum 128 RGB
Can be found at the Sinclair ZX Spectrum 128.
(at the computer)
8 PIN DIN (DIN45326) MALE at the monitor cable.
1 CVBS Composite Video (PAL, 75 ohms, 1.2V p-p)
2 GND Ground
3 BOUT Bright Output
6 G Green
7 R Red
8 B Blue
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Online ZX Spectrum 128 Manual Page
3
3b1/7300 Video
(at the computer)
12 PIN IDC MALE at the computer.
2 GND Ground
4 GND Ground
5 VIDEO Video
6 GND Ground
7 +12V +12 VDC
8 GND Ground
9 +12V +12 VDC
10 SPK Speaker
11 SPK Speaker
12 ? ?
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Tommy's pinout Collection by Tommy
Johnson
Amiga 1000 RF Modulator
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the motherboard.
Pin Name
1 N.C.
2 GND
3 AUDIO LEFT
4 COMP VIDEO
5 GND
6 N.C.
7 +12V
8 AUDIO RIGHT
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Amiga 1000 RF Modulator pinout at National
Amiga
Amiga Video
(at the Amiga)
23 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Amiga.
1 /XCLK Extern Clock
2 /XCLKEN Extern Clock Enable (47 Ohm)
3 RED Analog Red (75 Ohm)
4 GREEN Analog Green (75 Ohm)
5 BLUE Analog Blue (75 Ohm)
6 DI Digital Intensity (47 Ohm)
7 DR Digital Red (47 Ohm)
8 DG Digital Green (47 Ohm)
9 DB Digital Blue (47 Ohm)
10 /CSYNC Composite Sync (47 Ohm)
11 /HSYNC Horizontal Sync (47 Ohm)
12 /VSYNC Vertical Sync (47 Ohm)
13 GNDRTN Digital Ground (for /XCLKEN) Don't connect with pin 16-20.
14 /PIXELSW Genlock overlay (47 Ohm)
15 /C1 Clock out (47 Ohm)
16 GND Video Ground
17 GND Video Ground
18 GND Video Ground
19 GND Video Ground
20 GND Video Ground
21 -12V -12 Volts DC (10 mA max) (A500/A600/A1200)
-5V -5 Volts DC (10 mA max) (A1000/A2000/A3000/A4000)
22 +12V +12 Volts DC (100 mA max)
23 +5V +5 Volts DC (100 mA max)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Amiga 4000 User's Guide from
Commodore
Apple II Video Expansion
1 TEXT
Video text signal from TMG; set to inverse of GR, except in double high-resolution
mode.
2 14M 14M master timing signal from the system oscillator.
3 SYNC* Displays horizontal and vertical synchronization signal from IOU pin 39.
4 SEGB
Displays vertical counter bit from IOU pin 4; in text mode, indicates second low-
order vertical counter; in graphics mode, indicates low-resolution.
5 1VSOUND One-volt sound signal from pin 5 of the audio hybrid circuit (AUD).
6 LDPS* Video shift-register load enable from pin 12 of TMG.
7 WNDW* Active area display blanking; includes both horizontal and vertical blanking.
8 +12V Regulated +12 volts DC; can drive 300mA.
9 PRAS* RAM row-address strobe from TMG pin 19.
10 GR Graphics mode enable from IOU pin 2.
11 SEROUT* Serialized character generator output from pin 1 of the 74LS166 shift register.
12 NTSC Composite NTSC video signal from VID hybrid chip.
13 GND Ground reference and supply.
14 VIDD7 From 74LS374 video latch; causes half-dot shift high.
15 CREF Color reference signal from TMG pin 3; 3.58 MHz.
Note:
The signals at the DB-15 on the Apple IIc are not the same as those at the DB-15 end of the Apple III,
Apple IIGS, and Macintosh II. Do not attempt to plug a cable intended for one into the other.
Note:
Several of these signals, such as the 14 MHz, must be buffered within about 4 inches of the back panel
connector--preferably inside a container directly connected to the back panel.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 1419: Apple IIc, External Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
Apple Macintosh II/IIci Video
(at the computer)
15 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the computer.
15 PIN D-SUB MALE at the video cable.
Available on Macintosh II Video Cards and the Macintosh IIci built-in video
1 RED.GND Red ground
2 RED.VID Red video signal
3 /CSYNC Composite synchronization signal
4 SENSE0 Monitor sense signal 0
5 GRN.VID Green video signal (with sync)
6 GRN.GND Green ground
8 n/c Not connected
9 BLU.VID Blue video signal
11 C&VSYNC.GND Ground for CSYNC & VSYNC
12 /VSYNC Vertical synchronization signal
13 BLU.GND Blue ground
14 HSYNC.GND HSYNC ground
15 /HSYNC Horizontal synchronization signal
Shell CHASSIS.GND Chassis ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Technote HW08: Color Monitor Connections at Apple Technical
Notes
Apple Macintosh LC External Video
(at the computer)
15 PIN D-SUB MALE at the video cable.
Available on Apple Macintosh LC
1 RED.GND Red ground
2 RED.VID Red video signal
3 /CSYNC Composite synchronization signal
5 GRN.VID Green video signal
6 GRN.GND Green ground
7 SENSE1 Monitor sense signal 1 (grounded internally)
8 n/c Not connected
9 BLU.VID Blue video signal
11 C&VSYNC.GND Ground for CSYNC & VSYNC
12 /VSYNC Vertical synchronization signal
13 BLU.GND Blue ground
14 HSYNC.GND HSYNC ground
15 /HSYNC Horizontal synchronization signal
Shell CHASSIS.GND Chassis ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Technote HW08: Color Monitor Connections at Apple Technical
Notes
Apple S-Video Input
(at the computer)
7 PIN SPECIAL MINI-DIN FEMALE at the computer.
Available on Apple Power Macintosh 6100AV/7100AV/8100AV
Pin Description
1 Analog GND
2 Analog GND
3 Video Y (Luminance)
4 Video C (Chroma)
5 I2C Clock
6 +12 VDC (max 250mA)
7 I2C Data
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Apple S-Video Output
(at the computer)
7 PIN SPECIAL MINI-DIN FEMALE at the computer.
Available on Apple Power Macintosh 6100AV/7100AV/8100AV and Apple PowerBook
Pin Description
1 Analog GND
2 Analog GND
3 Video Y (Luminance)
4 Video C (Chroma)
5 Composite Video
6 Unused
7 Unused
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Apple Video Mirror
Available on Apple Power Macintosh 5400
Fullname: Optional Video Display Mirror Output Feature
1 VID.GND Video ground
2 RED Red signal
3 GREEN Green signal
6 BLUE Blue signal
7 CSYNC C sync
8 VSYNC Vertical sync
9 MLB.SYNC.EN.L Not used (reserved)
10 HSYNC Horizontal sync
11 DAC.ISET.1 Not used(reserved)
12 DAC.ISET.2 Not used (reserved)
13 SND.GND Not used (reserved)
14 SND.RIGHT Not used (reserved)
15 SND.LEFT Not used (reserved)
16 +5V +5 volts
17 GND Ground
18 SDAT Not used (reserved)
19 SCLK Not used (reserved)
20 +12V +12 volts
21 -12V -12 volts
22 Dot Clock Scaled dot clock (scaled to 10 percent)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Power Macintosh 5400 Developer
Note
AT&T 53D410
(at the computer)
25 PIN D-SUB ??? at the computer.
1 ? ?
4 ? ?
5 VIDEO Video
6 ? ?
7 ? ?
8 ? ?
9 ? ?
10 ? ?
11 ? ?
12 ? ?
13 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
16 ? ?
17 ? ?
18 ? ?
19 ? ?
20 ? ?
21 ? ?
22 ? ?
23 ? ?
24 ? ?
25 ? ?
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
AT&T 6300 Taxan Monitor
(at the Monitor)
8 PIN DIN (DIN45326) FEMALE at the Monitor.
1 TEXT Special TEXT signal (??)
2 R Red
3 G Green
4 B Blue
5 I Intensity
6 GND Signal Ground
7 HSYNC/CSYNC Horizontal or Composite Sync
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
AT&T PC6300
(at the computer)
25 PIN D-SUB ??? at the computer.
2 ID0 Monitor ID 0
4 R Red
5 G Green
6 B Blue
8 n/c Not connected
9 n/c Not connected
10 ID1 Monitor ID 1
11 MODE0 Mode 0
12 n/c Not connected
13 /DEGAUSS Degauss
14 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 GND Ground
18 GND Ground
19 GND Ground
20 GND Ground
21 GND Ground
24 +15V +15 VDC
25 +15V +15 VDC
Monochrome monitor: ID0 and ID1 are open
Color monitor: ID0 is 0, and ID1 is 1, probably 5V, not 15V
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
CGA
CGA=Color Graphics Adapter.
Videotype: TTL, 16 colors.
Also known as IBM RGBI.
(at the videocard)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the videocard.
9 PIN D-SUB MALE at the monitor cable.
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 R Red
4 G Green
5 B Blue
6 I Intensity
7 RES Reserved
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Commodore 1084 & 1084S (Analog) Connector
(at the Monitor)
6 PIN DIN FEMALE at the Monitor.
1 G Green
3 GND Ground
4 R Red
5 B Blue
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
National Amiga's C1084
page
Commodore 1084 & 1084S (Digital)
(at the Monitor)
8 PIN DIN 'C' FEMALE at the Monitor.
1 n/c Not connected
2 R Red
3 G Green
4 B Blue
5 I Intensity
6 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
National Amiga's C1084
page
Commodore 1084d & 1084dS
(at the Monitor)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the Monitor.
Pin Name Analog Mode Digital Mode
1 GND Ground Ground
2 GND Ground Ground
3 R Red Red
4 G Green Green
5 B Blue Blue
6 I n/c Intensity
7 CSYNC Composite Sync n/c
8 HSYNC n/c Horizontal Sync
9 VSYNC n/c Vertical Sync
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
National Amiga's C1084d
page
ECL
(at the videocard)
1 ECL ECL?
2 ECLGND ECL Video Ground
5 +5V +5 VDC
8 SYNCGND Sync Ground
9 +5GND Ground (for +5V)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
EGA
EGA=Enhanced Graphics Adapter.
Videotype: TTL, 16/64 colors.
(at the videocard)
1 GND Ground
2 SR Secondary Red
3 PR Primary Red
4 PG Primary Green
5 PB Primary Blue
6 SG/I Secondary Green / Intensity
7 SB Secondary Blue
8 H Horizontal Sync
9 V Vertical Sync
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
IBM PCjr CGA
CGA=Color Graphics Adapter.
18 PIN BERG STYLE CONNECTOR ???
Pin Description
A01 TV vertical drive (not for display)
A02 Ground
A03 TV horizontal drive (not for display)
A04 Blue (CGA pin 5)
A05 Red (CGA pin3)
A06 Intensity (CGA pin 6)
A07 Green (CGA pin 4)
A08 Comp Sync Drive (not for display)
A09 Audio
B01 + Vertical drive (CGA pin 9)
B02 Ground
B03 + Horizontal drive (CGA pin 8)
B04 Ground
B05 Ground
B06 Ground
B07 Ground
B08 Ground
B09 Frame ground (CGA pin 1)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
IBM PowerPC Video
(at the Computer)
13 PIN 13W3 FEMALE at the Computer.
Pin Description
1 ID Bit 2
2 ID Bit 3
3 Self test
4 Digital Ground
5 Horizontal Sync
6 ID Bit 0
7 ID Bit 1
8 n/c
9 Vertical Sync
10 Digital Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Technik-Tipps at AV
Invest
Macintosh Video
(at the Computer)
1 RGND Red Ground
2 R Red
3 CSYNC Composite sync
4 SENSE0 Monitor Sense 0
5 G Green
6 GGND Green Ground
7 SENSE1 Monitor Sense 1
8 n/c - No connection
9 B Blue
10 SENSE2 Monitor sense 2
11 SGND Sync Ground
13 BGND Blue Ground
14 HSYNCGND Horizontal Sync Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
MDA (Hercules)
(at the videocard)
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 n/c
4 n/c
5 n/c
6 I Intensity
7 M Mono Video
8 H Horizontal Sync
9 V Vertical Sync
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Monochrome TTL Video
(18.43 KHz - 720x350)
(At the videocard)
(At the monitor cable)
1 GND Ground
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 I Intensity
7 VID Video
8 HSYNC Horizontal Sync TTL Positive
9 VSYNC Vertical Sync TTL Negative
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
NeXT Color Video
(at the Computer)
Pin Description
1 +12 VDC
2 Power Switch Control
3 Monitor Clock
4 Monitor Out
5 Monitor In
6 -12 VDC
7 Monitor Type 2
8 Ground
9 Ground
10 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Technik-Tipps at AV
Invest
PGA
Videotype: Analogue.
(at the videocard)
1 R Red
2 G Green
3 B Blue
5 MODE Mode Control
6 RGND Red Ground
7 GGND Green Ground
8 BGND Blue Ground
9 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
SGI StereoView (3 pin)
(at the computer)
Pin Description
1 STEREO POWER (+12V, 0.5A)
2 STEREO GROUND
3 VERTICAL - ODD FIELD (1=Left, 0=Right)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SGI Indy Workstation Owner's
Guide
SGI Video
(at the Computer)
Normal Monitor
Pin Description
1 Monitor ID Bit 3, TTL
3 Composite Sync (Active Low), TTL
4 Horizontal Drive (Active High), TTL
5 Vertical Drive (Active High), TTL
8 Digital Ground
9 Digital Ground
10 Sync Ground
DDC Monitor
Pin Description
1 Data Clock (SCL)
2 Bi-directional Data (SDA)
3 Composite Sync
4 Horizontal Sync
5 Vertical Sync
6 DDC (+5VInput)
7 DDC Ground
8 Chassis Ground
9 Chassis Ground
10 Chassis Ground
R Red
G Green
B Blue
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SGI Octane Workstation Owner's
Guide
Technik-Tipps at AV Invest
Sun Video
(at the Computer)
1 HSYNCGND Horizontal Sync Ground*
2 VSYNC Vertical Sync*
3 SENSE2 Sense #2
4 SENSEGND Sense Ground
6 HSYNC Horizontal Sync*
7 VSYNCGND Vertical Sync Ground*
8 SENSE1 Sense #1
9 SENSE0 Sense #0
10 CGND Composite Ground
R RED Red
G GREEN/GRAY Green/Gray
B BLUE Blue
*) Considered obsolete, may not be connected.
Monitor-sense bits defined as:
Value Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Resolution
0 0 0 0 ?
1 0 0 1 Reserved
2 0 1 0 1280 x 1024 76Hz
3 0 1 1 1152 x 900 66Hz
4 1 0 0 1152 x 900 76Hz 19"
5 1 0 1 Reserved
6 1 1 0 1152 x 900 76Hz 16-17"
7 1 1 1 No monitor connected
See http://cvs.anu.edu.au:80/monitorconversion/ for info on attaching old workstation monitors to VGA
boards.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
Technik-Tipps at AV Invest
VESA Feature
(at the videocard)
26 PIN IDC at the Video card.
1 PD0 DAC Pixel Data Bit 0 (PB)
2 PD1 DAC Pixel Data Bit 1 (PG)
3 PD2 DAC Pixel Data Bit 2 (PR)
4 PD3 DAC Pixel Data Bit 3 (PI)
5 PD4 DAC Pixel Data Bit 4 (SB)
6 PD5 DAC Pixel Data Bit 5 (SG)
7 PD6 DAC Pixel Data Bit 6 (SR)
8 PD7 DAC Pixel Data Bit 7 (SI)
9 CLK DAC Clock
10 BLK DAC Blanking
13 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 Select Internal Video
18 Select Internal Sync
19 Select Internal Dot Clock
20 n/c Not used
21 GND Ground
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 GND Ground
25 n/c Not used
26 n/c Not used
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
VGA (15)
VGA=Video Graphics Adapter or Video Graphics Array.
(at the videocard)
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB FEMALE at the videocard.
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB MALE at the monitor cable.
1 RED Red Video (75 ohm, 0.7 V p-p)
2 GREEN Green Video (75 ohm, 0.7 V p-p)
3 BLUE Blue Video (75 ohm, 0.7 V p-p)
4 ID2 Monitor ID Bit 2
5 GND Ground
6 RGND Red Ground
7 GGND Green Ground
8 BGND Blue Ground
9 KEY - Key (No pin)
10 SGND Sync Ground
11 ID0 Monitor ID Bit 0
12 ID1 or SDA Monitor ID Bit 1
13 HSYNC or CSYNC Horizontal Sync (or Composite Sync)
15 ID3 or SCL Monitor ID Bit 3
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
VGA (9)
(at the videocard)
1 RED Red Video
2 GREEN Green Video
3 BLUE Blue Video
6 RGND Red Ground
7 GGND Green Ground
8 BGND Blue Ground
9 SGND Sync Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
VGA (VESA DDC)
VESA=Video Electronics Standards Association.
DDC=Display Data Channel.
(at the videocard)
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB FEMALE at the videocard.
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB MALE at the monitor cable.
1 RED Red Video (75 ohm, 0.7 V p-p)
2 GREEN Green Video (75 ohm, 0.7 V p-p)
3 BLUE Blue Video (75 ohm, 0.7 V p-p)
4 RES - Reserved
5 GND Ground
6 RGND Red Ground
7 GGND Green Ground
8 BGND Blue Ground
9 +5V +5 VDC
10 SGND Sync Ground
11 ID0 Monitor ID Bit 0 (optional)
12 SDA DDC Serial Data Line
13 HSYNC or CSYNC Horizontal Sync (or Composite Sync)
15 SCL DDC Data Clock Line
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Vic 20 Video
(at the computer)
(at the cable)
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) FEMALE at the Computer.
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) MALE at the Cable.
1 +6V +6 VDC (10 mA max)
2 GND Ground
3 AUDIO Audio
4 VLOW Video Low (Unconnected ?)
5 VHIGH Video High
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
CBM Memorial Page
Pinouts
Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP)
AGP=Accelerated Graphics Port
(at the computer)
132 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR at the computer.
Pin Name
A1 +12 V dc
A2 spare
A3 Reserved* Ground
A4 USB-
A5 Ground
A6 INTA#
A7 RST#
A8 GNT#
A9 VCC 3.3
A10 ST1
A11 Reserved
A12 PIPE#
A13 Ground
A14 Spare
A15 SBA1
A16 VCC 3.3
A17 SBA3
A18 Reserved
A19 Ground
A20 SBA5
A21 SBA7
A22 Key
A23 Key
A24 Key
A25 Key
A26 AD30
A27 AD28
A28 VCC 3.3
A29 AD26
A30 AD24
A31 Ground
A32 Reserved
A33 C/BE3#
A34 Vddq 3.3
A35 AD22
A36 AD20
A37 Ground
A38 AD18
A39 AD16
A40 Vddq 3.3
A41 FRAME#
A42 Spare
A43 Ground
A44 Spare
A45 VCC 3.3
A46 TRDY#
A47 STOP#
A48 Spare
A49 Ground
A50 PAR
A51 AD15
A52 Vddq 3.3
A53 AD13
A54 AD11
A55 Ground
A56 AD9
A57 C/BE0#
A58 Vddq 3.3
A59 Reserved
A60 AD6
A61 Ground
A62 AD4
A63 AD2
A64 Vddq 3.3
A65 AD0
A66 SMB1
B1 spare
B2 +5 V dc
B3 +5 V dc
B4 USB+
B5 Ground
B6 INTB#
B7 CLK
B8 REQ#
B9 VCC 3.3
B10 ST0
B11 ST2
B12 RBF#
B13 Ground
B14 Spare
B15 SBA0
B16 VCC 3.3
B17 SBA2
B18 SB_STB
B19 Ground
B20 SBA4
B21 SBA6
B22 Key
B23 Key
B24 Key
B25 Key
B26 AD31
B27 AD29
B28 VCC 3.3
B29 AD27
B30 AD25
B31 Ground
B32 AD STB1
B33 AD23
B34 Vddq 3.3
B35 AD21
B36 AD19
B37 Ground
B38 AD17
B39 C/BE2#
B40 Vddq 3.3
B41 IRDY#
B42 Spare
B43 Ground
B44 Spare
B45 VCC 3.3
B46 DEVSEL#
B47 Vddq 3.3
B48 PERR#
B49 Ground
B50 SERR#
B51 C/BE1#
B52 Vddq 3.3
B53 AD14
B54 AD12
B55 Ground
B56 AD10
B57 AD8
B58 Vddq 3.3
B59 AD STB0
B60 AD7
B61 Ground
B62 AD5
B63 AD3
B64 Vddq 3.3
B65 AD1
B66 SMB0
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
AGP pinout at The Pin-Out
directory
Amiga 1200 CPU-port
(at the computer)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the computer.
1 n/c Reserved
2 n/c Reserved
3 n/c Reserved
4 n/c Reserved
5 n/c Reserved
6 n/c Reserved
7 n/c Reserved
8 n/c Reserved
9 GND Ground
10 +5V +5 Volts DC
11 A23 Address 23
12 A22 Address 22
13 A21 Address 21
14 A20 Address 20
15 A19 Address 19
16 A18 Address 18
17 A17 Address 17
18 A16 Address 16
19 GND Ground
20 +5V +5 Volts DC
21 A15 Address 15
22 A14 Address 14
23 A13 Address 13
24 A12 Address 12
25 A11 Address 11
26 A10 Address 10
27 A9 Address 9
28 A8 Address 8
29 GND Ground
30 +5V +5 Volts DC
31 A7 Address 7
32 A6 Address 6
33 A5 Address 5
34 A4 Address 4
35 A3 Address 3
36 A2 Address 2
37 A1 Address 1
38 A0 Address 0
39 GND Ground
40 +5V +5 Volts DC
41 D31 Data 31
42 D30 Data 30
43 D29 Data 29
44 D28 Data 28
45 D27 Data 27
46 D26 Data 26
47 D25 Data 25
48 D24 Data 24
49 GND Ground
50 +5V +5 Volts DC
51 D23 Data 23
52 D22 Data 22
53 D21 Data 21
54 D20 Data 20
55 D19 Data 19
56 D18 Data 18
57 D17 Data 17
58 D16 Data 16
59 GND Ground
60 +5V +5 Volts DC
61 D15 Data 15
62 D14 Data 14
63 D13 Data 13
64 D12 Data 12
65 D11 Data 11
66 D10 Data 10
67 D9 Data 9
68 D8 Data 8
69 GND Ground
70 +5V +5 Volts DC
71 D7 Data 7
72 D6 Data 6
73 D5 Data 5
74 D4 Data 4
75 D3 Data 3
76 D2 Data 2
77 D1 Data 1
78 D0 Data 0
79 GND Ground
80 +5V +5 Volts DC
81 /IPL2
82 /IPL1
83 /IPL0
84 n/c Reserved
85 /RST Reset
86 /HLT Halt
87 n/c Reserved
88 n/c Reserved
89 SIZE1
90 SIZE0
91 /AS Address Strobe
92 /DS Data Strobe
93 R/W Read/Write
94 /BERR Bus Error
95 n/c Reserved
96 /AVEC
97 /DSACK1
98 /DSACK2
99 CPUCKLA
100 ECLOCK EClock pulse
101 GND Ground
102 +5V +5 Volts DC
103 FC2 Processor Status 2
106 /RMC
107 n/c Reserved
108 n/c Reserved
109 n/c Reserved
110 n/c Reserved
111 /BR Slot specific Bus Arbitration
112 /BG Slot specific Bus Arbitration
113 n/c Reserved
114 /BOSS
115 /FPUCS FPU Chip select
116 /FPUSENSE FPU Sense
117 CCKA
118 /RESET Reset
119 GND Ground
120 +5V +5 Volts DC
121 /NETCS
122 /SPARECS
123 /RTCCS Realtime Clock Chip select
124 /FLASH
125 /REG
126 /CCENA
127 /WAIT
128 /KBRESET Keyboard reset
129 /IORD IO Read
130 /IOWR IO Write
131 /OE Output enable
132 /WE
133 /OVR /DTACK Override
134 XRDY External Ready
135 /ZORRO
136 /WIDE
137 /INT2 Interrupt level 2
138 /INT6 Interrupt level 6
139 GND Ground
140 +5V +5 Volts DC
141 SYSTEM1 System1 Ground
142 SYSTEM0 System0 Ground
143 /xRxD
144 /xTxD
145 /CONFIG OUT
146 AGND Audio Ground
147 ALEFT Audio Left
148 ARIGHT Audio Right
149 +12V +12 Volts DC
150 -12V -12 Volts DC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Amiga Video Expansion
(at the computer)
36+54 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR at the computer.
1 RGB16 Red Bit 0
2 RGB17 Red Bit 1
3 LINELF Audio Line Out Left
4 LINERT Audio Line Out Right
5 C28D Pixel-Synchronous Clock
6 +5V - +5 Volts DC (1 A)
7 ARED Analog Red
8 +5V - +5 Volts DC (1 A)
9 GND - Digital Ground
10 +12V - +12 Volts DC (40 mA)
11 AGREEN Analog Green
14 /CSYNC Composite Sync
15 ABLUE Analog Blue
16 /XCLKEN Genlock Clock Enable
18 BURST Burst Gate
19 /C4 3.55/3.58 MHz Clock
22 /HSYNC Horizontal Sync (47 Ohm)
23 RGB4 Blue Bit 4
25 RGB7 Blue Bit 7
26 /VSYNC Vertical Sync (47 Ohm)
27 RGB15 Green Bit 7
28 BLANK Video Blank
29 RGB23 Red 7
30 /PIXELSW Genlock Overlay (47 Ohm)
31 -5V - -5 Volts DC
33 /XCLK Genlock Clock
34 /C1 C1 Clock
35 +5V - +5 Volts DC (1 A)
36 PSTROBE Printer Port Handshake

2 RGB20 Red Bit 4
3 RGB21 Red Bit 5
4 RGB22 Red Bit 6
6 RGB12 Green Bit 4
7 RGB13 Green Bit 5
8 RGB14 Green Bit 6
10 RGB5 Blue Bit 5
11 RGB6 Blue Bit 6
12 GND - Ground
13 SOG Sync-On-Green Indicator
14 TBASE 50/60 Hz Software Clock Timebase
15 CDAC 7.09/7.16 MHz Clock
16 PPOUT Printer Port Paper Out
17 /C3 3.55/3.58 MHz Clock
18 PBUSY Printer Port Busy
19 /LPEN Light Pen Input
20 /PACK Printer Port Acknowledge Handshake
21 PSEL Printer Port Select
23 PPD0 Printer Port Data Bit 0
31 /LED LED (Audio filter bypass) Setting
33 RAWLF Raw (Unfiltered) Audio Left
34 AGND - Audio Ground
35 RAWRT Raw (Unfiltered) Audio Right
36 AGND - Audio Ground
37 n/c - Reserved for future expansion
45 RGB18 Red Bit 2
46 RGB19 Red Bit 3
47 RGB8 Green Bit 0
48 RGB9 Green Bit 1
51 RGB0 Blue Bit 0
52 RGB1 Blue Bit 1
53 RGB2 Blue Bit 2
54 RGB3 Blue Bit 3
Note: Direction is Motherboard relative Card.
Note: Do not mix analog & digital grounds.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Apple Duo Dock
Available on Apple Duo Dock & Duo Dock II dockingstations. For use with Apple PowerBook Duo
computers.
1 PR +24V EXT Raw +24 V from AC adapter
3 /PLUG IN Power surge control (grounded in the expansion device)
4 GND Logic ground
7 /ON/OFF OUT On/off button
9 /STERM Synchronous termination
10 /DS Data strobe
11 /AS Address strobe
12 +5V MAIN OUT +5 V regulated power
13 /HALT Halt
14 /BERR Bus error
15 /BGACK Bus grant acknowledge
19 GND Logic ground
20 GND Logic ground
21 ADDR[0] Address bit 0
30 GND Logic ground
38 GND Logic ground
39 GND Logic ground
40 IOCLK 15.6672 MHz I/O clock
41 SIZ[1] Transfer size bit 1
43 DATA[0] Data bit 0
51 GND Logic ground
61 GND Logic ground
62 /SCC IRQ SCC interrupt request
63 SERVEE -5 V for SCC transceivers
65 GND Logic ground
66 GND Logic ground
67 +8V SOUND Special "clean" +8 V power for sound output
68 +5V MODEM +5 V power for modem
69 LINET/R Modem DAA line talk/receive
70 +5V SOUND +5 V power for sound output
72 SND OUT L Sound output left channel
73 EXT MIC FILT R Right input signal from external microphone
74 EXT MIC FILT L Left input signal from external microphone
75 DAA GND Modem ground
80 GND Logic ground
81 GND Logic ground
83 ADB DATA Apple Desktop Bus data
84 /ADBPWRON ADB power-on key
86 /CBREQ Cache burst request
87 /DSACK1 Data size acknowledge bit 1
88 /DSACK0 Data size acknowledge bit 0
89 /BR Bus request
90 /BG Bus grant
91 /SLEEP Sleep-state signal
92 FC[1] Function code bit 1
93 FC[0] Function code bit 0
94 /RMC Read-modify-write cycle
95 CPUCLK CPU bus clock
96 /CPURESET CPU reset (bus invalid)
114 /SLOT IN Expansion device plugged in grounds pin
115 GND Logic ground
116 RD Read/Write
117 SIZ[0] Transfer size bit 0
122 +5VEXTSENSE +5 V external sense
137 /SWIM CS SWIM chip select
138 /SLOT E IRQ Pseudo-NuBus expansion slot E interrupt
139 /PFW Power fail warning (shutdown bit)
140 /IO RESET Reset output to I/O systems
143 DAA CNTLF Modem DAA control
144 DAA ID IN ID input from 152-pin connector to modem card
145 /RING DET Ring detect signal from the modem DAA
146 /RB DVR Modem relay B driver
147 /RA DVR Modem relay A driver
148 EXT MIC SEL External microphone plugged in
Note: / = Active low
Connector: JAE part number JX20-152BA-D1LTH
Provides the interface between the PowerBook Duo computer, and the Duo Dock. It mounts directly to
the Duo Dock's main logic board, and plugs into the matching connector on the PowerBook Duo rear
panel, giving the Duo Dock direct access to the microprocessor's 32-bit address bus, 32-bit data bus, and
control signals. It also provides access to power, control, and status signals in other parts of the
computer, and allows the Duo Dock to provide power to the PowerBook Duo.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 12929: Duo Dock/Duo Dock II, External Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
Apple Macintosh Portable Processor-Direct Slot
(PPDS)
96 PIN Euro-DIN CONNECTOR
Pin Name
a1 GND
a2 +5V
a3 +5V
a4 +5V
a5 /DELAY.CS
a6 /VMA
a7 /BG
a8 /LDS
a9 GND
a10 A2
a11 A5
a12 A8
a13 A11
a14 A14
a15 A17
a16 reserved
a17 n/c
a18 reserved
a19 reserved
a20 D1
a21 D4
a22 D7
a23 D10
a24 D13
a25 +5/3.7V
a26 A19
a27 A22
a28 FC0
a29 /IPL0
a30 /BERR
a31 GND
a32 GND
b1 GND
b2 +5V
b3 +5V
b4 +5V
b5 /SYS.PWR
b6 /BR
b7 /DTACK
b8 /UDS
b9 +5/0V
b10 A3
b11 A6
b12 A9
b13 A12
b14 A15
b15 A18
b16 reserved
b17 reserved
b18 reserved
b19 +12V
b20 D2
b21 D5
b22 D8
b23 D11
b24 D14
b25 +5V
b26 A20
b27 A23
b28 FC1
b29 /IPL1
b30 /EXT.DTACK
b31 16M
b32 GND
c1 GND
c2 +5V
c3 +5V
c4 +5V
c5 /VPA
c6 /BGACK
c7 R/W
c8 /AS
c9 A1
c10 A4
c11 A7
c12 A10
c13 A13
c14 A16
c15 reserved
c16 n/c
c17 reserved
c18 reserved
c19 D0
c20 D3
c21 D6
c22 D9
c23 D12
c24 D15
c25 GND
c26 A21
c27 E
c28 FC2
c29 /IPL2
c30 /SYS.RST
c31 GND
c32 GND
D0-D15
Unbuffered data bus, bits 0 through 15
A1-A23
Unbuffered address bus, bits 1 through 23
16M
16 MHz clock
/EXT.DTACK
External data transfer acknowledge. This signal is an input to the processor logic glue. Assertion delays
external generation of the /DTACK signal.
E
E(enable) clock
/BERR
Bus error signal generated whenever /AS remains low for more than about 250 us.
/IPL0-/IPL2
Input priority level lines 0 through 2.
/SYS.RST
Initiates a system reset.
/SYS.PWR
A signal from the Power Manager indicated that associated circuits should tri-state their outputs and go
inte idle state; /SYS.PWR is pulled high (deasserted) during sleep state.
/AS
Address strobe
/UDS
Upper data strobe
/LDS
Lower data strobe
R/W
Defines bus transfer as read or write signal
/DTACK
Data transfer acknowledge
/DELAY.CS
Indicates that a wait state is inserted into the current memory cycle and that you can delay a CS.
/BG
Bus grant
/BGACK
Bus grant acknowledge
/BR
Bus request
/VMA
Valid memory access
/VPA
Valid peripheral address
FC0-FC2
Function code lines 0 through 2
+5/0V
Provides +5V when the system is running normally and 0V when the system is in sleep mode.
+5/3.7V
Provides +5V when the system is running normally and 3.7V when the system is in sleep mode.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Technote HW12: Macintosh Portable PDS Development at Apple Technical
Notes
Apple Macintosh Processor-Direct Slot (PDS)
120 PIN Euro-DIN CONNECTOR
Available on Apple Macintosh SE/30 & IIfx
Cards in the PDS are accessed at 20MHz. This speed should let developers create PDS cards without
using expensive components while still providing access to the processor bus. There are two locations in
the memory map for PDS cards. Developers should see the "Cards and Drivers Manual" for information
on creating PDS cards. This manual is available from APDA.
The cache connector in the Macintosh IIci may look like the Macintosh IIfx PDS connector, but the
pinouts are vastly different.
A1 res Reserved
A2 res Reserved
A3 /BUSLOCK Bus Clock
A4 /IRQ3 Interrupt Request 3
A5 /IPL2* 68030 IPL2
A6 /CIOUT* 68030 Cache inhibit out
A7 /STERM* Sync.cycle termination
A8 /DSACK1* 68030 Data ack 1
A9 SIZ1 transfer size bit 1
A10 /BGACK* 68030 bus grant ack
A11 FC2 68030 function code 2
A12 /RESET* System reset
A13 D0 Data bit 0
A14 D2 Data bit 2
A15 D5 Data bit 5
A16 D8 Data bit 8
A17 D10 Data bit 10
A18 D13 Data bit 13
A19 D16 Data bit 16
A20 D18 Data bit 18
A21 D21 Data bit 21
A22 D24 Data bit 24
A23 D26 Data bit 26
A24 D29 Data bit 29
A25 A31 address bit 31
A37 +5V +5 VDC
A38 CPUCLOCK CPU Clock
A39 GND Ground
A40 -12V -12 VDC
B1 res Reserved
B2 GND Ground
B3 /TM1A ?
B4 /IRQ2 Interrupt Request 2
B5 /IPL1* 68030 IPL1
B6 /DS* 68030 Data Strobe
B7 /CBACK* cache burst ack
B8 /DSACK0* 68030 Data ack 0
B9 SIZ0 Transfer Size bit 0
B10 /BG* 68030 bus grant
B11 FC1 68030 function code 1
B12 /BERR* Bus error
B13 +5V +5 VDC
B14 D3 Data bit 3
B15 D6 Data bit 6
B16 GND Ground
B17 D11 Data bit 11
B18 D14 Data bit 14
B19 +5V +5 VDC
B20 D19 Data bit 19
B21 D22 Data bit 22
B22 GND Ground
B23 D27 Data bit 27
B24 D30 Data bit 30
B25 +5V +5 VDC
B26 A28 address bit 28
B28 GND Ground
B31 +5V +5 VDC
B34 GND Ground
B37 +5V +5 VDC
B38 ECLK ?
B39 GND Ground
B40 -5V -5 VDC
C1 PWROFF Power Off?
C2 /NUBUS ?
C3 /TM0A ?
C4 /IRQ1 Interrupt Request 1
C5 /IPL0* 68030 IPL0
C6 /RMC* 68030 read modify cycle
C7 /CBREQ* 68030 cache burst req
C8 R/W* 68030 read write
C9 /AS* 68030 address strobe
C10 /BR* 68030 bus request
C11 FC0 68030 function code 0
C12 /HALT* 68030 Halt
C13 D1 Data bit 1
C14 D4 Data bit 4
C15 D7 Data bit 7
C16 D9 Data bit 9
C17 D12 Data bit 12
C18 D15 Data bit 15
C19 D17 Data bit 17
C20 D20 Data bit 20
C21 D23 Data bit 23
C22 D25 Data bit 25
C23 D28 Data bit 28
C24 D31 Data bit 31
C25 A30 address bit 30
C37 +5V +5 VDC
C38 C16M 16 MHz Clock
C39 GND Ground
C40 +12V +12 VDC
Below a table with differences found in the Apple Macintosh IIfx computers:
A1 GND* Ground
A2 /PDS.MASTER ?
A3 res Reserved
A4 n.c. Not connected
A38 Reserved by Apple
B1 ECS Early cycle start
B2 n.c. Not connected
B3 /PDS.BG ?
B4 /IRQ15 ?
B38 n.c. Not connected
B39 /SLOT.E 68030 slot E replace in address map
C1 /PFW Shutdown bit
C2 n.c. Not connected
C3 /PDS.BR Bus request
C4 /IRQ6 ?
C38 CPUCLK* 20 MHz clock
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 5744: Macintosh SE/30,IIfx: Processor-Direct Slot (PDS) Pinouts at Apple
TIL homepage
C-bus II
Developed by Corolla
C-bus II is the successor to C-bus & Extended C-bus.
(at the backplane)
(at the device (card))
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the backplane.
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the device (card).
PA=Component side
PB=Solder side
Pin Name
PA1 GND
PA2 AUX18
PA3 AUX16
PA4 GND
PA5 AUX14
PA6 AUX12
PA7 GND
PA8 AUX10
PA9 AUX8
PA10 GND
PA11 AUX6
PA12 AUX4
PA13 GND
PA14 AUX2
PA15 AUX0
PA16 GND
PA17 RESERVED8
PA18 RESERVED6
PA19 RESERVED4
PA20 RESERVED2
PA21 RESERVED0
PA22 GND
PA23 GND
PA24 AGND
PA25 CID1
PA26 CBCLK
PA27 GND
PA28 CRST#
PA29 LED#
PA30 GND
PA31 CARB2
PA32 CARB0
PA33 GND
PA34 TM2#
PA35 TM0#
PA36 GND
PA37 STRT#
PA38 CD31
PA39 GND
PA40 CD30
PA41 CD29
PA42 GND
PA43 CD28
PA44 CD27
PA45 GND
PA46 CD26
PA47 CD25
PA48 GND
PA49 CD24
PA50 CD23
PA51 GND
PA52 CD22
PA53 CD21
PA54 GND
PA55 CD20
PA56 CD19
PA57 GND
PA58 CD18
PA59 CD17
PA60 GND
PA61 CD16
PA62 E3
PA63 GND
PA64 E2
PA65 CD15
PA66 GND
PA67 CD14
PA68 CD13
PA69 GND
PA70 CD12
PA71 CD11
PA72 GND
PA73 CD10
PA74 CD9
PA75 GND
PA76 CD8
PA77 CD7
PA78 GND
PA79 CD6
PA80 CD5
PA81 GND
PA82 CD4
PA83 CD3
PA84 GND
PA85 CD2
PA86 CD1
PA87 GND
PA88 CD0
PA89 E1
PA90 GND
PA91 E0

PB1 +5V
PB2 AUX19
PB3 AUX17
PB4 +5V
PB5 AUX15
PB6 AUX13
PB7 +5V
PB8 AUX11
PB9 AUX9
PB10 +5V
PB11 AUX7
PB12 AUX5
PB13 +5V
PB14 AUX3
PB15 AUX1
PB16 +5V
PB17 RESERVED9
PB18 RESERVED7
PB19 RESERVED5
PB20 RESERVED3
PB21 RESERVED1
PB22 VTERM
PB23 +5V
PB24 CID3
PB25 CID2
PB26 CID0
PB27 +5V
PB28 FAULT#
PB29 LOCKCB#
PB30 +5V
PB31 CARB3
PB32 CARB1
PB33 +5V
PB34 TM3#
PB35 TM1#
PB36 +5V
PB37 ACK#
PB38 CD63
PB39 +5V
PB40 CD62
PB41 CD61
PB42 +5V
PB43 CD60
PB44 CD59
PB45 +5V
PB46 CD58
PB47 CD57
PB48 +5V
PB49 CD56
PB50 CD55
PB51 +3.3V
PB52 CD54
PB53 CD53
PB54 +3.3V
PB55 CD52
PB56 CD51
PB57 +3.3V
PB58 CD50
PB59 CD49
PB60 +3.3V
PB61 CD48
PB62 E7
PB63 +3.3V
PB64 E6
PB65 CD47
PB66 +3.3V
PB67 CD46
PB68 CD45
PB69 +3.3V
PB70 CD44
PB71 CD43
PB72 +3.3V
PB73 CD42
PB74 CD41
PB75 +3.3V
PB76 CD40
PB77 CD39
PB78 +3.3V
PB79 CD38
PB80 CD37
PB81 +3.3V
PB82 CD36
PB83 CD35
PB84 +3.3V
PB85 CD34
PB86 CD33
PB87 +3.3V
PB88 CD32
PB89 E5
PB90 +3.3V
PB91 E4
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
C-bus II Technology architecture at Corollary's
homepage
CardBus
32-bit bus defined by PCMCIA.
(at the controller)
(at the peripherals)
68 PIN ??? MALE at the controller.
68 PIN ??? FEMALE at the peripherals.
1 GND Ground
2 CAD0 Address/Data 0
7 CCBE0# Command/Byte Enable 0
13 CPAR Parity
14 CPERR# Parity error
15 CGNT# Grant
16 CINT# Interrupt
17 Vcc Vcc
18 Vpp1 Vpp1
19 CCLK CCLK
20 CIRDY# Initiator Ready
32 RSRVD Reserved
33 CCLKRUN# CCLKRUN#
34 GND Ground
35 GND Ground
36 CCD1# Card Detect 1
40 RSRVD Reserved
43 CVS1
47 RSRVD Reserved
48 CBLOCK# Block ???
49 CSTOP# Stop transfer cycle
50 CDEVSEL# Device Select
51 Vcc Vcc
52 Vpp2 Vpp2
53 CTRDY# Target Ready
54 CFRAME# Address or Data phase
56 CAD19 CAD19
57 CVS2
58 CRST# Reset
59 CSERR# System Error
60 CREQ# Request ???
62 CAUDIO Audio ???
63 CSTSCHG
67 CCD2# Card Detect 2
68 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Marek
Hostasa
Source:
PC Card Standard at PC Card's
homepage
CompactPCI
PCI=Peripheral Component Interconnect.
CompactPCI is a version of PCI adapted for industrial and/or embedded applications.
(at the backplane)
7x47 PIN (IEC917 and IEC1076-4-101) CONNECTOR at the backplane.
7x47 PIN (IEC917 and IEC1076-4-101) CONNECTOR at the device (card).
Z1 GND Ground
Z2 GND Ground
Z3 GND Ground
Z4 GND Ground
Z5 GND Ground
Z6 GND Ground
Z7 GND Ground
Z8 GND Ground
Z9 GND Ground
Z10 GND Ground
Z11 GND Ground
Z12 KEY Keyed (no pin)
Z15 GND Ground
Z16 GND Ground
Z17 GND Ground
Z18 GND Ground
Z19 GND Ground
Z20 GND Ground
Z21 GND Ground
Z22 GND Ground
Z23 GND Ground
Z24 GND Ground
Z25 GND Ground
Z26 GND Ground
Z27 GND Ground
Z28 GND Ground
Z29 GND Ground
Z30 GND Ground
Z31 GND Ground
Z32 GND Ground
Z33 GND Ground
Z34 GND Ground
Z35 GND Ground
Z36 GND Ground
Z37 GND Ground
Z38 GND Ground
Z39 GND Ground
Z40 GND Ground
Z41 GND Ground
Z42 GND Ground
Z43 GND Ground
Z44 GND Ground
Z45 GND Ground
Z46 GND Ground
Z47 GND Ground

A1 5V +5 VDC
A2 TCK Test Clock
A3 INTA# Interrupt A
A4 BRSV Bused Reserved (don't use)
A6 REQ# Request PCI transfer
A7 AD(30) Address/Data 30
A9 C/BE(3)# Command: Byte Enable
A12 KEY Keyed (no pin)
A15 3.3V +3.3 VDC
A16 DEVSEL# Device Select
A17 3.3V +3.3 VDC
A18 SERR# System Error
A19 3.3V +3.3 VDC
A21 3.3V +3.3 VDC
A22 AD(7) Address/Data 7)
A23 3.3V +3.3 VDC
A24 AD(1) Address/Data 1)
A25 5V +5 VDC
A26 CLK1 Clock ?? MHz
A29 V(I/O) +3.3 VDC or +5 VDC
A30 C/BE(5)# Command: Byte Enable
A43 USR User Defined

B1 -12V -12 VDC
B2 5V +5 VDC
B3 INTB# Interrupt B
B4 GND Ground
B5 BRSV Bused Reserved (don't use)
B6 GND Ground
B7 AD(29) Address/Data 29
B8 GND Ground
B9 IDSEL Initialization Device Select
B10 GND Ground
B12 KEY Keyed (no pin)
B15 FRAME# Address or Data phase
B16 GND Ground
B17 SDONE Snoop Done
B18 GND Ground
B20 GND Ground
B21 AD(9) Address/Data 9)
B22 GND Ground
B23 AD(4) Address/Data 4)
B24 5V +5 VDC
B25 REQ64#
B26 GND Ground
B27 CLK3 Clock ?? MHz
B28 GND Ground
B30 GND Ground
B32 GND Ground
B34 GND Ground
B36 GND Ground
B38 GND Ground
B40 GND Ground
B42 GND Ground
B43 USR User Defined

C1 TRST# Test Logic Reset
C2 TMS Test Mode Select
C3 INTC# Interrupt C
C4 V(I/O) +3.3 VDC or +5 VDC
C5 RST Reset
C6 3.3V +3.3 VDC
C7 AD(28) Address/Data 28
C10 3.3V +3.3 VDC
C12 KEY Keyed (no pin)
C15 IRDY# Initiator Ready
C17 SBO# Snoop Backoff
C18 3.3V +3.3 VDC
C21 AD(8) Address/Data 8)
C22 3.3V +3.3 VDC
C23 AD(3) Address/Data 3)
C25 BRSV Bused Reserved (don't use)
C26 REQ1# Request PCI transfer
C27 SYSEN#
C28 GNT3# Grant
C29 C/BE(7) Command: Byte Enable
C40 FAL# Power Supply Status FAL (CompactPCI specific)
C41 DEG# Power Supply Status DEG (CompactPCI specific)
C42 PRST# Push Button Reset (CompactPCI specific)
C43 USR User Defined

D1 +12V +12 VDC
D2 TDO Test Data Output
D3 5V +5 VDC
D4 INTP
D5 GND Ground
D6 CLK
D7 GND Ground
D8 AD(25) Address/Data 25
D9 GND Ground
D11 GND Ground
D12 KEY Keyed (no pin)
D15 GND Ground
D16 STOP# Stop transfer cycle
D17 GND Ground
D18 PAR Parity for AD0-31 & C/BE0-3
D19 GND Ground
D21 M66EN
D22 AD(6) Address/Data 6)
D23 5V +5 VDC
D24 AD(0) Address/Data 0)
D25 3.3V +3.3 VDC
D26 GNT1# Grant
D27 GNT2# Grant
D28 REQ4# Request PCI transfer
D29 GND Ground
D30 C/BE(4)# Command: Byte Enable
D31 GND Ground
D33 GND Ground
D35 GND Ground
D37 GND Ground
D39 GND Ground
D41 GND Ground
D43 USR User Defined

E1 5V +5 VDC
E2 TDI Test Data Input
E3 INTD# Interrupt D
E4 INTS
E5 GNT# Grant
E6 AD(31) Address/Data 31
E11 C/BE(2)# Command: Byte Enable
E12 KEY Keyed (no pin)
E15 TRDY# Target Ready
E16 LOCK# Lock resource
E17 PERR# Parity Error
E22 AD(5) Address/Data 5)
E23 AD(2) Address/Data 2)
E24 ACK64#
E25 5V +5 VDC
E26 REQ2# Request PCI transfer
E27 REQ3# Request PCI transfer
E28 GNT4# Grant
E30 PAR64
E40 GNT5# Grant
E41 BRSV Bused Reserved (don't use)
E42 GNT6# Grant
E43 USR User Defined

F1 GND Ground
F2 GND Ground
F3 GND Ground
F4 GND Ground
F5 GND Ground
F6 GND Ground
F7 GND Ground
F8 GND Ground
F9 GND Ground
F10 GND Ground
F11 GND Ground
F12 KEY Keyed (no pin)
F15 GND Ground
F16 GND Ground
F17 GND Ground
F18 GND Ground
F19 GND Ground
F20 GND Ground
F21 GND Ground
F22 GND Ground
F23 GND Ground
F24 GND Ground
F25 GND Ground
F26 GND Ground
F27 GND Ground
F28 GND Ground
F29 GND Ground
F30 GND Ground
F31 GND Ground
F32 GND Ground
F33 GND Ground
F34 GND Ground
F35 GND Ground
F36 GND Ground
F37 GND Ground
F38 GND Ground
F39 GND Ground
F40 GND Ground
F41 GND Ground
F42 GND Ground
F43 GND Ground
F44 GND Ground
F45 GND Ground
F46 GND Ground
F47 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: CompactPCI specifications v1.0 at CompactPCI's homepage
Mark Sokos PCI page
"Inside the PCI Local Bus" by Guy W. Kendall, Byte, February 1994 v 19 p. 177-180
"The Indispensible PC Hardware Book" by Hans-Peter Messmer, ISBN 0-201-8769-
3
CompactPCI (technical)
This section does not currently contain so much in depth information as I would like.
Since CompactPCI is based on PCI you should first refer to the PCI standard. This only explains the
extensions CompactPCI specifies.
For a copy of the full CompactPCI standard, contact:
PCI Industrial Computer Manufacturers Group (PICMG)
c/o Roger Communications
301 Edgewater place
Suite 220
Wakewater
MA01880
Phone: 1-617-224-1100
Fax: 1-617-224-1239
Overview:
A CompactPCI system is composed of up to eight CompactPCI card locations:
G One System Slot
G Up to seven Peripheral Slots
The connector has 7 columns with 47 rows. They are divided into groups:
G Row 1-25: 32-bit PCI
G Row 26-47: Additional pins for 64-bit PCI (System Slot boards must use it).
G Row 26-28 and 40-42: Primarily implemented on System Slot boards.
The following signals must be terminated:
G AD0-31
G C/BE0#-C/BE3#
G PAR
G FRAME#
G IRDY#
G TRDY#
G STOP#
G LOCK#
G IDSEL
G DEVSEL#
G PERR#
G SERR#
G RST#
The following signals must be terminated if used:
G INTA#
G INTB#
G INTC#
G INTD#
G SB0#
G SDOBE
G AD32-AD63
G C/BE4#-C/BE7#
G REQ64#
G ACK64#
G PAR64#
The following signals do no require a stub termination:
G CLK
G REQ#
G GNT#
G TDI#
G TDO
G TCK
G TMS
G TRST#
The System Slot board must pullup the following signals (even if not used):
G REQ64#
G ACK64#
Connector:
1 GND 5V -12V TRST# 12V 5V GND
2 GND TCK 5V TMS DO TDI GND
3 GND INTA# INTB# INTC# 5V INTD# GND
4 GND BRSV GND V(I/O) INTP INTS GND
5 GND BRSV BRSV RST GND GNT# GND
6 GND REQ# GND 3.3V CLK AD(31) GND
7 GND AD(30) AD(29) AD(28) GND AD(27) GND
8 GND AD(26) GND V(I/O) AD(25) AD(24) GND
9 GND C/BE(3)# IDSEL AD(23) GND AD(22) GND
10 GND AD(21) GND 3.3V AD(20) AD(19) GND
11 GND AD(18) AS(17) AD(16) GND C/BE(2)# GND
12 KEY KEY KEY KEY KEY KEY KEY
15 GND 3.3V FRAME# IRDY# GND TRDY# GND
16 GND DEVSEL# GND V(I/O) STOP# LOCK# GND
17 GND 3.3V SDONE SBO# GND PERR# GND
18 GND SERR# GND 3.3V PAR C/BE(1)# GND
19 GND 3.3V AD(15) AD(14) GND AD(13) GND
21 GND 3.3V AD(9) AD(8) M66EN C/BE(0)# GND
22 GND AD(7) GND 3.3V AD(6) AD(5) GND
23 GND 3.3V AD(4) AD(3) 5V AD(2) GND
24 GND AD(1) 5V V(I/O) AD(0) ACK64# GND
25 GND 5V REQ64# BRSV 3.3V 5V GND
26 GND CLK1 GND REQ1# GNT1# REQ2# GND
27 GND CLK2 CLK3 SYSEN# GNT2# REQ3# GND
28 GND CLK4 GND GNT3# REQ4# GNT4# GND
29 GND V(I/O) BRSV C/BE(7 ) GND C/BE(6)# GND
30 GND C/BE(5)# GND V(I/O) C/BE(4)# PAR64 GND
40 GND BRSV GND FAL# REQ5# GNT5# GND
41 GND BRSV BRSV DEG# GND BRSV GND
42 GND BRSV GND PRST# REQ6# GNT6# GND
43 GND USR USR USR USR USR GND
Z A B C D E F
Signal Descriptions:
PRST
Push Button Reset.
DEG
Power Supply Status DEG
FAL
Power Supply Status FAL
SYSEN
System Slot Identification
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
Sokos
Source: CompactPCI specifications v1.0 at CompactPCI's homepage
Mark Sokos PCI page
3
Info:
CompactPCI - An Open Industrial Computer Standard article by Joseph S.
Pavlat
ECBbus
(at the network device).
(at the transciever).
96 PIN DIN 41612 FEMALE at the backplane
96 PIN DIN 41612 MALE at the boards.
The ECB-bus was defined in 1984 by the german company KONTRON.
It was defined for the 100x160mm-europa-card and used 2x32 pins of a 3x32-pin-connector (row a and
c).
Later the third (middle) row of pins was defined for additional signals used in 16-bit-systems. This
extended bus uses all 3x32pins.
Row a & c (for 8 bit)
Pin Name Desciption
a1 + 5V + 5 volts dc
a2 D 5 D ata line bit 5
a3 D6 Data line bit 6
a6 A2 Address 2
a7 A4 Address 4
a8 A5 Address 5
a9 A6 Address 6
a10 WAIT/ CPU wait
a11 BUSRQ/ bus request
a12
a13
a14
a15
a16
a17
a18 A14 address 14
a19
a20 M1/ first cycle
a21
a22
a23
a24
a25
a26
a27 IORQ/ in/out request
a28 RFSH/ refresh cycle
a29 A13 address 13
a30 A9 address 9
a31 BUSAK/ bus acknowledge
a32 GND signal ground
Pin Name Desciption
c1 +5V +5 volts dc
c2 D0 Data line bit 0
c5 A0 Address 0
c6 A3 Address 3
c7 A1 Address 1
c8 A8 Address 8
c9 A7 Address 7
c10
c11 IEI interrupt enable in
c12
c13
c15
c16 IEO interrupt enable out
c17 A11 address 11
c18 A10 address 10
c19
c20 NMI/ not maskable interrupt
c21 INT/ normal interrupt
c22 WR/ write cycle
c23
c24 RD/ read cycle
c25 HALT/ cpu stopped
c26
c27 A12 address 12
c28 A15 address 15
c29
c30 MREQ/ memory request
c31 RESET/ cpu reset
c32 GND signal ground
Row b (additional for 16 bit)
Pin Name Desciption
b1 +5V +5 volts dc
b2 A20 address 20
b3 A21 address 21
b4 A22 address 22
b5 A23 address 23
b6 D8 data line bit 8
b14 IRQ7 interrupt 7
b22 IOWR I/O write
b23 ?? ??
b24 IORC I/O read
b25 MRDC Mem read
b26 ?? ??
b27 MWRC Mem write
b28 DS0 Data Select 0
b29 DS1 Data Select 1
b30 OFF bus driver tristate
b31 LOCK bus driver tristate disabled
b32 GND signal ground
DS0 DS1 Description
0 0 data transfer 16-bit
0 1 only bit 0-7
1 0 only bit 8-15
1 1 no data transfer
Note: / = Active Low
Contributor:
Gerd
Wilken
Source:
One issue of the magazine computer-technik (c't) in
1984
EISA
EISA=Extended Industry Standard Architecture.
Developed by Compaq, AST, Zenith, Tandy...
+---------------------------------------------+
| (component side) |
| |
|___________ ISA-16bit __ ISA-8bit __|
||||||||||| ||||||||||||||||||| A1(front)/B1(back)
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | EISA: E1(front)/F1(back)
C1/D1
G1/H1
A,C,E,G=Component Side
A,B,F,H=Sold Side
(at the computer)
E1 CMD# Command Phase
E2 START# Start Phase
E3 EXRDY EISA Ready
E4 EX32# EISA Slave Size 32
E5 GND Ground
E6 KEY Access Key
E7 EX16# EISA Slave Size 16
E8 SLBURST# Slave Burst
E9 MSBURST# Master Burst
E10 W/R# Write/Read
E11 GND Ground
E12 RES Reserved
E13 RES Reserved
E14 RES Reserved
E15 GND Ground
E16 KEY Access Key
E17 BE1# Byte Enable 1
E18 LA31# Latchable Addressline 31
E19 GND Ground
E24 GND Ground
E25 KEY Access Key
E26 LA15 Latchable Addressline 15
E30 GND Ground

F1 GND Ground
F2 +5V +5 VDC
F3 +5V +5 VDC
F4 ---
F5 ---
F6 KEY Access Key
F7 ---
F8 ---
F9 +12V +12 VDC
F10 M/IO# Memory/Input-Output
F11 LOCK# Lock bus
F12 RES Reserved
F13 GND Ground
F14 RES Reserved
F15 BE3# Byte Enable 3
F16 KEY Access Key
F19 GND Ground
F20 +5V +5 VDC
F21 LA29# Latchable Addressline 29
F22 GND Ground
F25 KEY Access Key
F26 LA16 Latchable Addressline 16
F28 +5V +5 VDC
F29 +5V +5 VDC
F30 GND Ground

G1 LA7 Latchable Addressline 7
G2 GND Ground
G5 GND Ground
G6 KEY Access Key
G7 D17 Data 17
G8 D19 Data 19
G9 D20 Data 20
G10 D22 Data 22
G11 GND Ground
G12 D25 Data 25
G13 D26 Data 26
G14 D28 Data 28
G15 KEY Access Key
G16 GND Ground
G17 D30 Data 30
G18 D31 Data 31
G19 MREQx Master Request

H1 LA8 Latchable Addressline 8
H4 +5V +5 VDC
H6 KEY Access Key
H7 D16 Data 16
H8 D18 Data 18
H9 GND Ground
H10 D21 Data 21
H11 D23 Data 23
H12 D24 Data 24
H13 GND Ground
H14 D27 Data 27
H15 KEY Access Key
H16 D29 Data 29
H17 +5V +5 VDC
H18 +5V +5 VDC
H19 MAKx Master Acknowledge
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
Sokos
Source: Mark Sokos EISA page
"EISA System Architecture, 2nd Edition" by Tom Shanley and Don Anderson, ISBN 0-201-40995-
X
comp.sys.ibm.pc.hardware.* FAQ Part 4 - maintained by Ralph Valentino
EISA (technical)
This section is currently based solely on the work by Mark Sokos.
This file is intended to provide a basic functional overview of the EISA Bus, so that hobbyists and
amateurs can design their own EISA compatible cards.
It is not intended to provide complete coverage of the EISA standard.
EISA is an acronym for Extended Industry Standard Architecture. It is an extension of the ISA
architecture, which is a standardized version of the bus originally developed by IBM for their PC
computers. EISA is upwardly compatible, which means that cards originally designed for the 8 bit IBM
bus (often referred to as the XT bus) and cards designed for the 16 bit bus (referred to as the AT bus, and
also as the ISA bus), will work in an EISA slot. EISA specific cards will not work in an AT or an XT
slot.
The EISA connector uses multiple rows of connectors. The upper row is the same as a regular ISA slot,
and the lower row contains the EISA extension. The slot is keyed so that ISA cards cannot be inserted to
the point where they connect with the EISA signals.
Signal Descriptions
+5, -5, +12, -12
Power supplies. -5 is often not implemented.
AEN
Address Enable. This is asserted when a DMAC has control of the bus. This prevents an I/O device from
responding to the I/O command lines during a DMA transfer.
BALE
Bus Address Latch Enable. The address bus is latched on the rising edge of this signal. The address on
the SA bus is valid from the falling edge of BALE to the end of the bus cycle. Memory devices should
latch the LA bus on the falling edge of BALE.
BCLK
Bus Clock, 33% Duty Cycle. Frequency Varies. 8.33 MHz is specified as the maximum, but many
systems allow this clock to be set to 10 MHz and higher.
BE(x)
Byte Enable. Indicates to the slave device which bytes on the data bus contain valid data. A 16 bit
transfer would assert BE0 and BE1, for example, but not BE2 or BE3.
CHCHK
Channel Check. A low signal generates an NMI. The NMI signal can be masked on a PC, externally to
the processor (of course). Bit 7 of port 70(hex) (enable NMI interrupts) and bit 3 of port 61 (hex)
(recognition of channel check) must both be set to zero for an NMI to reach the CPU.
CHRDY
Channel Ready. Setting this low prevents the default ready timer from timing out. The slave device may
then set it high again when it is ready to end the bus cycle. Holding this line low for too long can cause
problems on some systems. CHRDY and NOWS should not be used simultaneously. This may cause
problems with some bus controllers.
CMD
Command Phase. This signal indicates that the current bus cycle is in the command phase. After the start
phase (see START), the data is transferred during the CMD phase. CMD remains asserted from the
falling edge of START until the end of the bus cycle.
SD0-SD16
System Data lines. They are bi-directional and tri-state.
DAKx
DMA Acknowledge.
DRQx
DMA Request.
EX16
EISA Slave Size 16. This is used by the slave device to inform the bus master that it is capable of 16 bit
transfers.
EX32
EISA Slave Size 32. This is used by the slave device to inform the bus master that it is capable of 32 bit
transfers.
EXRDY
EISA Ready. If this signal is asserted, the cycle will end on the next rising edge of BCLK. The slave
device drives this signal low to insert wait states.
IO16
I/O size 16. Generated by a 16 bit slave when addressed by a bus master.
IORC
I/O Read Command line.
IOWC
I/O Write Command line.
IRQx
Interrupt Request. IRQ2 has the highest priority.
LAxx
Latchable Address lines.
LOCK
Asserting this signal prevents other bus masters from requesting control of the bus.
MAKx
Master Acknowledge for slot x: Indicates that the bus master request (MREQx) has been granted.
MASTER16
16 bit bus master. Generated by the ISA bus master when initiating a bus cycle.
M/IO
Memory/Input-Output. This is used to indicate whether the current bus cycle is a memory or an I/O
operation.
M16
Memory Access, 16 bit
MRDC
Memory Read Command line.
MREQx
Master Request for Slot x: This is a slot specific request for the device to become the bus master.
MSBURST
Master Burst. The bus master asserts this signal in response to SLBURST. This tells the slave device
that the bus master is also capable of burst cycles.
MWTC
Memory Write Command line.
NOWS
No Wait State. Used to shorten the number of wait states generated by the default ready timer. This
causes the bus cycle to end more quickly, since wait states will not be inserted. Most systems will ignore
NOWS if CHRDY is active (low). However, this may cause problems with some bus controllers, and
both signals should not be active simultaneously.
OSC
Oscillator, 14.318 MHz, 50% Duty Cycle. Frequency varies.
REFRESH
Refresh. Generated when the refresh logic is bus master.
RESDRV
This signal goes low when the machine is powered up. Driving it low will force a system reset.
SA0-SA19
System Address Lines, tri-state.
SBHE
System Bus High Enable, tri-state. Indicates a 16 bit data transfer.
SLBURST
Slave Burst. The slave device uses this to indicate that it is capable of burst cycles. The bus master will
respond with MSBURST if it is also capable of burst cycles.
SMRDC
Standard Memory Read Command line. Indicates a memory read in the lower 1 MB area.
SMWTC
Standard Memory Write Command line. Indicates a memory write in the lower 1 MB area.
START
Start Phase. This signal is low when the current bus cycle is in the start phase. Address and M/IO signals
are decoded during this phase. Data is transferred during the command phase (indicated by CMD).
TC
Terminal Count. Notifies the CPU that that the last DMA data transfer operation is complete.
W/R
Write or Read. Used to indicate if the current bus cycle is a read or a write operation.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
Sokos
Source: Mark Sokos EISA page
"EISA System Architecture, 2nd Edition" by Tom Shanley and Don Anderson, ISBN 0-201-40995-
X
Electrocoin
The Electrocoin standard was introduced before JAMMA (Japanese Arcade Machine Manufacturers
Association) to allow various games to be connected to generic cabinets such as Silverline and Goliaths.
They use the same 28 way connector, but the designations are different. Pins 16 and 18 were 3 player
and 4 player start buttons, and were superseded when 3 button games became popular. Pins 14 and 20
were free, but were used by us to allow for easy servicing of games.
28 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR on the arcade machine
Lower side:
Pin Description
A Ground
B Ground
C +5V
D +5V
E +12V
F -5V
H Not used
J -12V
K Keyway
L Speaker 1
M Speaker 1
N Speaker 2
P Player 2 Up
R Speaker 2
S Player 2 Right
T Player 2 Button 1
U Player 2
V Player 2 Button 2
W Player 2 Left
X (Horizontal Sync)
Y Player 2 Start
Z Video Red
Aa Video Green
Ab Video Blue
Ac Video Sync
Ad Ground
Ae Ground
Af Ground
Upper side:
Pin Description
1 Ground
2 Ground
3 +5V
4 +5V
5 +12V
6 -5V
7 Not used
8 -12V
9 Keyway
10 Meter 1
11 Meter 2
12 Credit Board Meter
13 Player 1 Up
14 Test
15 Player 1 Right
16 Player 2 Button 3
17 Player 1 Down
19 Player 1 Left
20 Service
21 Player 1 Start
24 Coin 1
25 Coin 2
26 Ground
27 Ground
28 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Electrocoin pinout at Technick.
net
IEEE1394
(at the Devices)
(at the Devices)
4 PIN IEEE1394 FEMALE at the Devices.
6 PIN IEEE1394 FEMALE at the Devices.
Full name IEEE 1394-1995
Also known as FireWire (Apple), iLink (Sony) or Lynx
4 PIN IEEE1394 (without Power)
1 TPB- Twisted-pair B, differential signals
2 TPB+ Twisted-pair B, differential signals
3 TPA- Twisted-pair A, differential signals
4 TPA+ Twisted-pair A, differential signals
Shell Outer cable shield
6 PIN IEEE1394 (with Power)
1 Power Unregulated DC; 30 V no load
2 Ground Ground return for power and inner cable shield
3 TPB- Twisted-pair B, differential signals
4 TPB+ Twisted-pair B, differential signals
5 TPA- Twisted-pair A, differential signals
6 TPA+ Twisted-pair A, differential signals
Shell Outer cable shield
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
IEEE1394 (technical)
IEEE1394 was originally developed by Apple under the name Firewire.
Features:
G Hot plug and unplug
G Easy of use
G 62 physical devices
Bandwidth:
G Full speed: 400 Mbps speed
G Low speed: 200?? Mbps speed
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
ISA
ISA=Industry Standard Architecture
(at the card)
(at the computer)
62+36 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR MALE at the card.
62+36 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR FEMALE at the computer.
A1 /I/O CH CK I/O channel check; active low=parity error
A2 D7 Data bit 7
A3 D6 Data bit 6
A4 D5 Data bit 5
A5 D4 Data bit 4
A6 D3 Data bit 3
A7 D2 Data bit 2
A8 D1 Data bit 1
A9 D0 Data bit 0
A10 I/O CH RDY I/O Channel ready, pulled low to lengthen memory cycles
A11 AEN Address enable; active high when DMA controls bus
A12 A19 Address bit 19
B1 GND Ground
B2 RESET Active high to reset or initialize system logic
B3 +5V +5 VDC
B4 IRQ2 Interrupt Request 2
B5 -5VDC -5 VDC
B6 DRQ2 DMA Request 2
B7 -12VDC -12 VDC
B8 /NOWS No WaitState
B9 +12VDC +12 VDC
B10 GND Ground
B11 /SMEMW System Memory Write
B12 /SMEMR System Memory Read
B13 /IOW I/O Write
B14 /IOR I/O Read
B15 /DACK3 DMA Acknowledge 3
B19 /REFRESH Refresh
B20 CLOCK System Clock (67 ns, 8-8.33 MHz, 50% duty cycle)
B27 T/C Terminal count; pulses high when DMA term. count reached
B28 ALE Address Latch Enable
B29 +5V +5 VDC
B30 OSC High-speed Clock (70 ns, 14.31818 MHz, 50% duty cycle)
B31 GND Ground

C1 SBHE System bus high enable (data available on SD8-15)
C2 LA23 Address bit 23
C9 /MEMR Memory Read (Active on all memory read cycles)
C10 /MEMW Memory Write (Active on all memory write cycles)
C11 SD08 Data bit 8
C12 SD09 Data bit 9
C13 SD10 Data bit 10
D1 /MEMCS16 Memory 16-bit chip select (1 wait, 16-bit memory cycle)
D2 /IOCS16 I/O 16-bit chip select (1 wait, 16-bit I/O cycle)
D3 IRQ10 Interrupt Request 10
D8 /DACK0 DMA Acknowledge 0
D9 DRQ0 DMA Request 0
D16 +5 V
D17 /MASTER Used with DRQ to gain control of system
D18 GND Ground
Note: Direction is Motherboard relative ISA-Cards.
Note: B8 was /CARD SLCDTD on the XT. Card selected, activated by cards in XT's slot J8
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rob
Gill
Source: IBM PC/AT Technical Reference, pages 1-25 through 1-37
comp.sys.ibm.pc.hardware.* FAQ Part 4 - maintained by Ralph
Valentino
ISA (technical)
This file is designed to give a basic overview of the bus found in most IBM clone computers, often
referred to as the XT or AT bus. The AT version of the bus is upwardly compatible, which means that
cards designed to work on an XT bus will work on an AT bus. This bus was produced for many years
without any formal standard. In recent years, a more formal standard called the ISA bus (Industry
Standard Architecture) has been created, with an extension called the EISA (Extended ISA) bus also
now as a standard. The EISA bus extensions will not be detailed here.
This file is not intended to be a thorough coverage of the standard. It is for informational purposes only,
and is intended to give designers and hobbyists sufficient information to design their own XT and AT
compatible cards.
Physical Design:
ISA cards can be either 8-bit or 16-bit. 8-bit cards only uses the first 62 pins and 16-bit cards uses all 98
pins. Some 8-bit cards uses some of the 16-bit extension pins to get more interrupts.
8-bit card:
(at the card)
(at the computer)
16-bit card:
(at the card)
(at the computer)
+5, -5, +12, -12
Power supplies. -5 is often not implemented.
AEN
Address Enable. This is asserted when a DMAC has control of the bus. This prevents an I/O device from
responding to the I/O command lines during a DMA transfer. When AEN is active, the DMA Controller
has control of the address bus as the memory and I/O read/write command lines.
BALE
Bus Address Latch Enable. The address bus is latched on the rising edge of this signal. The address on
the SA bus is valid from the falling edge of BALE to the end of the bus cycle. Memory devices should
latch the LA bus on the falling edge of BALE. Some references refer to this signal as Buffered Address
Latch Enable, or just Address Latch Enable (ALE). The Buffered-Address Latch Enable is used to latch
SA0-19 on the falling edge. This signal is forced high during DMA cycles.
BCLK
Bus Clock, 33% Duty Cycle. Frequency Varies. 4.77 to 8 MHz typical. 8.3 MHz is specified as the
maximum, but many systems allow this clock to be set to 12 MHz and higher.
DACKx
DMA Acknowledge. The active-low DMA Acknowledge 0 to 3 and 5 to 7 are the corresponding
acknowledge signals for DRQ 0-3, 5-7.
DRQx
DMA Request. These signals are asynchronous channel requests used by I/O channel devices to gain
DMA service. DMA request channels 0-3 are for 8-bit data transfer. DAM request channels 5-7 are for
16-bit data transfer. DMA request channel 4 is used internally on the system board. DMA requests
should be held high until the corresponding DACK line goes active. DMA requests are serviced in the
following priority sequence:
High: DRQ 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 Lowest
IOCS16
I/O size 16. Generated by a 16 bit slave when addressed by a bus master. The active-low I/O Chip Select
16 indicates that the current transfer is a 1 wait state, 16 bit I/O cycle. Open Collector.
I/O CH CK
Channel Check. A low signal generates an NMI. The NMI signal can be masked on a PC, externally to
the processor (of course). Bit 7 of port 70(hex) (enable NMI interrupts) and bit 3 of port 61 (hex)
(recognition of channel check) must both be set to zero for an NMI to reach the cpu. The I/O Channel
Check is an active-low signal which indicates that a parity error exists in a device on the I/O channel.
I/O CH RDY
Channel Ready. Setting this low prevents the default ready timer from timing out. The slave device may
then set it high again when it is ready to end the bus cycle. Holding this line low for too long (15
microseconds, typical) can prevent RAM refresh cycles on some systems. This signal is called
IOCHRDY (I/O Channel Ready) by some references. CHRDY and NOWS should not be used
simultaneously. This may cause problems with some bus controllers. This signal is pulled low by a
memory or I/O device to lengthen memory or I/O read/write cycles. It should only be held low for a
minimum of 2.5 microseconds.
IOR
The I/O Read is an active-low signal which instructs the I/O device to drive its data onto the data bus,
SD0-SD15.
IOW
The I/O Write is an active-low signal which instructs the I/O device to read data from the data bus, SD0-
SD15.
IRQx
Interrupt Request. IRQ2 has the highest priority. IRQ 10-15 are only available on AT machines, and are
higher priority than IRQ 3-7. The Interrupt Request signals which indicate I/O service attention. They
are prioritized in the following sequence: Highest IRQ 9(2),10,11,12,14,3,4,5,6,7
LAxx
Latchable Address lines. Combine with the lower address lines to form a 24 bit address space (16 MB)
These unlatched address signals give the system up to 16 MB of address ability. The are valid when
"BALE" is high.
MASTER
16 bit bus master. Generated by the ISA bus master when initiating a bus cycle. This active-low signal is
used in conjunction with a DRQ line by a processor on the I/O channel to gain control of the system.
The I/O processor first issues a DRQ, and upon receiving the corresponding DACK, the I/O processor
may assert MASTER, which will allow it to control the system address, data and control lines. This
signal should not be asserted for more than 15 microseconds, or system memory may be corrupted du to
the lack of memory refresh activity.
MEMCS16
The active-low Memory Chip Select 16 indicates that the current data transfer is a 1 wait state, 16 bit
data memory cycle.
MEMR
The Memory Read is an active-low signal which instructs memory devices to drive data onto the data
bus SD0-SD15. This signal is active on all memory read cycles.
MEMW
The Memory Write is an active-low signal which instructs memory devices to store data present on the
data bus SD0-SD15. This signal is active on all memory write cycles.
NOWS
No Wait State. Used to shorten the number of wait states generated by the default ready timer. This
causes the bus cycle to end more quickly, since wait states will not be inserted. Most systems will ignore
NOWS if CHRDY is active (low). However, this may cause problems with some bus controllers, and
both signals should not be active simultaneously.
OSC
Oscillator, 14.31818 MHz, 50% Duty Cycle. Frequency varies. This was originally divided by 3 to
provide the 4.77 MHz cpu clock of early PCs, and divided by 12 to produce the 1.19 MHz system clock.
Some references have placed this signal as low as 1 MHz (possibly referencing the system clock), but
most modern systems use 14.318 MHz.
This frequency (14.318 MHz) is four times the television colorburst frequency. Refresh timing on many
PC's is based on OSC/18, or approximately one refresh cycle every 15 microseconds. Many modern
motherboards allow this rate to be changed, which frees up some bus cycles for use by software, but also
can cause memory errors if the system RAM cannot handle the slower refresh rates.
REFRESH
Refresh. Generated when the refresh logic is bus master. This active-low signal is used to indicate a
memory refresh cycle is in progress. An ISA device acting as bus master may also use this signal to
initiate a refresh cycle.
RESET
This signal goes low when the machine is powered up. Driving it low will force a system reset. This
signal goes high to reset the system during powerup, low line-voltage or hardware reset. ??????????????
SA0-SA19
System Address Lines, tri-state. The System Address lines run from bit 0 to bit 19. They are latched on
to the falling edge of "BALE".
SBHE
System Bus High Enable, tri-state. Indicates a 16 bit data transfer. The System Bus High Enable
indicates high byte transfer is occurring on the data bus SD8-SD15. This may also indicate an 8 bit
transfer using the upper half of the bus data (if an odd address is present).
SD0-SD16
System Data lines, or Standard Data Lines. They are bidrectional and tri-state. On most systems, the data
lines float high when not driven. These 16 lines provide for data transfer between the processor, memory
and I/O devices.
SMEMR
System Memory Read Command line. Indicates a memory read in the lower 1 MB area. This System
Memory Read is an active-low signal which instructs memory devices to drive data onto the data bus
SD0-SD15. This signal is active only when the memory address is within the lowest 1MB of memory
address space.
SMEMW
System Memory Write Commmand line. Indicates a memory write in the lower 1 MB area. The System
Memory Write is an active-low signal which instructs memory devices to store data preset on the data
bus SD0-SD15. This signal is active only when the memory address is within the lowest 1MB of
memory address space.
T/C
Terminal Count. Notifies the cpu that that the last DMA data transfer operation is complete. Terminal
Count provides a pulse when the terminal count for any DMA channel is reached.
8 Bit Memory or I/O Transfer Timing Diagram (4 wait states
shown)
__ __ __ __ __ __ __
BCLK ___| |___| |___| |__| |___| |___| |___| |__
W1 W2 W3 W4
__
BALE _______| |_______________________________________
AEN __________________________________________________
______________________________________
SA0-SA19 ---------<______________________________________>-
_____________ _____
Command Line |______________________________|
(IORC,IOWC,
SMRDC, or SMWTC)
_____
SD0-SD7 ---------------------------------------<_____>----
(READ)
___________________________________
SD0-SD7 ---------<___________________________________>----
(WRITE)
Note: W1 through W4 indicate wait cycles.
BALE is placed high, and the address is latched on the SA bus. The slave device may safely sample the
address during the falling edge of BALE, and the address on the SA bus remains valid until the end of
the transfer cycle. Note that AEN remains low throughout the entire transfer cycle.
The command line is then pulled low (IORC or IOWC for I/O commands, SMRDSC or SMWTC for
memory commands, read and write respectively). For write operations, the data remains on the SD bus
for the remainder of the transfer cycle. For read operations, the data must be valid on the falling edge of
the last cycle.
NOWS is sampled at the midpoint of each wait cycle. If it is low, the transfer cycle terminates without
further wait states. CHRDY is sampled during the first half of the clock cycle. If it is low, further wait
cycles will be inserted.
The default for 8 bit transfers is 4 wait states. Some computers allow the number of default wait states to
be changed.
16 Bit Memory or I/O Transfer Timing Diagram (1 wait state
shown)
__ __ __ __ __ __
BCLK ___| |___| |___| |__| |___| |___| |_
AEN [2] __________________________________________
_____________
LA17-LA23 -------<_____________>-[1]-----------------
__
BALE ______________| |________________________
________________ _______
SBHE |__________________|
__________________
SA0-SA19 ---------------<__________________>-------
_________________ ____________________
M16 |____|
* * [4]
_________________ ___________
IO16 [3] |_____________|
*
_________________ ___________
Command Line |____________|
(IORC,IOWC,
MRDC, or MWTC)
____
SD0-SD7 ---------------------------<____>---------
(READ)
______________
SD0-SD7 -----------------<______________>---------
(WRITE)
An asterisk (*) denotes the point where the signal is sampled.
[1] The portion of the address on the LA bus for the NEXT cycle may now be placed on the bus. This is
used so that cards may begin decoding the address early. Address pipelining must be active.
[2] AEN remains low throughout the entire transfer cycle, indicating that a normal (non-DMA) transfer
is occurring.
[3] Some bus controllers sample this signal during the same clock cycle as M16, instead of during the
first wait state, as shown above. In this case, IO16 needs to be pulled low as soon as the address is
decoded, which is before the I/O command lines are active.
[4] M16 is sampled a second time, in case the adapter card did not active the signal in time for the first
sample (usually because the memory device is not monitoring the LA bus for early address information,
or is waiting for the falling edge of BALE).
16 bit transfers follow the same basic timing as 8 bit transfers. A valid address may appear on the LA
bus prior to the beginning of the transfer cycle. Unlike the SA bus, the LA bus is not latched, and is not
valid for the entire transfer cycle (on most computers). The LA bus should be latched on the falling edge
of BALE. Note that on some systems, the LA bus signals will follow the same timing as the SA bus. On
either type of system, a valid address is present on the falling edge of BALE.
I/O adapter cards do not need to monitor the LA bus or BALE, since I/O addresses are always within the
address space of the SA bus.
SBHE will be pulled low by the system board, and the adapter card must respond with IO16 or M16 at
the appropriate time, or else the transfer will be split into two separate 8 bit transfers. Many systems
expect IO16 or M16 before the command lines are valid. This requires that IO16 or M16 be pulled low
as soon as the address is decoded (before it is known whether the cycle is I/O or Memory). If the system
is starting a memory cycle, it will ignore IO16 (and vice-versa for I/O cycles and M16).
For read operations, the data is sampled on the rising edge of the last clock cycle. For write operations,
valid data appears on the bus before the end of the cycle, as shown in the timing diagram. While the
timing diagram indicates that the data needs to be sampled on the rising clock, on most systems it
remains valid for the entire clock cycle.
The default for 16 bit transfers is 1 wait state. This may be shortened or lengthened in the same manner
as 8 bit transfers, via NOWS and CHRDY. Many systems only allow 16 bit memory devices (and not I/
O devices) to transfer using 0 wait states (NOWS has no effect on 16 bit I/O cycles).
SMRDC/SMWTC follow the same timing as MRDC/MWTC respectively when the address is within the
lower 1 MB. If the address is not within the lower 1 MB boundary, SMRDC/SMWTC will remain high
during the entire cycle.
It is also possible for an 8 bit bus cycle to use the upper portion of the bus. In this case, the timing will
be similar to a 16 bit cycle, but an odd address will be present on the bus. This means that the bus is
transferring 8 bits using the upper data bits (SD8-SD15).
Shortening or Lengthening the bus cycle:
BCLK W W W W
_ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
|__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |__| |
__
|--Transfer 1-----|----Transfer 2---------|----Transfer 3---|
BALE
__ __ __
__
________| |______________| |____________________| |______________|
SBHE
_________
_______________________
|__________________|__________________|
SA0-SA19
_________________ _____________________ _________________
----------
<_________________><_____________________><_________________>
IO16
___________ ___
___________________________
|_____________| |_____________|
* *
CHRDY
________________________________
_______________________________
|______|
* * * [1]
NOWS
______________________________________________________
_____
|__________|
* [2]
IORC
______________ _______ _______
____
|_________| |_______________| |_________|
SD0-SD15
____ ____ ____
--------------------<____>------------------<____>------------
<____>---
* * *
An asterisk (*) denotes the point where the signal is sampled.
W=Wait Cycle
This timing diagram shows three different transfer cycles. The first is a 16 bit standard I/O read. This is
followed by an almost identical 16 bit I/O read, with one wait state inserted. The I/O device pulls
CHRDY low to indicate that it is not ready to complete the transfer (see [1]). This inserts a wait cycle,
and CHRDY is again sampled. At this second sample, the I/O device has completed its operation and
released CHRDY, and the bus cycle now terminates. The third cycle is an 8 bit transfer, which is
shortened to 1 wait state (the default is 4) by the use of NOWS.
I/O Port Addresses
Note: Only the first 10 address lines are decoded for I/O operations. This limits the I/O address space to
address 3FF (hex) and lower. Some systems allow for 16 bit I/O address space, but may be limited due
to some I/O cards only decoding 10 of these 16 bits.
Port (hex) Port Assignments
000-00F DMA Controller
010-01F DMA Controller (PS/2)
020-02F Master Programmable Interrupt Controller (PIC)
030-03F Slave PIC
040-05F Programmable Interval Timer (PIT)
060-06F Keyboard Controller
070-071 Real Time Clock
080-083 DMA Page Register
090-097 Programmable Option Select (PS/2)
0A0-0AF PIC #2
0C0-0CF DMAC #2
0E0-0EF reserved
0F0-0FF Math coprocessor, PCJr Disk Controller
100-10F Programmable Option Select (PS/2)
110-16F AVAILABLE
170-17F Hard Drive 1 (AT)
180-1EF AVAILABLE
1F0-1FF Hard Drive 0 (AT)
200-20F Game Adapter
210-217 Expansion Card Ports
220-26F AVAILABLE
278-27F Parallel Port 3
280-2A1 AVAILABLE
2A2-2A3 clock
2B0-2DF EGA/Video
2E2-2E3 Data Acquisition Adapter (AT)
2E8-2EF Serial Port COM4
2F0-2F7 Reserved
2F8-2FF Serial Port COM2
300-31F Prototype Adapter, Periscope Hardware Debugger
320-32F AVAILABLE
330-33F Reserved for XT/370
340-35F AVAILABLE
360-36F Network
370-377 Floppy Disk Controller
378-37F Parallel Port 2
380-38F SDLC Adapter
390-39F Cluster Adapter
3A0-3AF reserved
3B0-3BF Monochrome Adapter
3BC-3BF Parallel Port 1
3C0-3CF EGA/VGA
3D0-3DF Color Graphics Adapter
3E0-3EF Serial Port COM3
3F0-3F7 Floppy Disk Controller
3F8-3FF Serial Port COM1
Soundblaster cards usually use I/O ports 220-22F.
Data acquisition cards frequently use 300-31F.
DMA Read and Write
The ISA bus uses two DMA controllers (DMAC) cascaded together. The slave DMAC connects to the
master DMAC via DMA channel 4 (channel 0 on the master DMAC). The slave therefore gains control
of the bus through the master DMAC. On the ISA bus, the DMAC is programmed to use fixed priority
(channel 0 always has the highest priority), which means that channel 0-4 from the slave have the
highest priority (since they connect to the master channel 0), followed by channels 5-7 (which are
channel 1-3 on the master).
The DMAC can be programmed for read transfers (data is read from memory and written to the I/O
device), write transfers (data is read from the I/O device and written to memory), or verify transfers
(neither a read or a write - this was used by DMA CH0 for DRAM refresh on early PCs).
Before a DMA transfer can take place, the DMA Controller (DMAC) must be programmed. This is done
by writing the start address and the number of bytes to transfer (called the transfer count) and the
direction of the transfer to the DMAC. After the DMAC has been programmed, the device may activate
the appropriate DMA request (DRQx) line.
Slave DMA Controller
I/O Port
0000
DMA CH0 Memory Address Register
Contains the lower 16 bits of the memory address, written as two consecutive bytes.
0001
DMA CH0 Transfer Count
Contains the lower 16 bits of the transfer count, written as two consecutive bytes.
0002 DMA CH1 Memory Address Register
0003 DMA CH1 Transfer Count
0008
DMAC Status/Control Register
Status (I/O read) bits 0-3: Terminal Count, CH 0-3
- bits 4-7: Request CH0-3
Control (write)
- bit 0: Mem to mem enable (1 = enabled)
- bit 1: ch0 address hold enable (1 = enabled)
- bit 2: controller disable (1 = disabled)
- bit 3: timing (0 = normal, 1 = compressed)
- bit 4: priority (0 = fixed, 1 = rotating)
- bit 5: write selection (0 = late, 1 = extended)
- bit 6: DRQx sense asserted (0 = high, 1 = low)
- bit 7: DAKn sense asserted (0 = low, 1 = high)
0009
Software DRQn Request
- bits 0-1: channel select (CH0-3)
- bit 2: request bit (0 = reset, 1 = set)
000A
DMA mask register
- bit 2: mask bit (0 = reset, 1 = set)
000B
DMA Mode Register
- bits 2-3: 00 = verify transfer, 01 = write transfer, 10 = read transfer, 11 = reserved
- bit 4: Auto init (0 = disabled, 1 = enabled)
- bit 5: Address (0 = increment, 1 = decrement)
- bits 6-7: 00 = demand transfer mode, 01 = single transfer mode, 10 = block transfer mode, 11
= cascade mode
000C
DMA Clear Byte Pointer
Writing to this causes the DMAC to clear the pointer used to keep track of 16 bit data transfers
into and out of the DMAC for hi/low byte sequencing.
000D DMA Master Clear (Hardware Reset)
000E DMA Reset Mask Register - clears the mask register
000F
DMA Mask Register
- bits 0-3: mask bits for CH0-3 (0 = not masked, 1 = masked)
0081 DMA CH2 Page Register (address bits A16-A23)
0082 DMA CH3 Page Register
008A DMA CH7 Page Register
008B DMA CH5 Page Register
Master DMA Controller
I/O Port
00C0
DMA CH4 Memory Address Register
Contains the lower 16 bits of the memory address, written as two consecutive bytes.
00C2
DMA CH4 Transfer Count
Contains the lower 16 bits of the transfer count, written as two consecutive bytes.
00C4 DMA CH5 Memory Address Register
00C6 DMA CH5 Transfer Count
00C8 DMA CH6 Memory Address Register
00CA DMA CH6 Transfer Count
00CC DMA CH7 Memory Address Register
00CE DMA CH7 Transfer Count
00D0
DMAC Status/Control Register
Status (I/O read) bits 0-3: Terminal Count, CH 4-7
- bits 4-7: Request CH4-7
Control (write)- bit 0: Mem to mem enable (1 = enabled)
- bit 1: ch0 address hold enable (1 = enabled)
- bit 2: controller disable (1 = disabled)
- bit 3: timing (0 = normal, 1 = compressed)
- bit 4: priority (0 = fixed, 1 = rotating)
- bit 5: write selection (0 = late, 1 = extended)
- bit 6: DRQx sense asserted (0 = high, 1 = low)
- bit 7: DAKn sense asserted (0 = low, 1 = high)
00D2
Software DRQn Request
- bit 2: request bit (0 = reset, 1 = set)
00D4
DMA mask register
- bit 2: mask bit (0 = reset, 1 = set)
00D6
DMA Mode Register
- bits 2-3: 00 = verify transfer, 01 = write transfer, 10 = read transfer, 11 = reserved
- bit 4: Auto init (0 = disabled, 1 = enabled)
- bit 5: Address (0 = increment, 1 = decrement)
- bits 6-7: 00 = demand transfer mode, 01 = single transfer mode, 10 = block transfer mode, 11
= cascade mode
00D8
DMA Clear Byte Pointer
Writing to this causes the DMAC to clear the pointer used to keep track of 16 bit data transfers
into and out of the DMAC for hi/low byte sequencing.
00DA DMA Master Clear (Hardware Reset)
00DC DMA Reset Mask Register - clears the mask register
00DE
DMA Mask Register
- bits 0-3: mask bits for CH4-7 (0 = not masked, 1 = masked)
Single Transfer Mode
The DMAC is programmed for transfer. The DMA device requests a transfer by driving the appropriate
DRQ line high. The DMAC responds by asserting AEN and acknowledges the DMA request through the
appropriate DAK line. The I/O and memory command lines are also asserted. When the DMA device
sees the DAK signal, it drops the DRQ line.
The DMAC places the memory address on the SA bus (at the same time as the command lines are
asserted), and the device either reads from or writes to memory, depending on the type of transfer. The
transfer count is incremented, and the address incremented/decremented. DAK is de-asserted. The cpu
now once again has control of the bus, and continues execution until the I/O device is once again ready
for transfer. The DMA device repeats the procedure, driving DRQ high and waiting for DAK, then
transferring data. This continues for a number of cycles equal to the transfer count. When this has been
completed, the DMAC signals the cpu that the DMA transfer is complete via the TC (terminal count)
signal.
__ __ __ __ __ __
BCLK ___| |___| |___| |__| |___| |___| |___
_______
DRQx _| |___________________________________
______________________________
AEN ____| |________
_______ ________
DAKx |___________________________|
____________________________
SA0-SA15 -------<____________________________>-------
___________ ____________
Command Line |___________________|
(IORC, MRDC)
_____________
SD0-SD7 ----------------------<_____________>-------
(READ)
____________________________
SD0-SD7 -------<____________________________>-------
(WRITE)
Block Transfer Mode
The DMAC is programmed for transfer. The device attempting DMA transfer drives the appropriate
DRQ line high. The motherboard responds by driving AEN high and DAK low. This indicates that the
DMA device is now the bus master. In response to the DAK signal, the DMA device drops DRQ. The
DMAC places the address for DMA transfer on the address bus. Both the memory and I/O command
lines are asserted (since DMA involves both an I/O and a memory device). AEN prevents I/O devices
from responding to the I/O command lines, which would not result in proper operation since the I/O
lines are active, but a memory address is on the address bus. The data transfer is now done (memory
read or write), and the DMAC increments/decrements the address and begins another cycle. This
continues for a number of cycles equal to the DMAC transfer count. When this has been completed, the
terminal count signal (TC) is generated by the DMAC to inform the cpu that the DMA transfer has been
completed.
Note: Block transfer must be used carefully. The bus cannot be used for other things (like RAM refresh)
while block mode transfers are being done.
Demand Transfer Mode
The DMAC is programmed for transfer. The device attempting DMA transfer drives the appropriate
DRQ line high. The motherboard responds by driving AEN high and DAK low. This indicates that the
DMA device is now the bus master. Unlike single transfer and block transfer, the DMA device does not
drop DRQ in response to DAK. The DMA device transfers data in the same manner as for block
transfers. The DMAC will continue to generate DMA cycles as long as the I/O device asserts DRQ.
When the I/O device is unable to continue the transfer (if it no longer had data ready to transfer, for
example), it drops DRQ and the cpu once again has control of the bus. Control is returned to the DMAC
by once again asserting DRQ. This continues until the terminal count has been reached, and the TC
signal informs the cpu that the transfer has been completed.
Interrupts on the ISA bus
Name Interrupt Description
NMI 2 Parity Error, Mem Refresh
IRQ0 8 8253 Channel 0 (System Timer)
IRQ1 9 Keyboard
IRQ2 A Cascade from slave PIC
IRQ3 B COM2
IRQ4 C COM1
IRQ5 D LPT2
IRQ6 E Floppy Drive Controller
IRQ7 F LPT1
IRQ8 F Real Time Clock
IRQ9 F Redirection to IRQ2
IRQ10 F Reserved
IRQ11 F Reserved
IRQ12 F Mouse Interface
IRQ13 F Coprocessor
IRQ14 F Hard Drive Controller
IRQ15 F Reserved
IRQ0,1,2,8, and 13 are not available on the ISA bus.
The IBM PC and XT had only a single 8259 interrupt controller. The AT and later machines have a
second interrupt controller, and the two are used in a master/slave combination. IRQ2 and IRQ9 are the
same pin on most ISA systems. Interrupts on most systems may be either edge triggered or level
triggered. The default is usually edge triggered, and active high (low to high transition). The interrupt
level must be held high until the first interrupt acknowledge cycle (two interrupt acknowledge bus cycles
are generated in response to an interrupt request).
The software aspects of interrupts and interrupt handlers is intentionally omitted from this document,
due to the numerous syntactical differences in software tools and the fact that adequate documentation of
this topic is usually provided with developement software.
Bus Mastering:
An ISA device may take control of the bus, but this must be done with caution. There are no safety
mechanisms involved, and so it is easily possible to crash the entire system by incorrectly taking control
of the bus. For example, most systems require bus cycles for DRAM refresh. If the ISA bus master does
not relinquish control of the bus or generate its own DRAM refresh cycles every 15 microseconds, the
system RAM can become corrupted. The ISA adapter card can generate refresh cycles without
relinquishing control of the bus by asserting REFRESH. MRDC can be then monitored to determine
when the refresh cycle ends.
To take control of the bus, the device first asserts its DRQ line. The DMAC sends a hold request to the
cpu, and when the DMAC receives a hold acknowledge, it asserts the appropriate DAK line
corresponding to the DRQ line asserted. The device is now the bus master. AEN is asserted, so if the
device wishes to access I/O devices, it must assert MASTER16 to release AEN. Control of the bus is
returned to the system board by releasing DRQ.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Niklas Edmundsson, Mark Sokos, Pieter
Hollants
Source: Mark Sokos ISA page
"ISA System Architecture, 3rd Edition" by Tom Shanley and Don Anderson ISBN 0-201-40996-8
"Eisa System Architecture, 2nd Edition" by Tom Shanley and Don Anderson ISBN 0-201-40995-
X
"Microcomputer Busses" by R.M. Cram ISBN 0-12-196155-9
HelpPC v2.10 Quick Reference Utility, by David Jurgens
ZIDA 80486 Mother Board User's Manual, OPTi 486, 82C495sx
IndustrialPCI
IndustrialPCI is a version of PCI adapted for industrial and/or embedded applications.
The IPCI connector has three parts:
G Optional 60 pin PCI 64 bit extension (Top)
G Mandatory 120 pin PCI 32 bit (Middle)
G Optional 60 pin Custom I/O (Bottom)
(at the backplane)
System Slot (Middle)
Pin Name Description Note
A1 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
A2 AD2 Address 2
A3 AD6 Address 6
A4 GND Ground
A5 AD10 Address 10
A6 AD13 Address 13
A7 GND Ground
A8 SDONE Snoop Done 1
A9 GND Ground
A10 FRAME# Indicate Address or Data phase 1
A11 AD18 Address 18
A12 GND Ground
A13 +5V +5 VDC
A14 AD24 Address 24
A15 AD27 Address 27
A16 GND Ground
A17 REQ2 Request 2 1
A18 GND Ground
A19 CLK1 33 or 66 MHz Clock
A20 CLK2
A21 GND Ground
A22 CLK3
A23 CLK4
A24 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B1 REQ64# Request 64 ??? 1
B2 AD3 Address 3
B3 +5V +5 VDC
B4 AD8 Address 8
B5 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B6 AD14 Address 14
B7 PAR Parity
B8 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B9 STOP# Stop 1
B10 C/BE2# Command, Byte Enable 2
B11 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
B12 AD21 Address 21
B13 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B14 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
B15 AD28 Address 28
B16 AD31 Address 31
B17 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B18 GNT3 Grant 3
B19 RST# Reset
B20 NMI# Non Maskable Interrupt
B21 X6 Reserved (6)
B22 +5V +5 VDC :
B23 RSTIN# 2
B24 USB+ Universal Serial Bus (USB)(+)
C1 ACK64# Acknowledge 64 ??? 1
C2 GND Ground
C3 AD7 Address 7
C4 AD9 Address 9
C5 AD11 Address 11
C6 GND Ground
C7 SERR# System Error 1
C8 PERR# Parity Error 1
C9 DEVSEL# Device Select 1
C10 GND Ground
C11 AD19 Address 19
C12 AD22 Address 22
C13 GND Ground
C14 AD25 Address 25
C15 GND Ground
C16 X1 Reserved (1)
C17 GNT2 Grant 2
C18 REQ4 Request 4 1
C19 SLEEP#/SDAT Sleep/Serial Data (I2C) 3
C20 X4 Reserved (4)
C21 INTD# Interrupt D 1
C22 INTB# Interrupt B 1
C23 +5V +5 VDC
C24 USB- Universal Serial Bus (USB)(-)
D1 AD0 Address 0
D2 AD4 Address 4
D3 C/BE0# Command, Byte Enable 0
D4 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
D5 AD12 Address 12
D6 AD15 Address 15
D7 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
D8 LOCK# Resource Lock 1
D9 TRDY# Test Logic Ready 1
D10 AD16 Address 16
D11 AD20 Address 20
D12 +5V +5 VDC
D13 +5V +5 VDC
D14 AD26 Address 26
D15 AD29 Address 29
D16 REQ1 Request 1 1
D18 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
D19 X2 Reserved (2)
D20 X5 Reserved (5)
D21 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
D22 INTA# Interrupt A 1
D23 ICPEN#/SCLK ICPEN/Serial Clock (I2C) 3
D24 OSC (PWDN)
E1 AD1 Address 1
E2 AD5 Address 5
E3 GND Ground
E4 M66EN Enable 66Mhz PCI-bus
E5 GND Ground
E6 C/BE1# Command, Byte Enable 1
E7 SBO# Snoop Backoff 1
E8 +5V +5 VDC
E9 IRDY# Initiator Ready 1
E10 AD17 Address 17
E11 GND Ground
E12 AD23 Address 23
E14 GND Ground
E15 AD30 Address 30
E16 GNT1 Grant 1
E17 +5V +5 VDC
E18 GNT4 Grant 4
E19 X3 Reserved (3)
E20 GND Ground
E21 INTC# Interrupt C 1
E22 -12V -12 VDC
E23 +12V +12 VDC
E24 VBATT
1 = Pullup resistor of 2,7 kOhm on the System Slot (CPU).
2 = Pullup resistor of 330 ohm on the System Slot (CPU).
3 = Pullup resistor of 4,7 KB ohm, if not supported by the System Slot (CPU).
Module Bus Slot (Middle)
A1 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
A2 AD2 Address 2
A3 AD6 Address 6
A4 GND Ground
A5 AD10 Address 10
A6 AD13 Address 13
A7 GND Ground
A9 GND Ground
A11 AD18 Address 18
A12 GND Ground
A13 +5V +5 VDC
A14 AD24 Address 24
A15 AD27 Address 27
A16 GND Ground
A17 REQ2 Request 2 1
A18 CLKM
A20 CLK2
A21 GND Ground
A22 CLK3
A23 CLK4
A24 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B2 AD3 Address 3
B3 +5V +5 VDC
B4 AD8 Address 8
B5 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B6 AD14 Address 14
B7 PAR Parity
B8 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B9 STOP# Stop 1
B11 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
B12 AD21 Address 21
B13 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B14 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
B15 AD28 Address 28
B16 AD31 Address 31
B17 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B18 GNT3 Grant 3
B19 RST# Reset
B21 X6 Reserved (6)
B22 +5V +5 VDC :
B23 RSTIN#
C2 GND Ground
C3 AD7 Address 7
C4 AD9 Address 9
C5 AD11 Address 11
C6 GND Ground
C10 GND Ground
C11 AD19 Address 19
C12 AD22 Address 22
C13 GND Ground
C14 AD25 Address 25
C15 GND Ground
C16 X1 Reserved (1)
C17 GNT2 Grant 2
C18 REQ4 Request 4 1
C19 SLEEP#/SDAT Sleep/Serial Data (I2C)
C20 X4 Reserved (4)
C23 +5V +5 VDC
D1 AD0 Address 0
D2 AD4 Address 4
D4 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
D5 AD12 Address 12
D6 AD15 Address 15
D7 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
D10 AD16 Address 16
D11 AD20 Address 20
D12 +5V +5 VDC
D13 +5V +5 VDC
D14 AD26 Address 26
D15 AD29 Address 29
D18 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
D19 X2 Reserved (2)
D20 X5 Reserved (5)
D21 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
D24 OSC (PWDN)
E1 AD1 Address 1
E2 AD5 Address 5
E3 GND Ground
E5 GND Ground
E8 +5V +5 VDC
E10 AD17 Address 17
E11 GND Ground
E12 AD23 Address 23
E14 GND Ground
E15 AD30 Address 30
E16 GNT1 Grant 1
E17 +5V +5 VDC
E18 GNT4 Grant 4
E19 X3 Reserved (3)
E20 GND Ground
E22 -12V -12 VDC
E23 +12V +12 VDC
E24 VBATT
Card Slot (Middle)
A1 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
A2 AD2 Address 2
A3 AD6 Address 6
A4 GND Ground
A5 AD10 Address 10
A6 AD13 Address 13
A7 GND Ground
A9 GND Ground
A11 AD18 Address 18
A12 GND Ground
A13 +5V +5 VDC
A14 AD24 Address 24
A15 AD27 Address 27
A16 GND Ground
A17 IDSEL0 IDSEL0 1
A18 GND Ground
A20 GND Ground
A21 GND Ground
A22 GND Ground
A23 GND Ground
A24 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B2 AD3 Address 3
B3 +5V +5 VDC
B4 AD8 Address 8
B5 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B6 AD14 Address 14
B7 PAR Parity
B8 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B9 STOP# Stop 1
B11 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
B12 AD21 Address 21
B13 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B14 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
B15 AD28 Address 28
B16 AD31 Address 31
B17 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
B18 GND Ground
B19 RST# Reset
B21 X6 Reserved (6)
B22 +5V +5 VDC :
B23 RSTIN#
C2 GND Ground
C3 AD7 Address 7
C4 AD9 Address 9
C5 AD11 Address 11
C6 GND Ground
C10 GND Ground
C11 AD19 Address 19
C12 AD22 Address 22
C13 GND Ground
C14 AD25 Address 25
C15 GND Ground
C16 X1 Reserved (1)
C17 IDSEL1 Initialization Device Select 1
C18 GND Ground
C19 SLEEP#/SDAT Sleep/Serial Data (I2C)
C20 X4 Reserved (4)
C23 +5V +5 VDC
D1 AD0 Address 0
D2 AD4 Address 4
D4 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
D5 AD12 Address 12
D6 AD15 Address 15
D7 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
D10 AD16 Address 16
D11 AD20 Address 20
D12 +5V +5 VDC
D13 +5V +5 VDC
D14 AD26 Address 26
D15 AD29 Address 29
D17 IDSEL2 Initialization Device Select 2
D18 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
D19 X2 Reserved (2)
D20 X5 Reserved (5)
D21 +3,3V +3.3 VDC
D24 OSC (PWDN)
E1 AD1 Address 1
E2 AD5 Address 5
E3 GND Ground
E5 GND Ground
E8 +5V +5 VDC
E10 AD17 Address 17
E11 GND Ground
E12 AD23 Address 23
E14 GND Ground
E15 AD30 Address 30
E16 GNT1 Grant 1
E17 +5V +5 VDC
E18 GNT4 Grant 4
E19 X3 Reserved (3)
E20 GND Ground
E22 -12V -12 VDC
E23 +12V +12 VDC
E24 VBATT
64-bit PCI (Top)
A1 GND Ground
A2 X10 Reserved (10)
A3 AD35 Address 35 2
A6 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
A7 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
A12 GND Ground
B1 X7 Reserved (7)
B2 GND Ground
B3 AD36 Address 36 2
B11 GND Ground
B12 C/BE6# Command, Byte Enable 6 2
C1 X8 Reserved (8)
C2 AD32 Address 32 2
C3 GND Ground
C6 GND Ground
C7 GND Ground
C10 GND Ground
C11 PAR64 Parity 64 ??? 2
C12 C/BE7# Command, Byte Enable 7 2
D1 X9 Reserved (9)
D2 AD33 Address 33 2
D4 GND Ground
D9 GND Ground
D11 C/BE4# Command, Byte Enable 4 2
D12 X11 Reserved (11)
E1 GND Ground
E2 AD34 Address 34 2
E3 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
E5 GND Ground
E8 GND Ground
E10 V(I/O) +3.3 or +5 VDC
E11 C/BE5# Command, Byte Enable 5 2
E12 X12 Reserved (12)
2 = Pullup resistor of 2,7 kOhm (5V bus system) or 8,2 kOhm (3,3V bus system) on the backplane.
ISA96/AT96 (Bottom)
A1 RSTDRV
A2 IRQ9 Interrupt 9
A3 SD11 Data 11
A4 SD9 Data 9
A5 IOCHRDY 1
A6 IOW# I/O Write
A7 SA15 Address 15
A8 CLK Clock
A9 SA10 Address 10
A10 SA7 Address 7
A11 T/C
A12 SA2 Address 2
B1 SD15 Data 15
B2 SD13 Data 13
B3 SD3 Data 3
B4 SD1 Data 1
B5 SMEMW# System Memory Write
B6 SA18 Address 18
B7 SA14 Address 14
B8 DACK6# DMA Acknowledge 6
B9 SA9 Address 9
B10 IRQ3 Interrupt 3
B11 IOCS16# I/O 16-bit chip select 1
B12 SA1 Address 1
C1 SD7 Data 7
C2 SD5 Data 5
C3 SD10 Data 10
C4 SD8 Data 8
C5 AEN Address Enable
C6 IOR# I/O Read
C7 SA13 Address 13
C8 SA11 Address 11
C9 IRQ5 Interrupt 5
C10 SA6 Address 6
C11 SA4 Address 4
C12 IRQ11 Interrupt 11
D1 SD14 Data 14
D2 SD12 Data 12
D3 SD2 Data 2
D4 SD0 Data 0
D5 SMEMR# System Memory Read
D6 SA17 Address 17
D7 REF#
D8 IRQ7 Interrupt 7
D9 SA8 Address 8
D10 MCS16# 1
D11 BALE
D12 SA0 Address 0
E1 SD6 Data 6
E2 SD4 Data 4
E3 0WS 1
E4 SBHE#
E5 SA19 Address 19
E6 SA16 Address 16
E7 SA12 Address 12
E8 DRQ6 DMA Request 6
E9 IRQ4 Interrupt 4
E10 SA5 Address 5
E11 SA3 Address 3
E12 IRQ10 Interrupt 10
1 = Pullup resistor must be integrated into the System Slot (CPU).
VMEbus (Bottom)
A1 D0 Data 0
A2 D2 Data 2
A3 D12 Data 12
A4 D7 Data 7
A5 DS1#
A6 BR3#
A7 AM1
A8 AM3
A9 IACKOUT#
A10 A14 Address 14
A11 A12 Address 12
A12 A10 Address 10
B1 BBSY#
B2 D10 Data 10
B3 D5 Data 5
B4 D15 Data 15
B5 SYSRES#
B6 A23 Address 23
B7 A21 Address 21
B8 A19 Address 19
B9 A16 Address 16
B10 A6 Address 6
B11 A4 Address 4
B12 A2 Address 2
C1 D8 Data 8
C2 D3 Data 3
C3 D13 Data 13
C4 SYSCLK
C5 DS0#
C6 DTACK#
C7 AS#
C8 IACK#
C9 AM4
C10 A13 Address 13
C11 A11 Address 11
C12 A9 Address 9
D1 D1 Data 1
D2 D11 Data 11
D3 D6 Data 6
D4 BG3OUT#
D5 WR# Write
D6 AM0
D7 AM2
D8 A18 Address 18
D9 A15 Address 15
D10 A5 Address 5
D11 A3 Address 3
D12 A1 Address 1
E1 D9 Data 9
E2 D4 Data 4
E3 D14 Data 14
E4 BERR# Bus Error
E5 AM5
E6 A22 Address 22
E7 A20 Address 20
E8 A17 Address 17
E9 A7 Address 7
E10 IRQ5# Interrupt 5
E12 A8 Address 8
ECB (Bottom)
A1 D5 Data 5
A2 D2 Data 2
A3 A4 Data 4
A4 A7 Address 7
A5 BAI
A6 2F
A7 A10 Address 10
A8 INT#
A9 VCMOS
A10 PWRCLR#
A11 A13 Address 13
A12 RESET# Reset
B1 D0 Data 0
B2 D4 Data 4
B3 A1 Address 1
B4 WAIT#
B5 A17 Address 17
B6 IEO
B7 n/c Not connected
B8 DMARDY
B9 RD# Read
B10 IORQ#
B11 ?
C1 D6 Data 6
C2 A0 Address 0
C3 A5 Address 5
C4 A16 Address 16
C5 A18 Address 18
C6 BAO
C7 M1#
C8 WR#
C9 n
C10 A12 Address 12
C11 A9 Address 9
C12 n/c Not connected
D1 D7 Data 7
D2 A2 Address 2
D3 A8 Address 8
D4 BUSRQ#
D5 A19 Address 19
D6 A11 Address 11
D7 NMI# Non Maskable Interrupt
D8 PF
D9 HALT#
D10 RFSH#
D11 MRQ#
D12 n/c Not connected
E1 D3 Data 3
E2 A3 Address 3
E3 A6 Address 6
E4 IEI
E5 D1 Data 1
E6 A14 Address 14
E7 n/c Not connected
E9 DESLCT#
E10 A15 Address 15
E11 BUSAK#
SMP16 (Bottom)
A1 NMI# Non Maskable Interrupt
A2 IRQ0# Interrupt 0
A3 D11 Data 11
A4 D9 Data 9
A5 RDYIN
A6 IOW#
A7 A15 Address 15
A8 CLK
A9 A10 Address 10
A10 A7 Address 7
A11 TC/EOP#
A12 A2 Address 2
B1 D15 Data 15
B2 D13 Data 13
B3 D3 Data 3
B4 D1 Data 1
B5 MEMW#
B6 A18 Address 18
B7 A14 Address 14
B8 DACKx#
B9 A9 Address 9
B10 IRQ3# Interrupt 3
B11 IOCS16#
B12 A1 Address 1
C1 D7 Data 7
C2 D5 Data 5
C3 D10 Data 10
C4 D8 Data 8
C5 BUSEN
C6 IOR#
C7 A13 Address 13
C8 A11 Address 11
C9 IRQ1# Interrupt 1
C10 A6 Address 6
C11 A4 Address 4
C12 IRQ4# Interrupt 4
D1 D14 Data 14
D2 D12 Data 12
D3 D2 Data 2
D4 D0 Data 0
D5 MEMR#
D6 A17 Address 17
D7 INTA#
D8 INT#
D9 A8 Address 8
D10 MECS16#
D11 ALE
D12 A0 Address 0
E1 D6 Data 6
E2 D4 Data 4
E3 MMIO#
E4 BHEN
E5 A19 Address 19
E6 A16 Address 16
E7 A12 Address 12
E8 DRQx#
E10 A5 Address 5
E11 A3 Address 3
Floppy/EIDE (Bottom)
A1 FDSEL1 Floppy Select 1
A2 FDSEL0 Floppy Select 0
A3 FDME1 Floppy ?
A4 DIR Floppy Direction
A5 STEP Floppy Step
A6 WRDATA Floppy Write Data
A7 WE Floppy Write?
A8 TRK0 Floppy Track 0
A9 WP Floppy Write?
A10 RDDATA Floppy ?
A11 HDSEL Floppy HD Select
A12 DSKCHG Floppy DiskChange
B1 DRVDEN1 ?
B2 DRVDEN0 ?
B3 IDECS3P# IDE ?
B4 IDEA2 IDE ?
B5 IDEIRQS IDE ?
B6 IDEPUS IDE ?
B7 IDEDRQP IDE ?
B8 IDED14 IDE Data 14
B9 IDED8 IDE Data 8
C1 FDME0 Floppy Me?
C2 INDX Floppy Index
C3 IDECS3S# IDE ?
C4 IDEA0 IDE ?
C5 IDEDAKS# IDE ?
C6 IDEIOR# IDE ?
C7 IDEDRQS IDE ?
C8 IDED1 IDE Data 1
C9 #IDERST IDE ?
C10 IDED10 IDE Data 10
D1 IDELEDS# IDE LED ?
D2 IDELEDP# IDE LED ?
D3 IDECS1S# IDE ?
D4 IDEIRQP IDE ?
D5 IDEPUP IDE Pull Up ?
D6 IDEIOW# IDE ?
D7 IDED15 IDE Data 15
D8 IDED13 IDE Data 13
D9 IDED7 IDE Data 7
D10 GND Ground
D11 GND Ground
D12 GND Ground
E1 GND Ground
E2 GND Ground
E3 IDECS1P# IDE ?
E4 IDEA1 IDE ?
E5 IDEDAKP# IDE ?
E6 IDEIORDY IDE ?
E7 IDED0 IDE Data 0
E8 IDED12 IDE Data 12
E9 IDED9 IDE Data 9
E10 IDED5 IDE Data 5
E11 GND Ground
E12 GND Ground
SCSI (Bottom)
A1 TERM
A2 GND Ground
A3 I/O#
A4 REQ#
A5 ATN#
A6 D8 Data 8
A7 D9 Data 9
A8 D10 Data 10
A9 D2 Data 2
A10 D4 Data 4
A11 DP0
A12 GND Ground
B1 TERM
B2 GND Ground
B3 GND Ground
B4 GND Ground
B5 GND Ground
B6 GND Ground
B7 GND Ground
B8 GND Ground
B9 GND Ground
B10 GND Ground
B11 GND Ground
B12 GND Ground
C1 TERM
C2 GND Ground
C3 C/D#
C4 MSG#
C5 ACK#
C6 D12 Data 12
C7 DP1 Data P1
C8 D13 Data 13
C9 D1 Data 1
C10 D5 Data 5
C11 D7 Data 7
C12 GND Ground
D1 TERM
D2 GND Ground
D3 GND Ground
D4 GND Ground
D5 GND Ground
D6 GND Ground
D7 GND Ground
D8 GND Ground
D9 GND Ground
D10 GND Ground
D11 GND Ground
D12 GND Ground
E1 TERM
E2 GND Ground
E3 SEL#
E4 RST#
E5 BSY#
E6 D14 Data 14
E7 D15 Data 15
E8 D11 Data 11
E9 D0 Data 0
E10 D3 Data 3
E11 D6 Data 6
E12 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rob
Gill
Source:
IndustrialPCI page at Standard Industrial PC Systems's (SIPS)
homepage
JAMMA
JAMMA=Japanese Arcade Machine Manufacturers Association
An old group trying to set standards for board pinouts (at arcade machines). This was designed to make
board changes easy, just take out the old game and plug in the new. Unfortunately games have evolved,
and the Jamma standard is no longer up to the job as it can`t handle more than 4 buttons or two players.
Also replacing a board from a different manufacturer meant readjusting the picture on the monitor as it
would not be centred in the same position.
28 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR on the arcade machine
Sold side
Pin Description
A Ground
B Ground
C +5V
D +5V
E -5V
F +12V
H Key (no connection)
J Meter 2
K Lockout 2
L Speaker -
M Audio Ground
N Video Green
P Video Sync
R Service Switch
S Tilt Switch "Pinball Slam"
T Coin 2
U 2 Player start
V Player 2 Up
W Player 2 Down
X Player 2 Left
Y Player 2 Right
Z Player 2 Button 1
Aa Player 2 Button 2
Ab Player 2 Button 3
Ac (Player 2 Button 4)
Ad Not used
Ae Ground
Af Ground
Component side
Pin Description
1 Ground
2 Ground
3 +5V
4 +5V
5 -5V
6 +12V
7 Key (no connection)
8 Meter 1
9 Lockout 1
10 Speaker +
11 Audio +
12 Video Red
13 Video Blue
14 Video Ground
15 Test Switch
16 Coin 1
17 1 Player start
18 Player 1 Up
19 Player 1 Down
20 Player 1 Left
21 Player 1 Right
25 (Player 1 Button 4)
26 Not used
27 Ground
28 Ground
Note: All signals are active low.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
JAMMA pinout at Technick.
net
MCA
MCA=
62+36 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR MALE at the card.
62+36 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR FEMALE at the computer.
-----------------------------------|
| [] [] [] |]
| [] [] [] |
|_ ___ _|
||||||||| |||||||||||||||||||||
C11....C1 A55................A1 <-(Component Side)
D11....D1 B51................B1 <-(Circuit Side)
Pin Name
A1 VSYNC
A2 HSYNC
A3 BLANC
A4 GND
A5 P6
A6 EDCLK
A7 DCLK
A8 GND
A9 P7
A10 EVIDEO
A11 CD/SETUP
A12 MADE24
A13 GND
A14 A11
A15 A10
A16 A9
A17 +5V
A18 A8
A19 A7
A20 A6
A21 +5V
A22 A5
A23 A4
A24 A3
A25 +5V
A26 A2
A27 A1
A28 A0
A29 +12V
A30 ADL
A31 PREEMPT
A32 BURST
A33 -12V
A34 ARB0
A35 ARB1
A36 ARB2
A37 -12V
A38 ARB3
A39 ARB/GNT
A40 TC
A41 +5V
A42 S0
A43 S1
A44 M/IO
A45 +12V
A46 CD CHRDY
A47 D0
A48 D2
A49 +5V
A50 D5
A51 D6
A52 D7
A53 GND
A54 DS 16 RIN
A55 REFRESH
B1 ESYNC
B2 GND
B3 P5
B4 P4
B5 P3
B6 GND
B7 P2
B8 P1
B9 P0
B10 GND
B11 Audio/GND
B12 Audio
B13 GND
B14 OsciLlator
B15 GND
B16 A23
B17 A22
B18 A21
B19 GND
B20 A20
B21 A19
B22 A18
B23 GND
B24 A17
B25 A16
B26 A15
B27 GND
B28 A14
B29 A13
B30 A12
B31 GND
B32 IRQ9
B33 IRQ3
B34 IRQ4
B35 GND
B36 IRQ5
B37 IRQ6
B38 IRQ7
B39 GND
B40 Reserved
B41 Reserved
B42 CHCK
B43 GND
B44 CMD
B45 CHROYRTN
B46 CD SFDBK
B47 GND
B48 D1
B49 D3
B50 D4
B51 GND
B52 CHRESET
B53 Reserved
B54 Reserved
B55 GND
C1 +5V
C2 D10
C3 D11
C4 D13
C5 +12V
C6 Reserved
C7 SBHE
C8 CD DS 16
C9 +5V
C10 IRQ14
C11 IRQ15
D1 D8
D2 D9
D3 GND
D4 D12
D5 D14
D6 D15
D7 GND
D8 IORQ10
D9 IORQ11
D10 IORQ12
D11 GND
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rob
Gill
Source:
MCA pinout at The Pin-Out
directory
Miniature Card
Developed by Intel.
Miniature Card is a memory-only expansion card.
(at the device)
(at the card)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the device.
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the card.
Pin Name Description Dir
1 A18 Address Bus
2 A16 Address Bus
3 A14 Address Bus
4 Vccr Voltage Refresh
5 CEH# Card Enable High Byte
6 A11 Address Bus
7 A9 Address Bus
8 A8 Address Bus
9 A6 Address Bus
10 A5 Address Bus
11 A3 Address Bus
12 A2 Address Bus
13 A0 Address Bus
14 RAS# Row Address Strobe
15 A24 Address Bus
16 A23 Address Bus
17 A22 Address Bus
18 OE# Output Enable
19 D15 Data Bus
20 D13 Data Bus
21 D12 Data Bus
22 D10 Data Bus
23 D9 Data Bus
24 D0 Data Bus
25 D2 Data Bus
26 D4 Data Bus
27 RFU Reserved for future use
28 D7 Data Bus
29 SDA Serial Data and Address
30 SCL Serial Clock
31 A19 Address Bus
32 A17 Address Bus
33 A15 Address Bus
34 A13 Address Bus
35 A12 Address Bus
36 RESET# Reset
37 A10 Address Bus
38 VS1# Voltage Sense 1
39 A7 Address Bus
40 BS8# Bus Size 8
41 A4 Address Bus
42 CEL# Card Enable Low Byte
43 A1 Address Bus
44 CASL# Column Address Strobe Low Byte
45 CASH# Column Address Strobe High Byte
46 CD# Card Detect
47 A21 Address Bus
48 BUSY# Ready/Busy
49 WE# Write Enable
50 D14 Data Bus
52 D11 Data Bus
53 VS2# Voltage Sense 2
54 D8 Data Bus
55 D1 Data Bus
56 D3 Data Bus
57 D5 Data Bus
58 D6 Data Bus
60 A20 Address Bus
The following three is separate:
Name Description Dir
GND Ground
VCC Power
CINS# Card Insertion
Note: Direction is card relative device.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Minicature Card v1.1 spec at Miniature Card Implementers Forum's
homepage
Miniature Card (technical)
This section is currently based solely on the Miniature Card specification v1.1.
A0-A24
Address A0 to A24 are the address bus lines that can address up to 32 Mwords (64 MBytes). The
Miniature Card specification does not require the Miniature Card to decode the upper address lines. A 2
Mbyte Miniature Card that does not decode the upper address lines would repeat its address space every
2 Mbytes. Address 0h would access the same physical location as 200000h, 400000h, 600000h, etc.
D0-D15
Data lines D0 through D15 constitute the data bus. The data bus is composed of two bytes, the low byte
D[7:0] and the high byte D[15:8].
OE#
OE# indicates that the current bus cycle is a read cycle.
WE#
WE# indicates that the current bus cycle is a write cycle.
VS1#
Voltage Sense 1 signal. The card grounds this signal to indicate it can operate at 3.3 Volts. This signal
must either be connected to card GND or left open.
VS2#
Voltage Sense 2 signal. The card grounds this signal to indicate it can operate at x.x Volts (the value to
be determined at a later date). This signal must either be connected to card GND or left open.
CEL#
CEL# enables the low byte of the data bus (D[7:0]) on the card. This signal is not used in DRAM cards.
CEH#
CEH# enables the high byte of the data bus (D[15:8]) on the card. This signal is not used in DRAM
cards.
RAS#
RAS# strobes in the row address for DRAM cards.
CASL#
CASL# strobes in the low byte column address for DRAM cards.
CASH#
CASH# strobes in the high byte column address for DRAM cards.
RESET#
RESET# controls card initialization. When RESET# transitions from a low state to a high state, the
Miniature Card must reset to a predetermined state.
BUSY#
BUSY# is a signal generated by the card to indicate the status of operations within the Miniature Card.
When BUSY# is high, the Miniature Card is ready to accept the next command from the host. When
BUSY# is low, the Miniature Card is busy and unable to accept some data operations from the host. For
example, in Flash Miniature Cards the BUSY# signal is tied to the components RY/BY# signal.
However, ROM Miniature Cards would always drive BUSY# high since the host will always be able to
read from a ROM Miniature Card.
Vccr
Vccr provides a low current (refresh) voltage supply. Vccr is a feature used by DRAM Miniature Cards
to "self-refresh" during "sleep" mode.
SDA
I
2
C: Serial Data/Address.
SCL
I
2
C: Serial Clock are used to read the attribute information structure (AIS) from the serial EEPROM in a
DRAM card.
CD#
CD# is a grounded interface signal. After a Miniature Card has been inserted, CD# will be forced low.
The card detect signal is located in the center of the second row of interface signals, and should be one
of the last interface signals to connect to the host. Do not confuse CD# with CINS#. CINS# is an early
card detect that is one of the first signals to connect to the host.
BS8#
BS8# is a signal driven by the host to indicate if the data bus is x8 or x16. An 8-bit host must drive BS8#
low and tie the high byte data bus D[15:8] to the low byte data bus D[7:0]. A 16-bit host must drive this
signal high.
GND
Ground
Vcc
Vcc is used to supply power to the card.
CINS#
CINS# is a grounded signal on the front of the Miniature Card that can be used for early detection of a
card insertion. CINS# makes contact on the host when the front of the card is inserted into the socket,
before the interface signals connect.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Minicature Card v1.1 spec at Miniature Card Implementers Forum's
homepage
NuBus
Available on old Apple Macintosh computers and on NeXT computers.
Standard: IEEE 1196, "Nubus-A simple 32-bit backplane bus".
Texas Instruments owns the standard today.
(at the card)
(at the computer)
Row A
1 -12 V -12 VDC
2 -
3 /SPV
4 /SP
5 /TM1
6 /AD1 Address/Data 1
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 /ARB1
25 /ARB3
26 /ID1
27 /ID3
28 /ACK
29 +5 V +5 VDC
30 /RQST
31 /NMRQ
32 +12 V +12 VDC
Row B
1 -12 V -12 VDC
2 GND Ground
3 GND Ground
4 +5 V +5 VDC
5 +5 V +5 VDC
6 +5 V +5 VDC
7 +5 V +5 VDC
8 * Reserved ?
9 * Reserved ?
10 * Reserved ?
11 * Reserved ?
12 GND Ground
13 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 GND Ground
18 GND Ground
19 GND Ground
20 GND Ground
21 GND Ground
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 ** Reserved ?
25 ** Reserved ?
26 ** Reserved ?
27 ** Reserved ?
28 +5 V +5 VDC
29 +5 V +5 VDC
30 GND Ground
31 GND Ground
32 +12 V
Row C
1 /RESET Reset
2 -
3 +5 V +5 VDC
4 +5 V +5 VDC
5 /TM0
22 GND Ground
23 /PFW
24 /ARB0
25 /ARB2
26 /ID0
27 /ID2
28 /START
29 +5 V +5 VDC
30 +5 V +5 VDC
31 GND Ground
32 /CLK Clock
+5V
Power to slot; 2 amps per slot maximum continuous.
+12V
Power to slot; 0.25 amps per slot maximum continuous.
-12V
Power to slot; 0.1 amps per slot maximum continuous.
-5.2V
Unused
GND
Power return for +5V, +12V, and -12V
RESET
Open collector signal; card should use to reset circuitry.
SPV
Slot Parity Valid; asserted if card provides parity. Never asserted under Apple NuBus.
SP
Slot Parity; odd parity of AD0-AD3 if SPV asserted.
TM0 - TM1
Transaction modifiers.
AD<31:0>
Address/Data bits 31 to 0.
PFW
Power Fail Warning given 2ms before AC power is lost.
ARB<3:0>
Arbitration bits 3 to 0; arbitrates system mastership.
ID<3:0>
Geographical address 3 to 0; hard-coded to slot.
START
Asserted to indicate an address on AD lines.
ACK
Acknowledge of START cycle.
RQST
Request; asserted to request bus mastership.
NMRQ
Non-master request; used to signal an interrupt.
CLK
Clock. Asymmetrical 10MHz clock; synchronous transactions on NuBus.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Karsten Wenke, Michael Van den Acker,
Godel?
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 2194: Macintosh II NuBus Slots, Pinout at Apple TIL
homepage
NuBus 90
Available on old Apple Macintosh computers.
(at the card)
(at the computer)
Row A
1 -12 V -12 VDC
2 SB0
3 /SPV
4 /SP
5 /TM1
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 /ARB1
25 /ARB3
26 /ID1
27 /ID3
28 /ACK
29 +5 V +5 VDC
30 /RQST
31 /NMRQ
32 +12 V +12 VDC
Row B
1 -12 V -12 VDC
2 GND Ground
3 GND Ground
4 +5 V +5 VDC
5 +5 V +5 VDC
6 +5 V +5 VDC
7 +5 V +5 VDC
8 /TM2
9 /CM0
10 /CM1
11 /CM2
12 GND Ground
13 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 GND Ground
18 GND Ground
19 GND Ground
20 GND Ground
21 GND Ground
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 /CLK2X
25 STDBYPWR
26 /CLK2XEN
27 /CBUSY
28 +5 V +5 VDC
29 +5 V +5 VDC
30 GND Ground
31 GND Ground
32 +12 V +12 VDC
Row C
1 /RESET Reset
2 SB1
3 +5 V +5 VDC
4 +5 V +5 VDC
5 /TM0
22 GND Ground
23 /PFW
24 /ARB0
25 /ARB2
26 /ID0
27 /ID2
28 /START
29 +5 V +5 VDC
30 +5 V +5 VDC
31 GND Ground
32 /CLK Clock
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Karsten
Wenke
Source: ?
PC Card
16-bit bus defined by PCMCIA.
(at the controller)
Pin Memory I/O+Mem Description
1 GND GND Ground
2 D3 D3 Data 3
3 D4 D4 Data 4
4 D5 D5 Data 5
5 D6 D6 Data 6
6 D7 D7 Data 7
7 CE1# CE1#
8 A10 A10 Address 10
9 OE# OE# Output Enable
11 A9 A9 Address 9
12 A8 A8 Address 8
15 WE# WE# Write Enable ???
16 READY IREQ#
17 Vcc Vcc Vcc
18 Vpp1 Vpp1 Vpp1
22 A7 A7 Address 7
23 A6 A6 Address 6
24 A5 A5 Address 5
25 A4 A4 Address 4
26 A3 A3 Address 3
27 A2 A2 Address 2
28 A1 A1 Address 1
29 A0 A0 Address 0
30 D0 D0 Data 0
31 D1 D1 Data 1
32 D2 D2 Data 2
33 WP IOIS16#
34 GND GND Ground
35 GND GND Ground
36 CD1# CD1# Card Detect 1
37 D11 D11 Data 11
38 D12 D12 Data 12
39 D13 D13 Data 13
40 D14 D14 Data 14
41 D15 D15 Data 15
42 CE2# CE2#
43 VS1# VS1#
44 RSRVD IORD# Reserved / IORD#
45 RSRVD IOWR# Reserved / IOWR#
51 Vcc Vcc Vcc
52 Vpp2 Vpp2 Vpp2
57 VS2# VS2#
58 RESET RESET Reset
59 WAIT# WAIT#
60 RSRVD INPACK# Reserved / ???
61 REG# REG#
62 BVD2 SPKR# Battery Voltage 2 / Speaker ???
63 BVD1 STSCHG# Battery Voltage 1 / ???
64 D8 D8 Data 8
65 D9 D9 Data 9
66 D10 D10 Data 10
67 CD2# CD2#
68 GND GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
PC Card Standard at PC Card's
homepage
PC/104
(at the backplane)
Pin J1/P1 J1/P1 J2/P2 J2/P2
Number Row A Row B Row C1 Row D1
0 -- -- 0V 0V
1 IOCHCHK* 0V SBHE* MEMCS16*
2 SD7 RESETDRV LA23 IOCS16*
3 SD6 +5V LA22 IRQ10
4 SD5 IRQ9 LA21 IRQ11
5 SD4 -5V LA20 IRQ12
6 SD3 DRQ2 LA19 IRQ15
7 SD2 -12V LA18 IRQ14
8 SD1 ENDXFR* LA17 DACK0*
9 SD0 +12V MEMR* DRQ0
10 IOCHRDY (KEY)2 MEMW* DACK5*
11 AEN SMEMW* SD8 DRQ5
12 SA19 SMEMR* SD9 DACK6*
13 SA18 IOW* SD10 DRQ6
14 SA17 IOR* SD11 DACK7*
15 SA16 DACK3* SD12 DRQ7
16 SA15 DRQ3 SD13 +5V
17 SA14 DACK1* SD14 MASTER*
18 SA13 DRQ1 SD15 0V
19 SA12 REFRESH* (KEY)2 0V
20 SA11 SYSCLK -- --
21 SA10 IRQ7 -- --
22 SA9 IRQ6 -- --
23 SA8 IRQ5 -- --
24 SA7 IRQ4 -- --
25 SA6 IRQ3 -- --
26 SA5 DACK2* -- --
27 SA4 TC -- --
28 SA3 BALE -- --
29 SA2 +5V -- --
30 SA1 OSC -- --
31 SA0 0V -- --
32 0V 0V -- --
The connectors are availble from Samtec
PC/104 J1/P1 "Stackthrough" Connectors
ESQ-132-14-G-D Standard insertion force version
ESQ-132-39-S-D Low insertion force version
PC/104 J1 "Non-Stackthrough" Connectors
ESQ-132-37-G-D Low insertion force version
PC/104 J2/P2 "Stackthrough" Connectors
ESQ-120-39-G-D Low insertion force version
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rick
Lehrbaum
Source:
PC/104 v2.3
spec
Info:
PC/104
Consortium
PCI
PCI=Peripheral Component Interconnect
PCI Universal Card 32/64 bit
----------------------------------------------------------------
| PCI Component Side (side B) |
| |
| |
| optional |
| ____ mandatory 32-bit pins 64-bit pins _____|
|___| |||||||--|||||||||||||||||--|||||||--||||||||||||||
^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
b01 b11 b14 b49 b52 b62 b63 b94
PCI 5V Card 32/64 bit
| optional |
|___| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||--|||||||--||||||||||||||
PCI 3.3V Card 32/64 bit
| optional |
|___| |||||||--||||||||||||||||||||||||||--||||||||||||||
(at the computer)
Pin +5V +3.3V Universal Description
A1 TRST Test Logic Reset
A2 +12V +12 VDC
A3 TMS Test Mde Select
A4 TDI Test Data Input
A5 +5V +5 VDC
A6 INTA Interrupt A
A7 INTC Interrupt C
A8 +5V +5 VDC
A9 RESV01 Reserved VDC
A10 +5V +3.3V Signal Rail +V I/O (+5 V or +3.3 V)
A12 GND03 (OPEN) (OPEN) Ground or Open (Key)
A13 GND05 (OPEN) (OPEN) Ground or Open (Key)
A15 RESET Reset
A17 GNT Grant PCI use
A18 GND08 Ground
A20 AD30 Address/Data 30
A21 +3.3V01 +3.3 VDC
A24 GND10 Ground
A26 IDSEL Initialization Device Select
A27 +3.3V03 +3.3 VDC
A30 GND12 Ground
A33 +3.3V05 +3.3 VDC
A34 FRAME Address or Data phase
A35 GND14 Ground
A36 TRDY Target Ready
A37 GND15 Ground
A38 STOP Stop Transfer Cycle
A39 +3.3V07 +3.3 VDC
A40 SDONE Snoop Done
A41 SBO Snoop Backoff
A42 GND17 Ground
A43 PAR Parity
A45 +3.3V10 +3.3 VDC
A48 GND19 Ground
A52 C/BE0 Command, Byte Enable 0
A53 +3.3V11 +3.3 VDC
A56 GND21 Ground
A60 REQ64 Request 64 bit ???
A61 VCC11 +5 VDC
A62 VCC13 +5 VDC

A63 GND Ground
A64 C/BE[7]# Command, Byte Enable 7
A65 C/BE[5]# Command, Byte Enable 5
A67 PAR64 Parity 64 ???
A69 GND Ground
A72 GND Ground
A78 GND Ground
A81 GND Ground
A87 GND Ground
A90 GND Ground
A92 RES Reserved
A93 GND Ground
A94 RES Reserved

B1 -12V -12 VDC
B2 TCK Test Clock
B3 GND Ground
B4 TDO Test Data Output
B5 +5V +5 VDC
B6 +5V +5 VDC
B7 INTB Interrupt B
B8 INTD Interrupt D
B9 PRSNT1 Reserved
B10 RES +V I/O (+5 V or +3.3 V)
B11 PRSNT2 ??
B12 GND (OPEN) (OPEN) Ground or Open (Key)
B13 GND (OPEN) (OPEN) Ground or Open (Key)
B14 RES Reserved VDC
B15 GND Reset
B16 CLK Clock
B17 GND Ground
B18 REQ Request
B19 +5V +3.3V Signal Rail +V I/O (+5 V or +3.3 V)
B20 AD31 Address/Data 31
B22 GND Ground
B25 +3.3V +3.3VDC
B26 C/BE3 Command, Byte Enable 3
B28 GND Ground
B31 +3.3V +3.3 VDC
B34 GND13 Ground
B35 IRDY Initiator Ready
B36 +3.3V06 +3.3 VDC
B37 DEVSEL Device Select
B38 GND16 Ground
B39 LOCK Lock bus
B40 PERR Parity Error
B41 +3.3V08 +3.3 VDC
B42 SERR System Error
B43 +3.3V09 +3.3 VDC
B46 GND18 Ground
B49 GND20 Ground
B50 (OPEN) GND (OPEN) Ground or Open (Key)
B51 (OPEN) GND (OPEN) Ground or Open (Key)
B54 +3.3V12 +3.3 VDC
B57 GND22 Ground
B59 VCC08 +5 VDC
B60 ACK64 Acknowledge 64 bit ???
B61 VCC10 +5 VDC
B62 VCC12 +5 VDC

B63 RES Reserved
B64 GND Ground
B65 C/BE[6]# Command, Byte Enable 6
B66 C/BE[4]# Command, Byte Enable 4
B67 GND Ground
B73 GND Ground
B76 GND Ground
B82 GND Ground
B85 GND Ground
B91 GND Ground
B92 RES Reserved
B93 RES Reserved
B94 GND Ground
Notes: Pin 63-94 exists only on 64 bit PCI implementations.
+V I/O is 3.3V on 3.3V boards, 5V on 5V boards, and define signal rails on the Universal board.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Phil
Toms
Source: ?
PCI (technical)
This file is not intended to be a thorough coverage of the PCI standard. It is for informational purposes
only, and is intended to give designers and hobbyists an overview of the bus so that they might be able to
design their own PCI cards. Thus, I/O operations are explained in the most detail, while memory
operations, which will usually not be dealt with by an I/O card, are only briefly explained. Hobbyists are
also warned that, due to the higher clock speeds involved, PCI cards are more difficult to design than ISA
cards or cards for other slower busses. Many companies are now making PCI prototyping cards, and, for
those fortunate enough to have access to FPGA programmers, companies like Xilinx are offering PCI
compliant designs which you can use as a starting point for your own projects.
For a copy of the full PCI standard, contact:
PCI Special Interest Group (SIG)
PO Box 14070
Portland, OR 97214
1-800-433-5177
1-503-797-4207
AD(x)
Address/Data Lines.
CLK
Clock. 33 MHz maximum.
C/BE(x)
Command, Byte Enable.
FRAME
Used to indicate whether the cycle is an address phase or a data phase.
DEVSEL
Device Select.
IDSEL
Initialization Device Select
INT(x)
Interrupt
IRDY
Initiator Ready
LOCK
Used to manage resource locks on the PCI bus.
REQ
Request. Requests a PCI transfer.
GNT
Grant. indicates that permission to use PCI is granted.
PAR
Parity. Used for AD0-31 and C/BE0-3.
PERR
Parity Error.
RST
Reset.
SBO
Snoop Backoff.
SDONE
Snoop Done.
SERR
System Error. Indicates an address parity error for special cycles or a system error.
STOP
Asserted by Target. Requests the master to stop the current transfer cycle.
TCK
Test Clock
TDI
Test Data Input
TDO
Test Data Output
TMS
Test Mode Select
TRDY
Target Ready
TRST
Test Logic Reset
The PCI bus treats all transfers as a burst operation. Each cycle begins with an address phase followed by
one or more data phases. Data phases may repeat indefinitely, but are limited by a timer that defines the
maximum amount of time that the PCI device may control the bus. This timer is set by the CPU as part of
the configuration space. Each device has its own timer (see the Latency Timer in the configuration space).
The same lines are used for address and data. The command lines are also used for byte enable lines. This
is done to reduce the overall number of pins on the PCI connector.
The Command lines (C/BE3 to C/BE0) indicate the type of bus transfer during the address phase.
C/BE Command Type
0000 Interrupt Acknowledge
0001 Special Cycle
0010 I/O Read
0011 I/O Write
0100 reserved
0101 reserved
0110 Memory Read
0111 Memory Write
1000 reserved
1001 reserved
1010 Configuration Read
1011 Configuration Write
1100 Multiple Memory Read
1101 Dual Address Cycle
1110 Memory-Read Line
1111 Memory Write and Invalidate
The three basic types of transfers are I/O, Memory, and Configuration.
PCI timing diagrams:
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
CLK ___| |___| |___| |___| |___| |___| |___
_______ _________
FRAME |_________________________________|
______ _______ ______ ______ ______
AD -------<______><_______><______><______><______>---
Address Data1 Data2 Data3 Data4
______ _______________________________
C/BE -------<______><_______________________________>---
Command Byte Enable Signals
____________ ___
IRDY |_________________________________|
_____________ ___
TRDY |________________________________|
______________ ___
DEVSEL |_______________________________|
PCI transfer cycle, 4 data phases, no wait states. Data is transferred on the rising edge of CLK.
[1] [2] [3]
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
CLK ___| |___| |___| |___| |___| |___| |___| |___|
|__
_______
_________
FRAME |________________________________________________|
A B C
______ ______________ ______ _____________
AD -------<______>---------
<______________><______><_____________>---
Address Data1 Data2 Data3
______ ______________________________________________
C/BE -------
<______><______________________________________________>---
Command Byte Enable Signals
Wait
____________ _____
___
IRDY |__________________________________| |_______|
Wait Wait
______________________ ______
___
TRDY |_______| |_______________________|
______________
___
DEVSEL |______________________________________________|
PCI transfer cycle, with wait states. Data is transferred on the rising edge of CLK at points labelled A, B,
and C.
Bus Cycles:
Interrupt Acknowledge (0000)
The interrupt controller automatically recognizes and reacts to the INTA (interrupt acknowledge)
command. In the data phase, it transfers the interrupt vector to the AD lines.
Special Cycle (0001)
AD15-AD0 Description
0x0000 Processor Shutdown
0x0001 Processor Halt
0x0002 x86 Specific Code
0x0003 to 0xFFFF Reserved
I/O Read (0010) and I/O Write (0011)
Input/Output device read or write operation. The AD lines contain a byte address (AD0 and AD1 must be
decoded). PCI I/O ports may be 8 or 16 bits. PCI allows 32 bits of address space. On IBM compatible
machines, the Intel CPU is limited to 16 bits of I/O space, which is further limited by some ISA cards
that may also be installed in the machine (many ISA cards only decode the lower 10 bits of address
space, and thus mirror themselves throughout the 16 bit I/O space). This limit assumes that the machine
supports ISA or EISA slots in addition to PCI slots.
The PCI configuration space may also be accessed through I/O ports 0x0CF8 (Address) and 0x0CFC
(Data). The address port must be written first.
Memory Read (0110) and Memory Write (0111)
A read or write to the system memory space. The AD lines contain a doubleword address. AD0 and AD1
do not need to be decoded. The Byte Enable lines (C/BE) indicate which bytes are valid.
Configuration Read (1010) and Configuration Write (1011)
A read or write to the PCI device configuration space, which is 256 bytes in length. It is accessed in
doubleword units. AD0 and AD1 contain 0, AD2-7 contain the doubleword address, AD8-10 are used for
selecting the addressed unit a the malfunction unit, and the remaining AD lines are not used.
Address Bit 32 16 15 0
00 Unit ID | Manufacturer ID
04 Status | Command
08 Class Code | Revision
0C BIST | Header | Latency | CLS
10-24 Base Address Register
28 Reserved
2C Reserved
30 Expansion ROM Base Address
34 Reserved
38 Reserved
3C MaxLat|MnGNT | INT-pin | INT-line
40-FF available for PCI unit
Multiple Memory Read (1100)
This is an extension of the memory read bus cycle. It is used to read large blocks of memory without
caching, which is beneficial for long sequential memory accesses.
Dual Address Cycle (1101)
Two address cycles are necessary when a 64 bit address is used, but only a 32 bit physical address exists.
The least significant portion of the address is placed on the AD lines first, followed by the most
significant 32 bits. The second address cycle also contains the command for the type of transfer (I/O,
Memory, etc). The PCI bus supports a 64 bit I/O address space, although this is not available on Intel
based PCs due to limitations of the CPU.
Memory-Read Line (1110)
This cycle is used to read in more than two 32 bit data blocks, typically up to the end of a cache line. It is
more efficient than normal memory read bursts for a long series of sequential memory accesses.
Memory Write and Invalidate (1111)
This indicates that a minimum of one cache line is to be transferred. This allows main memory to be
updated, saving a cache write-back cycle.
Bus Arbitration:
This section is under construction.
PCI BIOS:
This section is under construction.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
Sokos
Source: Mark Sokos PCI page
3
PCMCIA
PCMCIA=Personal Computer Memory Card International Association.
(at the controller)
1 GND Ground
2 D3 Data 3
3 D4 Data 4
4 D5 Data 5
5 D6 Data 6
6 D7 Data 7
7 /CE1 Card Enable 1
8 A10 Address 10
9 /OE Output Enable
10 A11 Address 11
11 A9 Address 9
12 A8 Address 8
13 A13 Address 13
14 A14 Address 14
15 /WE:/P Write Enable : Program
16 /READY:/IREQ Ready : Busy (IREQ)
17 VCC +5V
18 VPP1 Programming Voltage (EPROM)
19 A16 Address 16
20 A15 Address 15
21 A12 Address 12
22 A7 Address 7
23 A6 Address 6
24 A5 Address 5
25 A4 Address 4
26 A3 Address 3
27 A2 Address 2
28 A1 Address 1
29 A0 Address 0
30 D0 Data 0
31 D1 Data 1
32 D2 Data 2
33 /WP:/IOIS16 Write Protect : IOIS16
34 GND Ground
35 GND Ground
36 /CD1 Card Detect 1
37 D11 Data 11
38 D12 Data 12
39 D13 Data 13
40 D14 Data 14
41 D15 Data 15
43 /VS1 Refresh
44 /IORD ? I/O Read
45 /IOWR ? I/O Write
46 A17 Address 17
47 A18 Address 18
48 A19 Address 19
49 A20 Address 20
50 A21 Address 21
51 VCC +5V
52 VPP2 Programming Voltage 2 (EPROM)
53 A22 Address 22
54 A23 Address 23
55 A24 Address 24
56 A25 Address 25
57 /VS2 ? RFU
58 RESET ? RESET
59 /WAIT ? WAIT
60 /INPACK ?
61 /REG Register Select
62 /BVD2:SPKR Battery Voltage Detect 2 : SPKR
63 /BVD1:STSCHG Battery Voltage Detect 1 : STSCHG
64 D8 Data 8
65 D9 Data 9
66 D10 Data 10
68 GND Ground
Note: Direction is Controller (computer) relative PCMCIA-card.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Karsten
Wenke
Source: ?
SSFDC
SSFDC=Solid State Floppy Disk Card.
(at the device)
I don't have any technical information about SSFDC at the moment. If you have any information
of value please send it to me.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Info:
Solid State Floppy Disk Card
Forum
SUN SBus
96 PIN UNKNOWN FEMALE CONNECTOR (Fujitsu FCN 234P096-G/Y) at the Motherboard
96 PIN UNKNOWN MALE CONNECTOR (Fujitsu FCN 234P096-G) at the Motherboard
Available on the SUN SPARCengine 5 motherboard
1 GND Ground
2 sb_br* sb_br
3 sb_sel* sb_sel
4 sb_irql* ?
5 sb_d(0) Data bit 0
8 sb_irq2* Interrupt Request 2
26 sb_siz(0) sb_siz(0
29 sb_a(0) Address bit 0
32 sb_merr* sb_merr
36 sb_err* sb_err
37 sb_pa(12) Address bit 12
40 sb_ack8* sb_ack8
44 sb_ack32* sb_ack32
47 N/C Not connected
48 -12V -12 VDC
49 sb_clk Clock
50 sb_bg* sb_bg
51 sb_as* sb_as
52 GND Ground
56 +5V +5 VDC
60 GND Ground
64 +5V +5 VDC
68 GND Ground
72 +5V +5 VDC
75 sb_rd sb_rd
76 GND Ground
80 +5V +5 VDC
84 GND Ground
88 +5V +5 VDC
92 GND Ground
95 sb_reset* Reset
96 +12V +12 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SUN SPARCengine 5 manual at SUN manuals
site
SmallPCI
SmallPCI is a version of PCI adapted for small computers and PDAs.
(at the device)
I don't have any technical information about SmallPCI at the moment. If you have any
information of value please send it to me.
The specifications can be obtained from:
PCI Special Interest Group
2575 NE Kathryn St. #17
Hillsboro, OR 97124
Phone: 1-800-433-5177
Fax: 1-503-693-8344
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Info:
SmallPCI overview at PCI Special Interest Group's
homepage
Unibus
Available on the old Digital PDP-11.
+------------//--------+ +------------//--------+
|AA1 AB1 AC1 // AU1 AV1| |BA1 BB1 BC1 // BU1 BV1|
|AA2 AB2 AC2 // AU2 AV2| |BA2 BB2 BC2 // BU2 BV2|
+------------//--------+ +------------//--------+
(at the computer)
2 x 36 EDGE FEMALE at the backplane.
2 x 36 EDGE MALE at the cards/modules.
Pin Name
AA1 /INIT
AA2 POWER(+5v)
AB1 /INTR
AB2 GROUND
AC1 /D00
AC2 GROUND
AD1 /D02
AD2 /D01
AE1 /D04
AE2 /D03
AF1 /D06
AF2 /D05
AH1 /D08
AH2 /D07
AJ1 /D10
AJ2 /D09
AK1 /D12
AK2 /D11
AL1 /D14
AL2 /D13
AM1 /PA
AM2 /D15
AN1 GROUND
AN2 /PB
AP1 GROUND
AP2 /BBSY
AR1 GROUND
AR2 /SACK
AS1 GROUND
AS2 /NPR
AT1 GROUND
AT2 /BR7
AU1 NPG
AU2 /BR6
AV1 BG7
AV2 GROUND

BA1 BG6
BA2 POWER(+5v)
BB1 BG5
BB2 GROUND
BC1 /BR5
BC2 GROUND
BD1 GROUND
BD2 /BR4
BE1 GROUND
BE2 BG4
BF1 /ACLO
BF2 /DCLO
BH1 /A01
BH2 /A00
BJ1 /A03
BJ2 /A02
BK1 /A05
BK2 /A04
BL1 /A07
BL2 /A06
BM1 /A09
BM2 /A08
BN1 /A11
BN2 /A10
BP1 /A13
BP2 /A12
BR1 /A15
BR2 /A14
BS1 /A17
BS2 /A16
BT1 GROUND
BT2 /C1
BU1 /SSYN
BU2 /CO
BV1 /MSYN
BV2 GROUND
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
Digital PDP-11 peripherals
handbook
Universal Serial Bus (USB)
Developed by Compaq, Hewlett-Packard, Intel, Lucent, Microsoft, NEC and Phillips.
USB A (at the Connector)
USB B (at the Connector)
Series "A" plugs are used towards the host system and series "B" plugs are used towards the USB device.
1 VBUS +5 VDC
2 D- Data -
3 D+ Data +
4 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Tomas
gren
Source: USB FAQ at USB Implementers Forum
USB Specification v2.0 at USB Implementers
Forum
Universal Serial Bus (USB) (technical)
Developed by Compaq, Hewlett-Packard, Intel, Lucent, Microsoft, NEC and Phillips.
Features:
G True Plug'n'Play.
G Hot plug and unplug
G Low cost
G Easy of use
G 127 physical devices
G Low cost cables and connectors
Bandwidth:
G High speed: 480 Mbps speed (in USB 2.0 and above)
G Full speed: 12 Mbps speed (requires shielded cable)
G Low speed: 1.5 Mbps speed (non-shielded cable)
Definitions:
USB Host = The computer, only one host per USB system.
USB Device = A hub or a Function.
Power usage:
Bus-powered hubs: Draw Max 100 mA at power up and 500 mA normally.
Self-powered hubs: Draw Max 100 mA, must supply 500 mA to each port.
Low power, bus-powered functions: Draw Max 100 mA.
High power, bus-powered functions: Self-powered hubs: Draw Max 100 mA, must supply 500 mA to
each port.
Self-powered functions: Draw Max 100 mA.
Suspended device: Max 0.5 mA
Voltage:
G Supplied voltage by a host or a powered hub ports is between 4.75 V and 5.25 V.
G Maximum voltage drop for bus-powered hubs is 0.35 V from it's host or hub to the hubs output
port.
G All hubs and functions must be able to send configuration data at 4.4 V, but only low-power
functions need to be working at this voltage.
G Normal operational voltage for functions is minimum 4.75 V.
Shielding:
Shield should only be connected to Ground at the host. No device should connect Shield to Ground.
Cable:
Shielded:
Data: 28 AWG twisted
Power: 28 AWG - 20 AWG non-twisted
Non-shielded:
Data: 28 AWG non-twisted
Power: 28 AWG - 20 AWG non-twisted
Power Gauge Max length
28 0.81 m
26 1.31 m
24 2.08 m
22 3.33 m
20 5.00 m
Cable colors:
Pin Name Cable color Description
1 VBUS Red +5 VDC
2 D- White Data -
3 D+ Green Data +
4 GND Black Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: USB FAQ at USB Implementers Forum
USB Specification v2.0 at USB Implementers
Forum
VESA LocalBus (VLB)
VLB=VESA Local Bus.
VESA=Video Electronics Standards Association.
(at
the card)
(at the computer)
58 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR MALE at the card.
58 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR FEMALE at the computer.
A1 D1 Data 1
A2 D3 Data 3
A3 GND Ground
A4 D5 Data 5
A5 D7 Data 7
A6 D9 Data 9
A7 D11 Data 11
A8 D13 Data 13
A9 D15 Data 15
A10 GND Ground
A11 D17 Data 17
A12 Vcc +5 VDC
A13 D19 Data 19
A14 D21 Data 21
A15 D23 Data 23
A16 D25 Data 25
A17 GND Ground
A18 D27 Data 27
A19 D29 Data 2
A20 D31 Data 31
A21 A30 Address 30
A22 A28 Address 28
A23 A26 Address 26
A24 GND Ground
A25 A24 Address 24
A26 A22 Address 22
A27 VCC +5 VDC
A28 A20 Address 20
A29 A18 Address 18
A30 A16 Address 16
A31 A14 Address 14
A32 A12 Address 12
A33 A10 Address 10
A34 A8 Address 8
A35 GND Ground
A36 A6 Address 6
A37 A4 Address 4
A38 WBACK# Write Back
A39 BE0# Byte Enable 0
A40 VCC +5 VDC
A43 GND Ground
A45 ADS# Address Strobe

A48 LRDY# Local Ready
A49 LDEV Local Device
A50 LREQ Local Request
A51 GND Ground
A52 LGNT Local Grant
A53 VCC +5 VDC
A54 ID2 Identification 2
A57 LKEN#
A58 LEADS# Local Enable Address Strobe

B1 D0 Data 0
B2 D2 Data 2
B3 D4 Data 4
B4 D6 Data 6
B5 D8 Data 8
B6 GND Ground
B7 D10 Data 10
B8 D12 Data 12
B9 VCC +5 VDC
B10 D14 Data 14
B11 D16 Data 16
B12 D18 Data 18
B13 D20 Data 20
B14 GND Ground
B15 D22 Data 22
B16 D24 Data 24
B17 D26 Data 26
B18 D28 Data 28
B19 D30 Data 30
B20 VCC +5 VDC
B21 A31 Address 31
B22 GND Ground
B23 A29 Address 29
B24 A27 Address 27
B25 A25 Address 25
B26 A23 Address 23
B27 A21 Address 21
B28 A19 Address 19
B29 GND Ground
B30 A17 Address 17
B31 A15 Address 15
B32 VCC +5 VDC
B33 A13 Address 13
B34 A11 Address 11
B35 A9 Address 9
B36 A7 Address 7
B37 A5 Address 5
B38 GND Ground
B39 A3 Address 3
B40 A2 Address 2
B42 RESET# Reset
B43 DC# Data/Command
B44 M/IO# Memory/IO
B45 W/R# Write/Read

B48 RDYRTN# Ready Return
B49 GND Ground
B50 IRQ9 Interrupt 9
B51 BRDY# Burst Ready
B52 BLAST# Burst Last
B53 ID0 Identification 0
B54 ID1 Identification 1
B55 GND Ground
B56 LCLK Local Clock
B57 VCC +5 VDC
B58 LBS16# Local Bus Size 16
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: comp.sys.ibm.pc.hardware.* FAQ Part 4, maintained by Ralph Valentino
VESA LocalBus (VLB) (technical)
This file is intended to provide a basic functional overview of the Vesa Local Bus, so that hobbyists and
amateurs can design their own VLB compatible cards.
It is not intended to provide complete coverage of the VLB standard.
VLB Connectors are usually inline with ISA connectors, so that adapter cards may use both. However,
the VLB is separate, and does not need to connect to the ISA portion of the bus.
The 64 bit expansion of the bus (optional) does not add additional pins or connectors. Instead, it
multiplexes the existing pins. The 32 bit VLB bus does not use the 64 bit signals shown in the above
pinouts.
Signal Descriptions
A2-A31
Address Bus
ADS
Address Strobe
BE0-BE3
Byte Enable. Indicates that the 8 data lines corresponding to each signal will deliver valid data.
BLAST
Burst Last. Indicates a VLB Burst Cycle, which will complete with *BRDY. The VLB Burst cycle
consists of an address phase followed by four data phases.
BRDY
Burst Ready. Indicates the end of the current burst transfer.
D0-D31
Data Bus. Valid bytes are indicated by *BE(x) signals.
D/C
Data/Command. Used with M/IO and W/R to indicate the type of cycle.
M/IO D/C W/R
0 0 0 INTA sequence
0 0 1 Halt/Special (486)
0 1 0 I/O Read
0 1 1 I/O Write
1 0 0 Instruction Fetch
1 0 1 Halt/Shutdown (386)
1 1 0 Memory Read
1 1 1 Memory Write
ID0-ID4
Identification Signals.
ID0 ID1 ID4 CPU Bus Width Burst
0 0 0 (res)
0 0 1 (res)
0 1 0 486 16/32 Burst Possible
0 1 1 486 16/32 Read Burst
1 0 0 386 16/32 None
1 0 1 386 16/32 None
1 1 0 (res)
1 1 1 486 16/32/64 Read/Write Burst

ID2 Indicates wait: 0 = 1 wait cycle (min)
1 = no wait
ID3 Indicates bus speed: 0 = greater than 33.3 MHz
1 = less than 33.3 MHz
IRQ9
Interrupt Request. Connected to IRQ9 on ISA bus. This allows standalone VLB adapters (not connected
to ISA portion of the bus) to have one IRQ.
LEADS
Local Enable Address Strobe. Set low by VLB master (not CPU). Also used for cache invalidation
signal.
LBS16
Local Bus Size 16. Used by slave device to indicate that it has a transfer width of only 16 bits.
LCLK
Local Clock. Runs at the same frequency as the cpu, up to 50 MHz. 66 MHz is allowed for on-board
devices.
LDEV
Local Device: When appropriate address and M/IO signals are present on the bus, the VLB device must
pull this line low to indicate that it is a VLB device. The VLB controller will then use the VLB bus for
the transfer.
LRDY
Local Ready. Indicates that the VLB device has completed the cycle. This signal is only used for single
cycle transfers. *BRDY is used for burst transfers.
LGNT
Local Grant. Indicates that an *LREQ signal has been granted, and control is being transferred to the
new VLB master.
LREQ
Local Request. Used by VLB Master to gain control of the bus.
M/IO
Memory/IO. See D/C for signal description.
RDYRTN
Ready Return. Indicates VLB cycle has been completed. May precede LRDY by one cycle.
RESET
Reset. Resets all VLB devices.
WBACK
Write Back.
64-bit Expansion Signals
ACK64
Acknowledge 64 bit transfer. Indicates that the device can perform the requested 64 bit transfer cycle.
BE4-BE7
Byte Enable. Indicates which bytes are valid (similar to BE0-BE3).
D32-D63
Upper 32 bits of data bus. Multiplexed with address bus.
LBS64
Local Bus Size 64 bits. Used by VLB Master to indicate that it desires a 64 bit transfer.
W/R
Write/Read. See D/C for signal description.
64 Bit Data Transfer Timing Diagram:
Address Data
Phase Phase
_______ _______ _______
LCLK ___| |_______| |_______| |_______
____ ______________________________________
*ADS |_______|
_______________ _______________
A2-A31 ----<_______________><_______________>-------------
D34-D63 Address Data D34-D63
_______________ _______________
D/C ----<_______________><_______________>-------------
M/IO, W/R M/IO, W/R Data D32-33
_____ _____________________________
*LDEV |_______________|
_____ _____________________________
*LBS64 |_______________|
______ _____________________________
*ACK64 |______________|
_______________
D0-D31 --------------------<_______________>-------------
_____________________ _____________
LRDY |______________|
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
Sokos
Source: Mark Sokos VLB page
3
VME64x
160 PIN DIN 41612 (???) FEMALE at the backplane
160 PIN DIN 41612 (???) MALE at the boards.
J=Jack (Backplane), P=Plug (Board)
See VMEbus for more signals. Only signals changed/added in VME64x are listed below
P1/J1 (Required)
Pin Name
z1 MPR
z2 GND
z3 MCLK
z4 GND
z5 MSD
z6 GND
z7 MMD
z8 GND
z9 MCTL
z10 GND
z11 RESP*
z12 GND
z13 RsvBus
z14 GND
z15 RsvBus
z16 GND
z17 RsvBus
z18 GND
z19 RsvBus
z20 GND
z21 RsvBus
z22 GND
z23 RsvBus
z24 GND
z25 RsvBus
z26 GND
z27 RsvBus
z28 GND
z29 RsvBus
z30 GND
z31 RsvBus
z32 GND
b21 SERA
b22 SERB
Pin Name
d1 VPC
d2 GND
d3 +V1
d4 +V2
d5 RsvU
d6 -V1
d7 -V2
d8 RsvU
d9 GAP*
d10 GA0*
d11 GA1*
d12 +3.3V
d13 GA2*
d14 +3.3V
d15 GA3*
d16 +3.3V
d17 GA4*
d18 +3.3V
d19 RsvBus
d20 +3.3V
d21 RsvBus
d22 +3.3V
d23 RsvBus
d24 +3.3V
d25 RsvBus
d26 +3.3V
d27 LI/I*
d28 +3.3V
d29 LI/O*
d30 +3.3V
d31 GND
d32 VPC
P2/J2 (Optional)
Pin Name
z1 UsrDef
z2 GND
z3 UsrDef
z4 GND
z5 UsrDef
z6 GND
z7 UsrDef
z8 GND
z9 UsrDef
z10 GND
z11 UsrDef
z12 GND
z13 UsrDef
z14 GND
z15 UsrDef
z16 GND
z17 UsrDef
z18 GND
z19 UsrDef
z20 GND
z21 UsrDef
z22 GND
z23 UsrDef
z24 GND
z25 UsrDef
z26 GND
z27 UsrDef
z28 GND
z29 UsrDef
z30 GND
z31 UsrDef
z32 GND
b3 RETRY*
Pin Name
d1 UsrDef
d2 UsrDef
d3 UsrDef
d4 UsrDef
d5 UsrDef
d6 UsrDef
d7 UsrDef
d8 UsrDef
d9 UsrDef
d10 UsrDef
d11 UsrDef
d12 UsrDef
d13 UsrDef
d14 UsrDef
d15 UsrDef
d16 UsrDef
d17 UsrDef
d18 UsrDef
d19 UsrDef
d20 UsrDef
d21 UsrDef
d22 UsrDef
d23 UsrDef
d24 UsrDef
d25 UsrDef
d26 UsrDef
d27 UsrDef
d28 UsrDef
d29 UsrDef
d30 UsrDef
d31 GND
d32 VPC
*) Active Low
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Kevin D.
Plymel
Source:
VMEbus Connector Pin Assignment at VITA's VMEbus
FAQ
VMEbus
96 PIN DIN 41612 FEMALE at the backplane
96 PIN DIN 41612 MALE at the boards.
J=Jack (Backplane), P=Plug (Board)
P1/J1 (Required)
Pin Name
a1 D00
a2 D01
a3 D02
a4 D03
a5 D04
a6 D05
a7 D06
a8 D07
a9 GROUND
a10 SYSCLK
a11 GROUND
a12 DS1*
a13 DS0*
a14 WRITE*
a15 GROUND
a16 DTACK*
a17 GROUND
a18 AS*
a19 GROUND
a20 IACK*
a21 IACKIN*
a22 IACKOUT*
a23 AM4
a24 A07
a25 A06
a26 A05
a27 A04
a28 A03
a29 A02
a30 A01
a31 -12V
a32 +5V
Pin Name
b1 BBSY*
b2 BCLR*
b3 ACFAIL*
b4 BG0IN*
b5 BG0OUT*
b6 BG1IN*
b7 BG1OUT*
b8 BG2IN*
b9 BG2OUT*
b10 BG3IN*
b11 BG3OUT*
b12 BR0*
b13 BR1*
b14 BR2*
b15 BR3*
b16 AM0
b17 AM1
b18 AM2
b19 AM3
b20 GROUND
b21 SERCLK*
b22 SERDAT*
b23 GROUND
b24 IRQ7*
b25 IRQ6*
b26 IRQ5*
b27 IRQ4*
b28 IRQ3*
b29 IRQ2*
b30 IRQ1*
b31 +5V STDBY
b32 +5V
Pin Name
c1 D08
c2 D09
c3 D10
c4 D11
c5 D12
c6 D13
c7 D14
c8 D15
c9 GROUND
c10 SYSFAIL*
c11 BERR*
c12 SYSRESET*
c13 LWORD*
c14 AM5
c15 A23
c16 A22
c17 A21
c18 A20
c19 A19
c20 A18
c21 A17
c22 A16
c23 A15
c24 A14
c25 A13
c26 A12
c27 A11
c28 A10
c29 A09
c30 A08
c31 +12V
c32 +5V
P2/J2 (Optional)
Pin Name
b1 +5v
b2 GROUND
b3 RESERVED
b4 A24
b5 A25
b6 A26
b7 A27
b8 A28
b9 A29
b10 A30
b11 A31
b12 GROUND
b13 +5V
b14 D16
b15 D17
b16 D18
b17 D19
b18 D20
b19 D21
b20 D22
b21 D23
b22 GROUND
b23 D24
b24 D25
b25 D26
b26 D27
b27 D28
b28 D29
b29 D30
b30 D31
b31 GROUND
b32 +5V
*) Active Low
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Kevin D. Plymel, And many
more!
Source:
FAQ
comp.arch.bus.vmebus FAQ by Robert J. Boys
VME64x (technical)
A01 - A31
Address lines [A01 - A31] carry a binary address.
AM0 - AM5
The address modifier code [AM0 - AM5] is a 'tag' that indicates the type of VMEbus cycle in progress.
BG0IN* - BG3IN*
BG0OUT* - BG3OUT*
The bus grant signals [BG0IN* - BG3IN* and BG0OUT* - BG3OUT*] are part of the bus grant daisy
chain and are driven by arbiters and requesters. The slot 01 arbiter asserts a bus grant in response to a
bus request on the same level [BR0* - BR3*]. The bus grant daisy-chain starts at the slot 01 system
controller and propagates from module to module until it reaches the module that initially requested the
bus. Each VMEbus module has a bus grant input and a bus grant output. They are standard totem-pole
class signals.
BR0* - BR3*
Bus requests [BR0* - BR3*] are asserted by a requester whenever its master or interrupt han-dler needs
the bus. Before accepting the bus, the master waits until the arbiter grants the bus by way of the bus
grant daisy-chain [BG0IN* - BG3IN*]. They are open-collector class signals.
D00-D31
Data bus [D00-D31] is driven by masters, slaves or interrupters. These are bi-directional sig-nals and are
used for data transfers. Different portions of the data bus are used de-pending upon the state of DS0*,
DS1*, A01 and LWORD* pins. They are standard three-state signals. The data lines can also be used to
transfer a portion of the address during MD32, MBLT and 2eVME cycles.
DS0*, DS1*
Data strobes DS0* and DS1* are driven by masters and interrupt handlers. These sig-nals serve not only
to qualify data, but also to indicate the size and position of the data transfer. When combined with
LWORD* and A01, the data strobes indicate the size and type of data transfer. DS0* - DS1* are high
current three-state class signals.
DTACK*
Data transfer acknowledge [DTACK*] is driven by slaves or interrupters. During write cycles DTACK*
is asserted by a slave after it has latched data. During read and inter-rupt acknowledge cycles, DTACK*
is asserted by a slave after data is placed onto the bus. DTACK* can be an open-collector or a high
current three-state class signal.
GA0* - GA4*
The geographical address [GA0*-GA4*] is a binary code that indicates the slot number of the
backplane. They are open collector signals, and were added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the
VME64x specification.
GAP*
The geographical address parity [GAP*] is tied high or floating, depending upon the parity of the
geographical address lines [GA0*-GA4*]. It is an open collector signal, and was added to the 160 pin P1/
J1 connector in the VME64x specification.
GND
Ground [GND] is used both as a signal reference and a power return path.
IACK*
Interrupt acknowledge [IACK*] is driven by interrupt handlers in response to interrupt re-quests. It is
connected to IACKIN* at slot 01 (on the backplane), and used by the IACK* daisy-chain driver to start
propagation of the [IACKIN* - IACKOUT*] daisy-chain. IACK* can be either an open-collector or a
standard three-state class signal.
IACKIN*, IACKOUT*
The interrupt acknowledge daisy chain [IACKIN* - IACKOUT*] is driven by the IACK* daisy-chain
driver. These signals are used both to indicate that an interrupt acknowledge cycle is in progress, and to
determine which interrupters should return a STATUS/ID. They are standard totem-pole class signals.
IRQ1*-IRQ7*
Priority interrupt requests [IRQ1*-IRQ7*] are asserted by interrupters. Level seven is the high-est
priority, and level one the lowest. They are open-collector class signals.
LI/I*
The live insertion input [LI/I*] signal is used to carry hot swap (live insertion) control information. It is
a three state driven signal and was added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the VME64x specification.
LI/O*
The live insertion output [LI/O*] signal is used to carry hot swap (live insertion) control information. It
is a three state driven signal and was added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the VME64x specification.
LWORD*
Long word [LWORD*] is driven by masters. It is used in conjunction with A01, DS0* and DS1* to
indicate the size of the current data transfer. LWORD* is a standard three-state class signal. During 64-
bit address transfers, LWORD* doubles as address bit A00. During 64-bit data transfers, LWORD*
doubles as a data bit.
MCLK, MCTL, MMD, MPR, MSD
These signals are part of the IEEE 1149.5 MTM bus. They are three-state driven signals which was
added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the VME64x specification.
RESERVED
The RESERVED signal pin is obsolete and is no longer used. Under the IEEE 1014-1987 version of the
bus specification there was a single reserved pin. This pin was redefined under VME64 as the RETRY*
pin. The VME64x specification uses the names RsvB and RsvU for reserved pins.
RESP*
The response [RESP*] signal is used to carry the information as defined by the 2eVME protocol. It was
added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the VME64x specification.
RsvB
The reserved/bused [RsvB] signal should not be used. VME64x backplanes must bus and terminate this
signal. It was added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the VME64x specification.
RsvU
The reserved/unbused [RsvU] signal should not be used. VME64x backplanes must not bus or terminate
this signal. It was added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the VME64x specification.
RETRY*
[RETRY*], together with [BERR*], can be asserted by a slave to postpone a data transfer. The master
must then attempt the cycle again at a later time. The retry cycle prevents deadlock (deadly embrace)
conditions in bus-to-bus links and sec-ondary buses. RETRY* is a standard three-state signal. The
[RETRY*] signal was added in the ANSI/VITA 1-1994 (VME64) version of the bus spec-ification. This
pin was RESERVED in earlier versions. However, boards that support [RETRY*] should work just fine
with older backplanes, as they were required to bus and terminate this signal line.
SERA, SERB
The [SERA] and [SERB] signals are used for an (optional) serial bus such as the AUTOBAHN (IEEE
1394) or VMSbus. Under the ANSI/VITA 1-1994 (VME64) bus specification, these pins can be used for
any user defined serial bus. Earlier versions of the VMEbus specification defined these pins as
[SERCLK] and [SERDAT*], which were originally intended for a serial bus called VMSbus. However,
they were rarely used for that purpose.
SERCLK, SERDAT*
The [SERCLK] and [SERDAT*] signals were made obsolete under the ANSI/VITA 1-1994 (VME64)
bus specification. Refer to [SERA] and [SERB] for more details.
SYSCLK
16 MHz utility clock [SYSCLK] is driven by the slot 01 system controller. This clock can be used for
any purpose, and has no timing relationship to other VMEbus signals. SYSCLK* is a high current totem-
pole class signal.
SYSFAIL*
System fail [SYSFAIL*] can be asserted or monitored by any module. It indicates that a failure has
occurred in the system. Implementation of [SYSFAIL*] is user de-fined, and its use is optional.
SYSFAIL* is an open-collector class signal.
SYSRESET*
System reset [SYSRESET*] can be driven by any module and indicates that a reset (such as power-up)
is in progress. SYSRESET* is an open-collector class signal.
UsrDef, UD
Pins that are user defined [specified as 'UsrDef' or 'UD'] can be specified by the user. Generally, they are
routed directly through the backplane so that they can be connected to cables or to rear I/O transition
modules.
VPC
Voltage pre-charge [VPC] pins forma a 'make first / break last' contact. They are intended to be used as
pre-charge power sources for live insertion logic. These pins were added to the 160 pin P1/J1 and P2/J2
connectors in the VME64x specification. The VPC pins are connected to the +5 VDC power supply on
VME64x backplanes. These pins may also be used as additional +5 VDC power pins in boards that do
not support live insertion.
+V1, -V1, +V2, -V2
The [+/- V1/V2] power pins supply 38 - 75 VDC to the bus module. They are also known as the
auxiliary power pins, and were originally intended to be used as 48 VDC battery supplies in Telecom
systems. However, they can be used for any purpose. These pins were added to the 160 pin P1/J1
connector in the VME64x specification.
WRITE*
The read / write signal [WRITE*] is driven by masters. It indicates the direction of data transfer over the
bus. It is asserted during a write cycle and negated during a read cycle. WRITE* is a stan-dard three-
state class signal.
+5V STDBY
[+5V STDBY] is an optional +5 VDC standby power supply. This power pin is often connected to a
rechargable battery. This eliminates the need for individual batteries on VMEbus modules. Individual
batteries are often used for real time clock and static RAM chips.
+3.3 V
Main +3.3 VDC power source. These pins were added to the 160 pin P1/J1 connector in the VME64x
specification.
+5 VDC
+12 VDC, -12 VDC
The main system power supplies are [+5 VDC], [+12 VDC] and [-12 VDC].
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Kevin D.
Plymel
Source:
FAQ
Zorro II
(at the A2000)
86 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR at the A2000.
Pin A500 A1000 A2000 A2000B Name Description
1 X X X X GND Ground
5 X X X X +5V +5 Volts DC
7 X X X X n/c
8 X X X X -5V -5 Volts DC
9 X X n/c
X X 28CLOCK 28MHz Clock
11 X X n/c
X X /COPCFG Configuration Out
12 X X X X CONFIG IN, Grounded
14 X X X X /C3 C3 Clock
15 X X X X CDAC Clock
16 X X X X /C1 C1 Clock
17 X X X X /OVR
18 X X X X RDY Ready
19 X X X X /INT2 Interrupt 2
20 X X /PALOPE
X n/c
X /BOSS
21 X X X X A5 Address 5
22 X X X X /INT6 Interrupt 6
31 X X X X FC0 Processor status 0
40 X X X X /IPL0
42 X X X X /IPL1
44 X X X X /IPL2
46 X X X X /BEER Bus Error
47 X X X X A17 Address
48 X X X X /VPA
50 X X X X ECLK E Clock
51 X X X X /VMA
53 X X X X RST Reset
55 X X X X /HLT Halt
60 X X /BR
X X /CBR
62 X X X X /BGACK
63 X X X X D15 Data 15
64 X X /BG
X X /CBG
66 X X X X /DTACK
68 X X X X R/W Read/Write
70 X X X X /LDS
72 X X X X /UDS
74 X X X X /AS
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Zorro II/III
(at the computer)
100 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR at the computer.
Pin
Physical
Name
Zorro II
Name
Zorro III
Address Phase
Zorro III
Data Phase
1 Ground Ground Ground Ground
5 +5VDC +5VDC +5VDC +5VDC
7 /OWN /OWN /OWN /OWN
8 -5VDC -5VDC -5VDC -5VDC
9 /SLAVEn /SLAVEn /SLAVEn /SLAVEn
11 /CFGOUTn /CFGOUTn /CFGOUTn /CFGOUTn
12 /CFGINn /CFGINn /CFGINn /CFGINn
14 /C3 /C3 Clock /C3 Clock /C3 Clock
15 CDAC CDAC Clock CDAC Clock CDAC Clock
16 /C1 /C1 Clock /C1 Clock /C1 Clock
17 /CINH /OVR /CINH /CINH
18 /MTCR XRDY /MTCR /MTCR
19 /INT2 /INT2 /INT2 /INT2
20 -12VDC -12VDC -12VDC -12VDC
21 A5 A5 A5 A5
22 /INT6 /INT6 /INT6 /INT6
23 A6 A6 A6 A6
24 A4 A4 A4 A4
26 A3 A3 A3 A3
27 A2 A2 A2 A2
28 A7 A7 A7 A7
29 /LOCK A1 /LOCK /LOCK
30 AD8 A8 A8 D0
31 FC0 FC0 FC0 FC0
32 AD9 A9 A9 D1
33 FC1 FC1 FC1 FC1
34 AD10 A10 A10 D2
35 FC2 FC2 FC2 FC2
36 AD11 A11 A11 D3
38 AD12 A12 A12 D4
39 AD13 A13 A13 D5
40 Reserved (/EINT7) Reserved Reserved
41 AD14 A14 A14 D6
43 AD15 A15 A15 D7
45 AD16 A16 A16 D8
46 /BERR /BERR /BERR /BERR
47 AD17 A17 A17 D9
48 /MTACK (/VPA) /MTACK /MTACK
50 E Clock E Clock E Clock E Clock
51 /DS0 (/VMA) /DS0 /DS0
52 AD18 A18 A18 D10
53 /RESET /RST /RESET /RESET
54 AD19 A19 A19 D11
55 /HLT /HLT /HLT /HLT
56 AD20 A20 A20 D12
57 AD22 A22 A22 D14
58 AD21 A21 A21 D13
59 AD23 A23 A23 D15
60 /BRn /BRn /BRn /BRn
62 /BGACK /BGACK /BGACK /BGACK
63 AD31 D15 A31 D31
64 /BGn /BGn /BGn /BGn
65 AD30 D14 A30 D30
66 /DTACK /DTACK /DTACK /DTACK
67 AD29 D13 A29 D29
68 READ READ READ READ
69 AD28 D12 A28 D28
70 /DS2 /LDS /DS2 /DS2
71 AD27 D11 A27 D27
72 /DS3 /UDS /DS3 /DS3
74 /CCS /AS /CCS /CCS
75 SD0 D0 Reserved D16
76 AD26 D10 A26 D26
78 AD25 D9 A25 D25
80 AD24 D8 A24 D24
91 SenseZ3 Ground SenseZ3 SenseZ3
92 7M E7M 7M 7M
93 DOE DOE DOE DOE
94 /IORST /BUSRST /IORST /IORST
95 /BCLR /GBG /BCLR /BCLR
97 /FCS No Connect /FCS /FCS
98 /DS1 No Connect /DS1 /DS1
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
The Audio/Video Input/Output Card has a separate connector called the DAV (digital audio video)
connector. The DAV connector provides access to the Audio/Video card's 4:2:2 unscaled YUV video
input data bus and associated control signals. By means of a 60-pin cable to the DAV connector, a PCI
expansion card can gain access to the digital video bus on the Audio/Video Input/Output Card and use it
to transfer real-time video data to the computer. Such a PCI expansion card can contain a hardware
video compressor or other video processor.
The DAV connector accepts YUV video and analog sound from the PCI expansion card.
The 60-pin DAV connector is located at the top edge of the Audio/Video Input/Output Card. A PCI
expansion card that uses the DAV interface can be connected to the Audio/Video Input/Output Card
with a 7-inch 60-conductor flat-ribbon cable.
Pin Description
1 Ground
2 Reserved (or GeoPort Clock)
3 Ground
4 Reserved (or LLC_OUT)
5 Ground
6 Reserved (or PXQ_OUT)
7 Ground
8 Reserved (or VS_OUT)
9 Ground
10 Reserved (or HS_OUT)
11 UV bit 7
12 UV bit 6
13 UV bit 5
14 UV bit 4
15 UV bit 3
16 UV bit 2
17 UV bit 1
18 UV bit 0
19 Y bit 7
20 Y bit 6
21 Y bit 5
22 Y bit 4
23 Y bit 3
24 Y bit 2
25 Y bit 1
26 Y bit 0
27 Ground
28 Line-locked clock (LLC) in
29 Ground
30 Clock reference qualifier (PXQ) In
31 Ground
32 Vertical sync (VS) In
33 Ground
34 Reserved (or Horizontal Sync (HS) In)
35 Ground
36 HRef In
37 Ground
38 DIR * (or FLD)
39 IIC Data *
40 IIC Clock
41 Ground
42 Analog audio input left
43 Analog audio input common
44 Analog audio input right
45 Ground
46 Digital audio input
47 Ground
48 Digital audio output
49 Ground
50 Digital audio clock
51 Ground
52 Digital audio sync
53 Ground
54 S video input C component
55 Video input ground
56 S video input Y component
57 Video input ground
58 Reserved
59 Reserved
60 Reserved
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 18547: Power Macintosh 7200, 7500, 8500, 9500 Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
Apple Digital Video Application (DVA)
DVA is somewhat similar to the Digital Audio/Video connector
Available on Apple Macintosh LC 630 / Quadra 630
Pin Description
1 Y bit 7
2 Y bit 6
3 Y bit 5
4 Y bit 4
5 Y bit 3
6 Y bit 2
7 Y bit 1
8 Y bit 0
9 UV bit 7
10 UV bit 6
11 UV bit 5
12 UV bit 4
13 UV bit 3
14 UV bit 2
15 UV bit 1
16 UV bit 0
17 Ground
18 Line-locked clock (LLC) in
19 Ground
20 Clock reference (CREF) in
21 Ground
22 Vertical sync (VS) In
23 Ground
24 Horizontal Sync (HS) In
25 Ground
26 Horizontal Reference Signal (HREF) In
27 Ground
28 YUV Direction Signal (DIR)
29 Ground
30 Reserved
31 Ground
32 Analog audio input left
33 Analog audio input common
34 Analog audio input right
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Macintosh LC 630 / Quadra 630 Developer
Note
+4 User Port
Available on Commodore +4 computer.
(at the Computer)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the Computer.
1 GND Ground
2 +5V +5 VDC
3 /BRESET ?
4 P2/CSE Data 2/Cassette Sense
5 P3 Data 3
6 P4 Data 4
7 P5 Data 5
8 RxC Receive Clock
9 ATN Attention?
10 +9V +9 VAC
11 +9V +9 VAC
12 GND Ground
A GND Ground
B P0 Data 0
C RxD Receive Data
D RTS Request to Send
E DTR Data Terminal Ready
F P7 Data 7
G DCD Data Carrier Detect
H P6 Data 6
I CTS Clear to Send
J DSR Data Set Ready
K TxD Transmit Data
L GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source:
Usenet posting in comp.sys.cbm, Pinout specs for cbm machines needed by Lonnie
McClure
SAMS Computerfacts CC8 Commodore 16
Amiga 1000 Ramex
(at the computer)
60 PIN EDGE CONNECTOR (.156") at the computer.
1 GND Ground
2 D15 Data 15
3 +5V +5 Volts DC
4 D12 Data 12
5 GND Ground
6 D11 Data 11
7 +5V +5 Volts DC
8 D8 Data 8
9 GND Ground
10 D7 Data 7
11 +5V +5 Volts DC
12 D4 Data 4
13 GND Ground
14 D3 Data 3
15 +5V +5 Volts DC
16 D0 Data 0
17 GND Ground
18 DRA4
19 DRA5
20 DRA6
21 DRA7
22 GND Ground
23 /RAS
24 GND Ground
25 GND Ground
26 /CASU0
27 GND Ground
28 /CASL0
29 +5V +5 Volts DC
30 +5V +5 Volts DC
A GND Ground
B D14 Data 14
C +5V +5 Volts DC
D D13 Data 13
E GND Ground
F D10 Data 10
H +5V +5 Volts DC
J D9 Data 9
K GND Ground
L D6 Data 6
M +5V +5 Volts DC
N D5 Data 5
P GND Ground
R D2 Data 2
S +5V +5 Volts DC
T D1 Data 1
U GND Ground
V DRA3
W DRA2
X DRA1
Y DRA0
Z GND Ground
AA /RRW
BB GND Ground
CC GND Ground
DD /CASU1
EE GND Ground
FF /CASL1
HH +5V +5 Volts DC
JJ +5V +5 Volts DC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Apple Communication Slot
Available on:
Apple Macintosh 575 family
Apple Performa 6200CD series
Apple Performa 6300 series
1 Audio MODEM to Host
2 Audio Host to MODEM
3 Audio MH GND
4 MIC to MODEM
5 R/W*
6 DS*
7 BERR*
8 DSACK1*
9 DSACK0*
10 GND
11 IOSIZE0*
12 C16M
13 IOSIZE1*
14 GND
15 RESET*
16 Bus Grant-Sacramento
17 IOD[31]
18 IOD[30]
19 IOD[29]
20 IOD[28]
21 IOD[27]
22 IOD[26]
23 IOD[25]
24 IOD[24]
25 IOD[23]
26 IOD[22]
27 +5V
28 IOD[21]
29 IOD[20]
30 IOD[19]
31 IOD[18]
32 IOD[17]
33 IOD[16]
34 IOD[15]
35 IOD[14]
36 IOD[13]
37 IOD[12]
38 IOD[11]
39 IOD[10]
40 IOD[9]
41 IOD[8]
42 GND
43 IOD[7]
44 IOD[6]
45 IOD[5]
46 IOD[4]
47 IOD[3]
48 IOD[2]
49 IOD[1]
50 IOD[0]
51 BGACK*
52 Bus Request-Sacramento
53 IO_CS_TIMED*
54 IO_CS_DSACK*
55 +5V
56 Sacramento IRQ*
57 IOA[1]
58 IOA[0]
59 A[2]
60 A[3]
61 A[4]
62 A[5]
63 A[6]
64 A[7]
65 A[8]
66 A[9]
67 A[10]
68 A[11]
69 A[12]
70 GND
71 A[13]
72 A[14]
73 A[15]
74 A[16]
75 A[17]
76 A[18]
77 A[19]
78 A[20]
79 A[21]
80 A[22]
81 A[23]
82 A[24]
83 +5V
84 A[25]
85 A[26]
86 A[27]
87 A[28]
88 A[29]
89 A[30]
90 A[31]
91 CPU_AS*
92 GND
93 TRICKLE+5V
94 System wakeup
95 '040 bus clock
96 -5V
97 +12V
98 GND
99 spare
100 C32M
101 spare
102 GND
103 spare
104 spare
105 SCC port A enable
106 spare
107 TxDA
108 RxDA
109 RTSA*
110 CTSA*
111 DTRA*
112 DCDA*
Note: * = active low signal
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 15081: Communication Slot Specifications at Apple TIL
homepage
Apple Macintosh Portable ROM Expansion
1 +5V +5 VDC
2 A1 Address bit 1
3 A2 Address bit 2
4 A3 Address bit 3
5 A4 Address bit 4
6 A5 Address bit 5
7 A6 Address bit 6
8 A7 Address bit 7
9 A8 Address bit 8
10 A9 Address bit 9
11 A10 Address bit 10
25 GND Ground
26 GND Ground
27 /DTACK Data Transfer Acknowledge
29 /ROM_CS ROM Chip Select
30 16M 16 MHz Clock
31 /EXT_DTACK External Data Transfer Acknowledge
32 /DELAY_CS
33 D0 Data bit 0
34 D1 Data bit 1
35 D2 Data bit 2
36 D3 Data bit 3
37 D4 Data bit 4
38 D5 Data bit 5
39 D6 Data bit 6
40 D7 Data bit 7
41 D8 Data bit 8
42 D9 Data bit 9
43 D10 Data bit 10
44 D11 Data bit 11
45 D12 Data bit 12
46 D13 Data bit 13
47 D14 Data bit 14
48 D15 Data bit 15
49 +5V +5 VDC
50 +5V +5 VDC
D0-D15
Unbuffered data bus, bits 0 through 15
A1-A23
Unbuffered 68HC000 address bus, bits 1 through 23
16M
16 MHz system clock
/EXT.DTACK
External data transfer acknowledge that disables main system /DTACK.
/AS
68HC000 Address strobe
/DTACK
Data transfer acknowledge, /DTACK input to 68HC000.
/DELAY_CS
This signal is generated by the addressing PAL and is used to put the ROM board into the idle mode by
inserting multiple wait states.
/ROM_CS
Permanent ROM chip select signal. Selects in range $90 0000 through $9F FFFF.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Technote HW13: Macintosh Portable ROM Expansion at Apple Technical
Notes
Top
D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 A12 A10 A11 A9 A8 +5V SGND
--1- --2- --3- --4- --5- --6- --7- --8- --9- -10- -11- -12-
GND D2 D1 D0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7
Bottom
(at the Atari)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the Atari.
Connect a 2716 or 2732/2532 EPROM.
Top Row
Pin 2716 Pin CPU Name Description
1 13 D3 Data 3
2 14 D4 Data 4
3 15 D5 Data 5
4 16 D6 Data 6
5 17 D7 Data 7
6 * A12 Address 12
7 19 A10 Address 10
8 n/c A11 Address 11
9 22 A9 Address 9
10 23 A8 Address 8
11 24 +5V +5 VDC
12 12 SGND Shield Ground
* to inverter and back to 18 for chip select
Bottom Row
Pin 2716 Pin CPU Name Description
1 1 A7 Address 7
2 2 A6 Address 6
3 3 A5 Address 5
4 4 A4 Address 4
5 5 A3 Address 3
6 6 A2 Address 2
7 7 A1 Address 1
8 8 A0 Address 0
9 9 D0 Data 0
10 10 D1 Data 1
11 11 D2 Data 2
12 n/c GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Classic Atari 2600/5200/7800 Game Systems
FAQ
(at the Atari)
Pin Name
1 D0
2 D1
3 D2
4 D3
5 D4
6 D5
7 D6
8 D7
9 Enable 80-8F
10 Enable 40-7F
11 Not Connected
12 Ground
13 Ground
14 Ground (System Clock 02 on 2 port)
15 A6
16 A5
17 A2
18 Interlock
19 A0
20 A1
21 A3
22 A4
23 Ground
24 Ground (Video In on 2 port)
25 Ground
26 +5 VDC
27 A7
28 Not Connected
29 A8
30 Audio In (2 port)
31 A9
32 A13
33 A10
34 A12
35 A11
36 Interlock
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
FAQ
(at the Atari)
Pin Name
1 +5 VDC
2 Audio Out (2 port)
3 Ground
4 R/W Early
5 Enable E0-EF
6 D6
7 D4
8 D2
9 D0
10 IRQ
11 Ground
12 Serial Data In
13 Serial In Clock
14 Serial Out Clock
15 Serial Data Out
16 Audio In
17 A14
18 System Clock 01
19 A11
20 A7
21 A6
22 A5
23 A4
24 A3
25 A2
26 A1
27 A0
28 Ground
29 D1
30 D3
31 D5
32 D7
33 Not connected
34 Ground
35 Not connected
36 +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
FAQ
(at the Atari)
1 R/W Read/Write
2 HALT Halt
3 D3 Data 3
4 D4 Data 4
5 D5 Data 5
6 D6 Data 6
7 D7 Data 7
8 A12 Address 12
9 A10 Address 10
10 A11 Address 11
11 A9 Address 9
12 A8 Address 8
13 +5V +5 VDC
14 GND Ground
15 A13 Address 13
16 A14 Address 14
17 A15 Address 15
18 EAUDIO EAudio ???
19 A7 Address 7
20 A6 Address 6
21 A5 Address 5
22 A4 Address 4
23 A3 Address 3
24 A2 Address 2
25 A1 Address 1
26 A0 Address 0
27 D0 Data 0
28 D1 Data 1
29 D2 Data 2
30 Gnd Gnd
31 IRQ Interrupt
32 CLK2 Clock 2 ???
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
FAQ
Gnd +5v CVideo MLum0 Mlum3 Blank OscDis ExtMen Gnd
--1-- --2-- --3-- --4-- --5-- --6-- --7-- ---8-- --9--
-18-- -17-- -16-- -15-- -14-- -13-- -12-- --11-- -10--
Gnd Audio Rdy MCol MLum2 MLum1 Msync Clk2 ExtOsc
(at the Atari)
1 GND Ground
2 +5V +5 VDC
3 CVIDEO Input to RF modulator (Video+Audio)
4 MLUM0 Maria Luminance Bit 0
6 BLANK Blanking output
7 OSCDIS Disable 14.31818 MHz Master Clock
8 EXTMEN External Maria Enable Input
9 GND Ground
10 EXTOSC External clock to replace Master Clock
11 CLK2 Phase 2 Clock from the 6502
12 MSYNC Maria Composite Sync
15 MCOL Maria Color Phase Angle
16 RDY Input to the 6502
17 AUDIO Audio
18 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Classic Atari 2600/5200/7800 Game Systems FAQ - Pinout by Harry
Dodgson
Atari Cartridge Port
(at the Computer)
(at the Devices)
40 PIN EDGE ?? at the Computer.
40 PIN EDGE ?? at the Devices.
1 +5V +5 VDC
2 +5V +5 VDC
3 D14 Data 14
4 D15 Data 15
5 D12 Data 12
6 D13 Data 13
7 D10 Data 10
8 D11 Data 11
9 D8 Data 8
10 D9 Data 9
11 D6 Data 6
12 D7 Data 7
13 D4 Data 4
14 D5 Data 5
15 D2 Data 2
16 D3 Data 3
17 D0 Data 0
18 D1 Data 1
19 A13 Address 13
20 A15 Address 15
21 A8 Address 8
22 A14 Address 14
23 A7 Address 7
24 A9 Address 9
25 A6 Address 6
26 A10 Address 10
27 A5 Address 5
28 A12 Address 12
29 A11 Address 11
30 A4 Address 4
31 RS3 ROM Select 3
32 A3 Address 3
33 RS4 ROM Select 4
34 A2 Address 2
35 UDS Upper Data Strobe
36 A1 Address 1
37 LDS Lower Data Strobe
38 GND Ground
39 GND Ground
40 GND Ground
Contributor:
Blair
Source: ?
Atari Falcon030 DSP Port
26 PIN UNKNOWN 3 ROW FEMALE CONNECTOR on the computer
Pin Description
1 General Purpose 0
2 General Purpose 2
3 General Purpose 1
4 SDMA Play Data
5 SDMA Play Clock
6 SDMA Play Sync
7 Not Connect
8 Ground
9 +12V
10 Ground
11 Sync Serial I/F Ctrl 0
14 Ground
15 Sync Serial Data In
16 Ground
17 +12V
18 Ground
19 SDMA Record Data
20 SDMA Record Clock
21 SDMA Record Sync
22 DSP Interrupt
23 Sync Serial I/F Data Out
24 Sync Serial I/F Clock
25 Ground
26 External Clock Input
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Jan
Krupka
Source:
Atari Falcon030 DSP pinout at Technick.
net
C128 Expansion Bus
Available at the Commodore 128.
(at the computer)
44 PIN FEMALE EDGE at the computer.
1 GND System Ground
2 +5V System Vcc
3 +5V System Vcc
4 /IRQ Interrupt request
5 R/W System Read/Write Signal
6 DClock 8.18MHz Video Dot Clock
7 I/O1 I/O Chip select $de00-deff
8 /GAME Sensed for memory map configuration
9 /EXROM Sensed for memory map configuration
10 I/O2 I/O Chip select $df00-dfff
11 /ROML External ROM select $8000-Bfff
12 BA Bus available output
13 /DMA Direct memory access input
14 D7 Data bit 7
15 D6 Data bit 6
16 D5 Data bit 5
17 D4 Data bit 4
18 D3 Data bit 3
19 D2 Data bit 2
20 D1 Data bit 1
21 D0 Data bit 0
22 GND System Ground

A GND System Ground
B /ROMH External ROM Select $c000-ffff
C /RESET System Reset Signal
D /NMI Non-Maskable Interrupt
E 1MHz System 1MHz clock
F TA15 Translated address bit 15
H TA14 Translated address bit 14
J TA13 Translated address bit 13
K TA12 Translated address bit 12
L TA11 Translated address bit 11
M TA10 Translated address bit 10
N TA9 Translated address bit 9
P TA8 Translated address bit 8
R SA7 Shared address bit 7
S SA6 Shared address bit 6
T SA5 Shared address bit 5
U SA4 Shared address bit 4
V SA3 Shared address bit 3
W SA2 Shared address bit 2
X SA1 Shared address bit 1
Y SA0 Shared address bit 0
Z GND System Ground
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
Commodore 128 Programmers reference
guide
C16/+4 Expansion Bus
Available on Commodore C16, C116 and +4 computers.
(at the Computer)
50 PIN FEMALE EDGE (2 mm pitch) at the Computer.
1 GND Ground
2 +5V +5 VDC
3 +5V +5 VDC
4 /IRQ Interrupt
5 R/W Read/Write (1=Read, 0=Write)
6 C1HIGH External Cartridge Chip Selects C1 High
7 C2LOW External Cartridge Chip Selects C2 Low (reserved)
8 C2HIGH External Cartridge Chip Selects C2 High (reserved)
9 /CS1 Chip Select Line 1
10 /CS0 Chip Select Line 0
11 /CAS Column Address Strobe
12 MUX DRAM address multiplex control signal
13 BA Bus Available (Low=DMA)
14 D7 Data 7
15 D6 Data 6
16 D5 Data 5
17 D4 Data 4
18 D3 Data 3
19 D2 Data 2
20 D1 Data 1
21 D0 Data 0
22 AEC Address Enable Code
23 EAI External Audio In
24 PHI 2 Artificial Phi 2 signal
25 GND Ground
A GND Ground
B C1LOW External Cartridge Chip Selects C1 Low
C /RESET Reset
D /RAS Row Address Strobe
E PHI 0 Artificial Phi 0 Signal
F A15 Address 15
H A14 Address 14
J A13 Address 13
K A12 Address 12
L A11 Address 11
M A10 Address 10
N A9 Address 9
P A8 Address 8
R A7 Address 7
S A6 Address 6
T A5 Address 5
U A4 Address 4
V A3 Address 3
W A2 Address 2
X A1 Address 1
Y A0 Address 0
Z n/c Not connected
AA n/c Not connected
BB n/c Not connected
CC GND Ground
PHI 2: Address valid on the rising edge, data valid on the falling edge
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source:
Usenet posting in comp.sys.cbm, Pinout specs for cbm machines needed by Lonnie
McClure
SAMS Computerfacts CC8 Commodore 16
Article in C'T September 1986
C64 Cartridge Expansion
(at the computer)
1 GND Ground
2 +5V +5 Volts DC
3 +5V +5 Volts DC
4 /IRQ Interrupt Request
5 /CR/W
6 DOTCLK Dot Clock
7 I/O 1
8 /GAME Game
9 /EXROM
10 I/O 2
11 /ROML ROM Low
12 BA
13 /DMA
14 CD7 Cartridge Data 7
22 GND Ground

A GND Ground
B /ROMH ROM High
C /RESET Reset
D /NMI Non Maskable Interrupt
E S02
F CA15 Cartridge Address 15
H CA14 Cartridge Address 14
J CA13 Cartridge Address 13
K CA12 Cartridge Address 12
L CA11 Cartridge Address 11
M CA10 Cartridge Address 10
N CA9 Cartridge Address 9
P CA8 Cartridge Address 8
R CA7 Cartridge Address 7
S CA6 Cartridge Address 6
T CA5 Cartridge Address 5
U CA4 Cartridge Address 4
V CA3 Cartridge Address 3
W CA2 Cartridge Address 2
X CA1 Cartridge Address 1
Y CA0 Cartridge Address 0
Z GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source:
Commodore 64 Programmer's Reference
Guide
C64 RS232 User Port
Available on the Commodore C64/C128. Software emulated. The signals does not have true RS232
levels. It's TTL level, and RXD/TXD is inverted. It's just the normal User Port, used as a RS232 port.
(at the computer)
Pin Name RS232 Description
A GND GND Protective Ground
B+C FLAG2+PB0 RxD Receive Data (Must be applied to both pins!)
D PB1 RTS Ready To Send
E PB2 DTR Data Terminal Ready
F PB3 RI Ring Indicator
H PB4 DCD Data Carrier Detect
K PB6 CTS Clear To Send
L PB7 DSR Data Set Ready
M PA2 TxD Transmit Data
N GND GND Signal Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin Vosselman, Mark
Sokos
Source:
Usenet posting in comp.sys.cbm - Help on modem -> c64 by Lasher
Glenn
Commodore 64 Programmer's Reference Guide
C64/128 User Port
(at the computer)
24 PIN MALE EDGE (DZM 12 DREH) at the computer.
1 GND Ground
2 +5V +5 VDC (100 mA max)
3 /RESET Reset, will force a Cold Start. Also a reset output for devices.
4 CNT1 Counter 1, from CIA #1
5 SP1 Serial Port 1, from CIA #1
6 CNT2 Counter 2, from CIA #2
7 SP2 Serial Port 2, from CIA #2
8 /PC2 Handshaking line, from CIA #2
9 ATN Serial Attention In
10 +9V AC +9 VAC (+ phase) (100 mA max)
11 +9V AC +9 VAC (- phase) (100 mA max)
12 GND Ground

A GND Ground
B /FLAG2 Flag 2
C PB0 Data 0
D PB1 Data 1
E PB2 Data 2
F PB3 Data 3
H PB4 Data 4
J PB5 Data 5
K PB6 Data 6
L PB7 Data 7
M PA2 PA2
N GND Ground
Note: 0.156" (3.96mm) contact spacing.
The Commodore 64 gives you complete control over Port B on VIA chip #1. Eight lines for input or
output are available, as well as 2 lines for handshaking with an outside device. The I/O lines for Port B
are controlled by two locations. One is the port itself, and is located at 56577 ($DD01 hex). Naturally
you PEEK it to read an input, or POKE it to set an output. Each of the eight I/O lines can be set up as
either an input or an output by setting the data direction register properly. It is located at 56579
($DD03 hex).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Nikolas Engstrm, Arwin Vosselman, Jestin Nesselroad, Larry
Anderson
Source:
Guide
NT Rautanen Tietokonesivut: Commodore
CD32 Expansion-port
(at the computer)
UNKNOWN 182 PIN CONNECTOR (SAME AS MCA) at the computer.
Pin Name Description Comment
1 A31 Address 31 Probably not connected since 68EC020
8 A24 Address 24
9 DGND Data Ground
10 VCC +5 VDC
11 A23 Address 23
12 A22 Address 22
13 A21 Address 21
14 A20 Address 20
15 A19 Address 19
16 A18 Address 18
17 A17 Address 17
18 A16 Address 16
19 DGND Data Ground
20 VCC +5 VDC
21 A15 Address 15
22 A14 Address 14
23 A13 Address 13
24 A12 Address 12
25 A11 Address 11
26 A10 Address 10
27 A9 Address 9
28 A8 Address 8
29 DGND Data Ground
30 VCC +5 VDC
31 A7 Address 7
32 A6 Address 6
33 A5 Address 5
34 A4 Address 4
35 A3 Address 3
36 A2 Address 2
37 A1 Address 1
38 A0 Address 0
39 DGND Data Ground
40 VCC +5 VDC
41 D31 Data 31
42 D30 Data 30
43 D29 Data 29
44 D28 Data 28
45 D27 Data 27
46 D26 Data 26
47 D25 Data 25
48 D24 Data 24
49 DGND Data Ground
50 VCC +5 VDC
51 D23 Data 23
52 D22 Data 22
53 D21 Data 21
54 D20 Data 20
55 D19 Data 19
56 D18 Data 18
57 D17 Data 17
58 D16 Data 16
59 DGND Data Ground
60 VCC +5 VDC
61 D15 Data 15
62 D14 Data 14
63 D13 Data 13
64 D12 Data 12
65 D11 Data 11
66 D10 Data 10
67 D9 Data 9
68 D8 Data 8
69 DGND Data Ground
70 VCC +5 VDC
71 D7 Data 7
72 D6 Data 6
73 D5 Data 5
74 D4 Data 4
75 D3 Data 3
76 D2 Data 2
77 D1 Data 1
78 D0 Data 0
79 DGND Data Ground
80 VCC +5 VDC
81 /IPL2 Interrupt Priority Level 2
84
85 /RST Reset
86 /HALT Halt
87 /ECS ECS??
88 /OCS OCS??
89 SIZE1 Size 1 Indicates number of bytes remaining to transfer
90 SIZE0 Size 0 Indicates number of bytes remaining to transfer
92 /DS Data Strobe
93 /R/W Read/Write
94 /BERR Bus Error
95
96 /AVEC Autovector Req Autovector request during interrupt acknowledge
97 /DSACK1 Data Ack 1 Data transfer and size acknowledge
98 /DSACK0 Data Ack 0 Data transfer and size acknowledge
99 CPUCLK_A
100
101 DGND Data Ground
102 VCC +5 VDC
103 FC2 Function Codes 2
106
107
108
109
110
111 /CPU_BR CPU bus request??
112 /EXP_BG Expansion bus granted??
113 /CPU_BG CPU bus granted??
114 /EXP_BR Expansion bus request??
115
116
117 /PUNT
118 /RESET 68020 RESET
119 /INT2 Interrupt 2 Generate a level 2 interrupt
120 /INT6 Interrupt 2 Generate a level 6 interrupt
121 /KB_CLOCK Keyboard clock
122 /KB_DATA Keyboard data
123 /FIRE0 Fire Button 0??
124 /FIRE1 Fire Button 1??
125 /LED Power On LED ??
126 /ACTIVE Disk active LED
127 /RXD Serial Receive Serial data in
128 /TXD Serial Transmit Serial data out
129 /DKRD Floppy interface (Paula?)
130 /DKWD Floppy interface (Paula?)
131 SYSTEM
132 /DKWE Floppy interface (Paula?)
133 CONFIG_OUT
134
136 +12V +12V DC
138 +12V +12V DC
139 17MHZ For FMV interface ??
140 EXT_AUDIO For FMV interface ??
141 DA_DATA For FMV interface ??
142 /MUTE For FMV interface ??
143 DA_LRCLK For FMV interface ??
144 DA_BCLK For FMV interface ??
146 VCC +5 VDC
147 DR Digital Red
148 DG Digital Green
149 DB Digital Blue
150 DI Digital Intensity
151 /PIXELSW_EXT
152 /PIXELSW
153 /BLANK
154 PIXELCLK Pixelclock For manipulating RBG data
156 VCC +5 VDC
157 /CSYNC Composite sync Not buffered.
158 CCK_B Color clock ??
159 /HSYNC Horizontal sync
160 /VSYNC Vertical sync
161 VGND Video ground
163 AR_EXT Analog Red External
164 AR Analog Red
165 AG_EXT Analog Green External
166 AG Analog Green
167 AB_EXT Analog Blue External
168 AB Analog Blue
171 /NTSC
172 /XCLKEN Enable External video clock (Genlock)
173 XCLK External video clock (Genlock)
174 /EXT_VIDEO External Video Disable internal video interfaces
176 VCC +5 VDC
177 AGND Audio Ground
178 +12V +12V DC
179 LEFT_EXT Left sound External
180 LEFT Left sound
181 RIGHT_EXT Right sound External
182 RIGHT Right sound
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: CD32 expansion port info
Usenet posting by Anders
Stenkvist
CDTV Diagnostic Slot
(at the computer)
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 VCC +5 VDC
4 VCC +5 VDC
5 /CFGOUT Configout AutoConfig signal (not connected)
6 /CFGIN Configin AutoConfig signal (grounded)
7 GND Ground
8 CCKQ 3.58 MHz CCKQ clock (C3)
9 CDAC 7.16 MHz CDAC clock (90 before system clock)
10 CCK 3.58 MHz CCK clock (C1)
11 /OVR Override (Disables /DTACK generation of Gary)
12 XRDY External Ready (Generates wait states while low).
13 /INT2 Level 2 Interrupt
14 n/c not connected
15 A5 Address Bus 5
16 /INT6 Level 6 Interrupt
17 A6 Address Bus 6
18 A4 Address Bus 4
19 GND Ground
20 A3 Address Bus 3
21 A2 Address Bus 2
22 A7 Address Bus 7
23 A1 Address Bus 1
24 A8 Address Bus 8
25 /FC0 Processor Function Code Status (bit 0)
26 A9 Address Bus 9
28 A10 Address Bus 10
31 GND Ground
34 /IPL0 Interrupt Priority Level (bit 0)
40 /BERR Bus Error
42 /VPA Valid Peripheral Address (asserted by Gary)
43 GND Ground
44 E E Clock
45 /VMA Valid Memory Address (asserted by Gary)
47 /RST Reset
49 /HLT Halt
54 /BR Bus Request
55 GND Ground
56 /BGACK Bus Grant Acknowledge
57 D15 Data Bus 15
58 /BG Bus Grant
59 D14 Data Bus 14
60 /DTACK Data Transfer Acknowledge (normally asserted by Gary)
61 D13 Data Bus 13
62 R/W Read/Write (high=read, low=write)
63 D12 Data Bus 12
64 /LDS Lower Data Strobe
65 D11 Data Bus 11
66 /UDS Upper Data Strobe
67 GND Ground
69 D0 Data Bus 0
70 D10 Data Bus 10
71 D1 Data Bus 1
72 D9 Data Bus 9
73 D2 Data Bus 2
74 D8 Data Bus 8
75 D3 Data Bus 3
76 D7 Data Bus 7
77 D4 Data Bus 4
78 D6 Data Bus 6
79 GND Ground
80 D5 Data Bus 5
Note: Pin 7-80 is equivalent with the Amiga 500's pin 13-86 at the 86 pin Amiga 500 connector.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Information
CDTV Expansion Slot
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 24 25 27 29
(at the computer)
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 VCC +5 VDC
4 VCC +5 VDC
5 SD1 Data Bus 1
6 SD0 Data Bus 0
7 SD3 Data Bus 3
8 SD2 Data Bus 2
9 SD5 Data Bus 5
10 SD4 Data Bus 4
11 SD7 Data Bus 7
12 SD6 Data Bus 6
13 /SDREQ DMA Request
14 /INTX Interrupt Request
15 /CSS Chip Select
16 /SDACK DMA Acknowledge
17 /IOR I/O Read
18 /IOW I/O Write
19 A8 Address Bus 8
20 7M 7.16 MHz System Clock
21 A6 Address Bus 6
22 A7 Address Bus 7
23 A4 Address Bus 4
24 A5 Address Bus 5
25 A2 Address Bus 2
26 A3 Address Bus 3
27 /IFRST +5 VDC
28 A1 Address Bus 1
29 GND Ground
30 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Information
Commodore PET Parallel User Port
1 1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
= = = = = = = = = = = =
### ######################### ######
= = = = = = = = = = = =
A B C D E F H J K L M N
Pin Name
1 System Ground
2 TV Video
3 IEEE-SRQ
4 IEEE-EOI
5 Diagnostic Sense
6 Cass.1 Read
7 Cass.2 Read
8 Diag Tape Wrt.
9 TV Vertical
10 TV Horizontal
11 GND
12 GND
A GND
B CA1
C PB0
D PB1
E PB2
F PB3
H PB4
J PB5
K PB6
L PB7
M PA2 (CB2)
N GND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore PET
FAQ
GameBoy Cartridge
Available on the Nintendo GameBoy.
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the GameBoy.
1 VCC +5 VDC
2 ? ? Connected on Gameboy, but not used on GamePaks.
3 /RESET Reset
4 /WR Write
5 ? ? Used by paging PAL on high capacity GamePaks.
6 A0 Address 0
7 A1 Address 1
8 A2 Address 2
9 A3 Address 3
10 A4 Address 4
11 A5 Address 5
12 A6 Address 6
13 A7 Address 7
14 A8 Address 8
15 A9 Address 9
16 A10 Address 10
17 A11 Address 11
18 A12 Address 12
19 A13 Address 13
20 A14 Address 14
21 /CS Chip Select
22 D0 Data 0
23 D1 Data 1
24 D2 Data 2
25 D3 Data 3
26 D4 Data 4
27 D5 Data 5
28 D6 Data 6
29 D7 Data 7
30 /RD Read
31 ? ? Connected on Gameboy, but not used on Game-Paks.
32 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
GameBoy Cartridge
Available on the Nintendo GameBoy.
(at the GameBoy)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the GameBoy.
1 VCC +5 VDC
2 ? ? Connected on Gameboy, but not used on GamePaks.
3 /RESET Reset
4 /WR Write
5 ? ? Used by paging PAL on high capacity GamePaks.
6 A0 Address 0
7 A1 Address 1
8 A2 Address 2
9 A3 Address 3
10 A4 Address 4
11 A5 Address 5
12 A6 Address 6
13 A7 Address 7
14 A8 Address 8
15 A9 Address 9
16 A10 Address 10
17 A11 Address 11
18 A12 Address 12
19 A13 Address 13
20 A14 Address 14
21 /CS Chip Select
22 D0 Data 0
23 D1 Data 1
24 D2 Data 2
25 D3 Data 3
26 D4 Data 4
27 D5 Data 5
28 D6 Data 6
29 D7 Data 7
30 /RD Read
31 ? ? Connected on Gameboy, but not used on Game-Paks.
32 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Nintendo GameBoy FAQ - Pinout by Peter Knight & Josef
Mollers
GeekPort
The GeekPort is a connector available at Be's BeBox computers.
This is a dream for all hobby engineers who like to connect the computer to the coffee machine.
(at the device)
(at the computer)
37 PIN D-SUB MALE CONNECTOR at the device.
37 PIN D-SUB FEMALE CONNECTOR at the computer.
1 GND Ground
2 A1 Digital A 1
3 A3 Digital A 3
4 A5 Digital A 5
5 A7 Digital A 7
6 GND Ground
7 +5V +5 VDC
8 GND Ground
9 +12V +12 VDC
10 GND Ground
11 -12V -12 VDC
12 GND Ground
13 +5V +5 VDC
14 GND Ground
15 B0 Digital B 0
16 B2 Digital B 2
17 B4 Digital B 4
18 B6 Digital B 6
19 GND Ground
20 A0 Digital A 0
21 A2 Digital A 2
22 A4 Digital A 4
23 A6 Digital A 6
24 AIref Analog In Reference
25 A2D1 Analog In 1
26 A2D2 Analog In 2
27 A2D3 Analog In 3
28 A2D4 Analog In 4
29 D2A1 Analog Out 1
33 AOref Analog Out Reference
34 B1 Digital B 1
35 B3 Digital B 3
36 B5 Digital B 5
37 B7 Digital B 7
Note: Direction is Computer relative Device.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
BeBox GeekPort DeviceKit at Be's
homepage
BeBox GeekPort DeviceKit: Analog port
BeBox GeekPort DeviceKit: Digital port
MSX Expansion
49 47 45 5 3 1
+---------//-----+
| H H H //H H H |
| ======//====== |
| H H H// H H H |
+-----//---------+
50 48 46 6 4 2
(at the Computer)
50 PIN ?? at the Computer.
1 /CS1 Memory Read in addresses 4000-7FFF
2 /CS2 Memory Read in addresses 8000-BFFF
3 /CS12 Memory Read in addresses 4000-BFFF
4 /SLTSL Low when Slot 2 (cartridge slot) is selected
5 n/c - Not connected.
6 /RFSH Refresh signal from CPU
7 /WAIT OC, Tells CPU to wait. Refresh signal is not maintained
8 /INT OC, Requests a interrupt to CPU (call to addr 38h)
9 /M1 CPU fetches first part of instruction from memory.
10 /BUSDIR NC, was used to control the data direction.
11 /IORQ I/O request signal. (Address=Port)
12 /MREQ Memory request signal. (Address=Address)
13 /WR Write signal (strobe)
14 /RD Read signal (strobe)
15 /RESET Reset
17 A0 Address 0
18 A1 Address 1
19 A2 Address 2
20 A3 Address 3
21 A4 Address 4
22 A5 Address 5
23 A6 Address 6
24 A7 Address 7
25 A8 Address 8
26 A9 Address 9
27 A10 Address 10
28 A11 Address 11
29 A12 Address 12
30 A13 Address 13
31 A14 Address 14
32 A15 Address 15
33 D0 Data 0
34 D1 Data 1
35 D2 Data 2
36 D3 Data 3
37 D4 Data 4
38 D5 Data 5
39 D6 Data 6
40 D7 Data 7
41 GND Ground
42 CLOCK CPU clock, 3.579 MHz
43 GND Ground
44 SW1 - NC, Insert/remove detection for protection
45 +5V +5 VDC (300mA max /slot)
46 SW2 - NC, Insert/remove detection for protection
49 SOUNDIN Sound input (-5dBm)
50 -12V -12 VDC (50mA max /slot)
Note: Direction is Computer relative Peripheral.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Mayer's SV738 X'press I/O
map
PC-Engine Cartridge
Available on the PC Engine.
(at the PC Engine)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the PC Engine.
1 ?
2 ?
3 A18? Address 18
4 A16 Address 16
5 A15 Address 15
6 A12 Address 12
7 A7 Address 7
8 A6 Address 6
9 A5 Address 5
10 A4 Address 4
11 A3 Address 3
12 A2 Address 2
13 A1 Address 1
14 A0 Address 0
15 D0 Data 0
16 D1 Data 1
17 D2 Data 2
18 GND Ground
19 D3 Data 3
20 D4 Data 4
21 D5 Data 5
22 D6 Data 6
23 D7 Data 7
24 /CE Chip Select
25 A10 Address 10
26 /OE Output Enable
27 A11 Address 11
28 A9 Address 9
29 A8 Address 8
30 A13 Address 13
31 A14 Address 14
32 A17 Address 17
33 A19? Address 19
34 R/W Read/Write
35 ?
36 ?
37 ?
38 +5V +5 VDC
Pin 1 is the short pin on the left (if the card is to inserted forwards)
Pin 38 is the long pin on the right.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Video Games FAQ (Part 3) - Pinout by David
Shadoff
Psion Organiser II Connector Top Slot (D)
16 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR on the PDA
1 SD7 Data Bit 7
2 SD0 Data Bit 0
3 SD6 Data Bit 6
4 SD1 Data Bit 1
5 SD5 Data Bit 5
6 SD2 Data Bit 2
7 SD4 Data Bit 4
8 SD3 Data Bit 3
9 GND 0 Volts
10 SCK Undefined Control Line
11 SVB External Power Input / Battery Output Voltage - 0.6 Volt
12 SS3 Slot Select 3
13 SCVV +5 Volts
14 AC External On/Clear
15 SOME Undefined Control Line
16 SMR Undefined Control Line
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Atari Falcon030 DSP pinout at Technick.
net
SNES Cartridge
Available on the Nintendo SNES.
+-------------------------------//----------------------------+
| 32 33 34 35 | 36 37 38 39 40 //53 55 56 57 58 | 59 60 61 62 |
| 01 02 03 04 | 05 06 07 08 09// 22 24 25 26 27 | 28 29 30 31 |
+----------------------------//-------------------------------+
(at the SNES)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the SNES.
1
2
3
4
5 GND Ground
6 A11 Address 11
7 A10 Address 10
8 A9 Address 9
9 A8 Address 8
10 A7 Address 7
11 A6 Address 6
12 A5 Address 5
13 A4 Address 4
14 A3 Address 3
15 A2 Address 2
16 A1 Address 1
17 A0 Address 0
18 /IRQ Interrupt
19 D0 Data 0
20 D1 Data 1
21 D2 Data 2
22 D3 Data 3
23 /READ Read
24 CIC ?
25 CIC ?
26 /RAM ENABLE RAM Enable
27 VCC +5 VDC
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36 GND Ground
37 A12 Address 12
38 A13 Address 13
39 A14 Address 14
40 A15 Address 15
41 A16 Address 16
42 A17 Address 17
43 A18 Address 18
44 A19 Address 19
45 A20 Address 20
46 A21 Address 21
47 A22 Address 22
48 A23 Address 23
49 /ROM ENABLE ROM Enable
50 D4 Data 4
51 D5 Data 5
52 D6 Data 6
53 D7 Data 7
54 /WRITE Write
55 CIC ?
56 CIC ?
58 VCC +5 VDC
59
60
61
62
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Video Games FAQ (Part 3) - Pinout by Thomas
Rolfes
SUN SROMBO
Available on SUN SPARCengine motherboards
Seems to be for SUN internal factory tests/programming
34 PIN IDC MALE at the motherboard
Pin Name
1 ADR19
2 VCC
3 ADR16
4 ADR18
5 ADR15
6 ADR17
7 ADR12
8 ADR14
9 ADR7
10 ADR13
11 ADR6
12 ADR8
13 ADR5
14 ADR9
15 ADR4
16 ADR11
17 ADR3
18 RD_L
19 ADR2
20 ADR10
21 ADR1
22 ROMBO_CS_L
23 ADR0
24 DAT7
25 DAT0
26 DAT6
27 DAT1
28 DAT5
29 DAT2
30 DAT4
31 GND
32 DAT3
33 NC
34 WR_L
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SUN SPARCengine Ultra AXmp
Manual
SUN SROMBOlite
Seems to be for SUN internal factory tests/programming
Pin Name
1 +5V
2 GND
3 EB_RD_L
4 EB_WR_L
5 EB_SCC_CS_L
6 EB_LATCH
7 EB_RDY_L
8 EB_DAT<0>
9 EB_DAT<1>
10 EB_DAT<2>
11 EB_DAT<3>
12 BRST_L
13 EB_DAT<4>
14 EB_DAT<5>
15 EB_DAT<6>
16 EB_DAT<7>
17 ROMBO_CS_L
18 EB_ADR<0>
19 EB_ADR<1>
20 EB_ADR<2>
21 EB_ADR<3>
22 SYNC_SER_IRQ_L
23 EB_ADR<4>
24 EB_ADR<5>
25 EB_ADR<6>
26 EB_ADR<7>
27 +5V
28 GND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SUN SPARCengine CP 1500
Manual
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Expansion Bus
(at the computer)
50 PIN MALE EDGE the computer.
1 +5v Power, 300mA
2 /CNTRL2 Game adapter control signal
3 +12v Power, 100mA
4 -12v Power, 50mA
5 /CNTRL1 Game adapter control signal
6 /WAIT Z80 WAIT
7 /RST Z80 RST
8 CPU CLK Buffered 3.58MHz system clock
9 A15 Buffered Address bus
10 A14 "
11 A13 "
12 A12 "
13 A11 "
14 A10 "
15 A9 "
16 A8 "
17 A7 "
18 A6 "
19 A5 "
20 A4 "
21 A3 "
22 A2 "
23 A1 "
24 A0 "
25 /RFSH RAM expansion refresh
26 /EXCSR Video-CPU write select
27 /M1 Z80 M1
28 /EXCSW CPU-Video write select
29 /WR Z80 WR
30 /MREQ Z80 MREQ
31 /IORQ Z80 IORQ
32 /RD Z80 RD
33 D0 I/O Buffered Data Bus
34 D1 I/O "
35 D2 I/O "
36 D3 I/O "
37 D4 I/O "
38 D5 I/O "
39 D6 I/O "
40 D7 I/O "
41 CSOUND Audio input signal
42 /INT Z80 INT
43 /RAMDIS Disable user RAM
44 /ROMDIS Disable basic ROM
45 /BK32 Enable bank 32 Memory (8000-ffff)
46 /BK31 Enable bank 31 Memory (0000-7FFF)
47 /BK22 Enable bank 22 Memory (8000-FFFF)
48 /BK21 Enable bank 21 Memory (0000-7FFF)
49 GND - System Ground
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
SVI 328 Mk II User
Manual
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Game Cartridge
(at the computer)
Pin Name
1 +5v
2 +5v
3 A7
4 A12
5 A6
6 A13
7 A5
8 A8
9 A4
10 A9
11 A3
12 A11
13 A10
14 A2
15 A0
16 A1
17 D0
18 D7
19 D1
20 D6
21 D2
22 D5
23 D3
24 D4
25 CCS3
26 CCS4
27 CCS1
28 CCS2
29 GND
30 GND
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
SVI 328 mk II user
manual
TG-16 Cartridge
Available on the TG-16.
(at the TG-16)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the TG-16.
1 ?
2 ?
3 A18? Address 18
4 A16 Address 16
5 A15 Address 15
6 A12 Address 12
7 A7 Address 7
8 A6 Address 6
9 A5 Address 5
10 A4 Address 4
11 A3 Address 3
12 A2 Address 2
13 A1 Address 1
14 A0 Address 0
15 D7 Data 7
16 D6 Data 6
17 D5 Data 5
18 GND Ground
19 D4 Data 4
20 D3 Data 3
21 D2 Data 2
22 D1 Data 1
23 D0 Data 0
24 /CE Chip Select
25 A10 Address 10
26 /OE Output Enable
27 A11 Address 11
28 A9 Address 9
29 A8 Address 8
30 A13 Address 13
31 A14 Address 14
32 A17 Address 17
33 A19? Address 19
34 R/W Read/Write
35 ?
36 ?
37 ?
38 +5V +5 VDC
Pin 1 is the short pin on the left (if the card is to inserted forwards)
Pin 38 is the long pin on the right.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Video Games FAQ (Part 3) - Pinout by David
Shadoff
TI-99/4A Card Slot
60 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR on the computer
59 Left 1
Front ===================== Rear
60 Right 2
1 +8V +5V 3-T regulator voltage supply (about +8V)
2 +8V +5V 3-T regulator voltage supply (about +8V)
3 GND Ground
4 READYA System ready (10K pull-up to +5V)
5 GND Ground
6 RESET* System reset (active low)
7 GND Ground
8 SCLK nc System clock (not connected)
9 LCP* nc CPU indicator 1=TI99 0=2nd generation (not connected)
10 AUDIO Input audio (=AUDIOIN)
11 RDBENA* Active low: enable flex cable data bus drivers (1K pull-up)
12 PCBEN H PCB enable for burn-in (always High)
13 HOLD* H Active low CPU hold request (always High)
14 IAQHA nc IAQ [or] HOLDA (logical or)
15 SENILA* H Interrupt level A sense enable (always High)
16 SENILB* H Interrupt level B sense enable (always High)
17 INTA* Active low interrupt level A (=EXTINT*)
18 LOAD* nc Unmaskable interrupt (not connected)
19 D7 Data bit 7 (LSB)
20 GND Ground
21 D5 Data bit 5
22 D6 Data bit 6
23 D3 Data bit 3
24 D4 Data bit 4
25 D1 Data bit 1
26 D2 Data bit 2
27 GND Ground
28 D0 Data bit 0 (MSB)
30 A15 Address bit 15 (LSB). Also CRU output bit.
35 A8 Address bit 8
36 A9 Address bit 9
37 A6 Address bit 6
38 A7 Address bit 7
39 A4 Address bit 4
40 A5 Address bit 5
41 A2 Address bit 2
42 A3 Address bit 3
43 A0 Address bit 0 (MSB)
44 A1 Address bit 1
45 AMB H Extra address bit. Always High.
46 AMA H Extra address bit. Always High.
47 GND Ground
48 AMC H Extra address bit. Always High.
49 GND Ground
50 CLKOUT* Inversion of phase 3 clock (=PHI3*)
51 CRUCLK* Inversion of TMS9900 CRUCLOCK pin
52 DBIN Active high = read memory
53 GND Ground
54 WE* Write Enable (derived from TMS9900 WE* pin)
55 CRUIN CRU input bit to TMS9900
56 MEMEN* Memory access enable (active low)
57 -12V -12 Volts 3-T regulator supply voltage (about -16V)
58 -12V -12 Volts 3-T regulator supply voltage (about -16V)
59 +12V +12 Volts 3-T regulator supply voltage (about +16V)
60 +12V +12 Volts 3-T regulator supply voltage (about +16V)
Direction is computer relative world.
Notes:
G Signals buffered by 74LS244 in connection card: A0-A15, DBIN, MEMEN*, WE*, CLRCLK*,
RESET*, CLKOUT.
G Unbuffered signals: CRUIN, INTA*, AUDIOIN, READY
G Data bus is buffered by two 74LS245 (one at each end of the cable),driven by RDBENA
(direction set by DBIN).
G All signals must be re-buffered on each card.
G Always High lines (AMA, AMB, AMC, SENILA*, SENILB*, PCBEN, HOLD*) are pulled up
to +5 Volts by 47 Ohms resistors.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
TI-99/4A Card Slot pinout at Technick.
net
TI-99/4A Cartridge Port
Available on TI-99/4A computers. On the top
2 36
+----------------------------------+
| ================================ |
+----------------------------------+
1 35
1 RESET IN Resets the system (active high)
2 GND - Signal groud
3 D7 IN/OUT Data bus, bit 7 (least significant)
4 CRUCLK* OUT Inversion of TMS9900 CRUCLOCK pin
5 D6 IN/OUT
6 CRUIN IN CRU input to TMS9900
7 D5 IN/OUT
8 A15 OUT Address bus, bit 15 / also CRU output bit
9 D4 IN/OUT
10 A13 OUT
11 D3 IN/OUT
12 A12 OUT
13 D2 IN/OUT
14 A11 OUT
15 D1 IN/OUT
16 A10 OUT
17 D0 IN/OUT Data bus, bit 0 (most significant)
18 A9 OUT
19 VCC - +5 Volts power supply
20 A8 OUT
21 GS* OUT Grom select. Active low is addr in >9800-9FFF
22 A7 OUT
23 A14 OUT Address bus, bit 14. Select mode: low=data / high=addr
24 A3 OUT
25 DBIN OUT Active high = read memory
26 A6 OUT
27 GRC OUT GROM clock: color burst of VDP 9918A
28 A5 OUT
29 VDD - -5 Volts power supply
30 A4 OUT
31 GR IN Active high = GROM ready
32 WE* OUT Active low = write enable (derived from TMS9900 WE*)
33 VSS -
34 ROMG* OUT Active low if addr in >6000-7FFF
35 GND - Ground
36 GND - Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
TI-99/4A Side Port
Available on TI-99/4A computers. On the right side
2 44
+----------------------------------+
| ================================ |
+----------------------------------+
1 43
1 VCC - +5 Volts power supply
2 SBE OUT Low if addr in >9000-94xx (sound port)
3 RESET* OUT System reset (active low)
4 EXTINT* IN External interrupt (active low)
5 A5 OUT Address bus, bit 5
6 A10 OUT -
7 A4 OUT -
8 A11 OUT -
9 DBIN OUT Active high = read memory
10 A3 OUT -
11 A12 OUT -
12 READY IN Active high = memory is ready
13 LOAD* IN Unmaskable interrupt (=> BLWP @>FFFC)
14 A8 OUT -
15 A13 OUT -
16 A14 OUT -
17 A7 OUT -
18 A9 OUT -
19 A15 OUT Address bus, lsb. Also CRU output bit.
20 A2 OUT -
21 GND - Ground
22 CRUCLK* OUT Inversion of TMS9900 CRUCLOCK pin
23 GND - Ground
24 PHI3* OUT Inversion of phase 3 clock
25 GND - Ground
26 WE* OUT Write Enable (derived from TMS9900 WE* pin)
27 GND - Ground
28 MBE* OUT Active low if addr in >4000-5FFF (card ROMs)
29 A6 OUT -
30 A1 OUT -
31 A0 OUT Address bus, bit 0 (most significant)
32 MEMEN* OUT Memory access enable (active low)
33 CRUIN IN CRU input bit to TMS9900
34 D7 IN/OUT Data bus, bit 7 (least significant)
35 D4 IN/OUT -
36 D6 IN/OUT -
37 D0 IN/OUT Data bus, bit 0 (most significant)
38 D5 IN/OUT -
39 D2 IN/OUT -
40 D1 IN/OUT -
41 IAQ IN Interrupt acknowledged by TMS9900
42 D3 IN/OUT -
43 VDD - -5 Volts power supply
44 AUDIOIN IN To sound generator AUDIO IN pin
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Vic 20 Memory Expansion
Available on Commodore Vic 20 computers. On the left side.
1 TOP 22
+-------------------//----------------+
| =================//================ |
+-----------------//------------------+
A BOTTOM Z
(at the Computer)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the Computer.
A GND Ground
B CA0 Address 0
C CA1 Address 1
D CA2 Address 2
E CA3 Address 3
F CA4 Address 4
H CA5 Address 5
J CA6 Address 6
K CA7 Address 7
L CA8 Address 8
M CA9 Address 9
N CA10 Address 10
P CA11 Address 11
R CA12 Address 12
S CA13 Address 13
T I/O 2 Decoded I/O block 2, starting at $9130
U I/O 3 Decoded I/O block 3, starting at $9140
V S02 Phase 2 System Clock
W /NMI Non maskable Interrupt
X /RESET 6502 Reset
Y n/c Not connected
Z GND Ground
1 GND Ground
2 CD0 Data 0
3 CD1 Data 1
4 CD2 Data 2
5 CD3 Data 3
6 CD4 Data 4
7 CD5 Data 5
8 CD6 Data 6
9 CD7 Data 7
10 /BLK 1 BLK 1 (Memory location $2000 - $3fff)
13 /BLK 5 BLK 5 (Memory location $a000 - $bfff)
14 RAM 1 RAM 1 (Memory location $0400 - $07ff)
15 RAM 2 RAM 2 (Memory location $0800 - $0bff)
16 RAM 3 RAM 3 (Memory location $0c00 - $0fff)
17 V R/W Read/Write from Vic chip (1=R, 0=W)
18 C R/W Read/Write from CPU (1=R, 0=W)
19 /IRQ 6502 Interrupt Request
21 +5V +5 VDC
22 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: Inside your Vic 20 by Ward Shrake
"The Vic Revealed" by Nick Hampshire, 1982, Hayden Book Co, Inc.
"Vic20 Programmer's Reference Guide", 1992, Commodore Business, Machines, Inc. and Howard W.
Sams & Company, Inc.
Vic 20 User I/O
(at the computer)
24 PIN MALE EDGE (DZM 12 DREH) at the computer.
1 GND Ground
2 +5V +5 VDC (100 mA max)
3 /RESET Reset, will force a Cold Start. Also a reset output for devices.
4 JOY0 This pin is connected to joystick switch 0 (See game port).
7 LIGHT PEN This pin also acts ad the input for the joystick fire button (See game port).
8 CASSETTE SWITCH This pin is connected to the sense cassette switch line.
9 ATN Serial Attention In
10 +9V AC +9 VAC (+ phase)
11 +9V AC +9 VAC (- phase)
12 GND Ground

A GND Ground
B CB1 CB1
C PB0 Data 0
D PB1 Data 1
E PB2 Data 2
F PB3 Data 3
H PB4 Data 4
J PB5 Data 5
K PB6 Data 6
L PB7 Data 7
M CB2 CB2
N GND Ground
Note: 0.156" (3.96mm) contact spacing.
The VIC gives you complete control over Port B on VIA chip #1. Eight lines for input or output are
available, as well as 2 lines for handshaking with an outside device. The I/O lines for Port B are
controlled by two locations. One is the port itself, and is located at 37136 ($9110 hex). Naturally you
PEEK it to read an input, or POKE it to set an output. Each of the eight I/O lines can be set up as either
an input or an output by setting the data direction register properly. It is located at 37138 ($9112 hex).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Nikolas Engstrm, Arwin Vosselman, Jestin Nesselroad, Larry
Anderson
Source: Commodore VIC-20 User Manual
Commodore VIC-20 Programmer's Reference
Guide
Alcatel HC600/800/1000
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
I I I I I I I I
O O 17
I I I I I I I I
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
17 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR on the phone
Pin Description
1 Vbat_ext
2 EMMI_PAE
3 Mic
4 EMMI_OPE
5 GND
6 EXT_EMET
7 SCL_E
8 EXT_RECDIT
9 SDA_E
10 GND
11 GND
12 DC_IN (charge)
13 Speaker
14 MARCHE
15 DC_IN (charge)
16 GND
17 Antenna+internal switch (int/ext)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Alcatel HC600/800/1000 pinout at Technick.
net
Ericsson 218/337/318/388
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR
Pin Dir Description
1 Voice
2 +5V=External Power, 0V=Battery
3 Ext Speak control
4 - Analog GND
5 Voice
6 +5V=POWER ON, 0V=POWER OFF
7 Charger control
8 - Digital/DC GND
9 0V=normal,+5V=test, +12V=test+flash
10 Hook
11 TTL serial in
12 TTL serial out
13 0V for aprox 1 sec = POWER ON/OFF
14 DC Power supply
Direction is phone relative world.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Ericsson 218/318/337/388 pinout at Technick.
net
Ericsson 628/788
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR
Pin Description
1 Audio Out
2 Audio In
3 Accessory Sense. GND to enable External Mic and Speaker (Analog)
4 Audio Signal GND
5 Portable handsfree In.
6 Music Mute Out, High when phone is used.
7
In Flash Memory Voltage and Service Voltage,
In 0V=normal,+5V=test, +12V=test+flash
8 Logic Out, Status On. Sources over 100mA
9 Data Out from Mobile Station. Debug messages appear here at 112KBaud when in debug mode.
10 Digital Ground and DC return
11 Data in
12 DC in for battery charging, DC out for accessory power
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Ericsson 628/788 pinout at Technick.
net
Ericsson 688/888
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR
Pin Description
1 + external power supply (7.2Volt - 600mA)
2 RS232 input (TTL)
3 GND (digital)
4 RS232 output (TTL)
5 +5V output
6 Test. Switch phone off and provide +5V and switch back on. (set comms at 9600, n,8,1)
7 Mute
8 Internal/external mic and ear (0=External - open=Internal)
9 GND (analogic)
10 ? Related to Mic/Speak
11 BF in
12 BF out
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Ericsson 688/888 pinout at Technick.
net
Motorola 6200/7500/8200/8400/8700
ANT- (O) | | | | | | | | | |
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Top of phone (screen)
Pin Signal Description
1 Audio Ground
2 Ext b+
3 T Data
4 C Data
5 R Data
6 Logic Ground
7 Audio Out - on/off
8 Audio In
9 Manual Test
10 Battery Feedback
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Motorola 6200/7500/8200/8400/8700 pinout at Technick.
net
NEC P3
+----------------------+
| 1 2 3 4 5 6 |
| o o o o o o |
| O |
| o o o o o o |
| 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
+----------------------+
Pin Description
1 Audio out (EAR)
2 Audio out (EAR/SPEAKER)
3 Audio out (SPEAKER)
4 SDATA (Serial Data)
5 No Connect
6 VCC (+8V)
7 No Connect
8 Audio in (MIC)
9 GND
10 BUSY
11 SCLK (Serial Clock)
12 GND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
NEC P3 pinout at Technick.
net
Nokia 1610
(at the cellular phone)
NOKIA SPECIAL at the cellular phone.
1 GND Charger/System Ground
2 V_OUT Accessory Output Supply. (3.4V...10V - 50mA)
3 XMIC External Microphone Input and Accessory Identification
4 NC Not Connected
5 NC Not Connected
6 MBUS Serial Control Bus
7 NC Not Connected
8 SGND Signal Ground
9 XEAR External Speaker and Mute Control
10 Hook Hook Signal
11 NC Not Connected
12 V_IN Charging Supply Voltage (Max 16V)
XMIC: External Microphone Input and Accessory Identification
U low U high Description
1.15 V 1.4 V Compact Handsfree Unit Connected
1.7 V 2.05 Headset Adapter Connected
MBUS: Serial Control Bus
0.0 V 0.5 V Logic Low Level
2.4 V 3.2 V Logic High Level
XEAR: External Speaker and Mute Control
0.0 V 0.5 V Mute ON (HF Speaker Mute)
1.0 V 1.7 V Mute OFF (HF Speaker Active)
Hook: Hook Signal
0.0 V 0.5 V Hook Off (Handset in Use)
2.4 V 3.2 V Hook On (Handset in Use)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Nokia 1610 pinout at Technick.
net
Nokia 2110
+-----------------------------------------+
| 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 |
| ANT o o o o o o o o Charge |
| (O) [ ] (o) |
| o o o o o o o o |
| 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 |
+-----------------------------------------+
1 GND Digital ground
2 MIC/JCONN
External audio input from accessories or handsfree microphone. Multiplexed with
junction box connection control signal
3 AGND Analogue ground for accessories
4 TDA Transmitted DBUS data to the accessories
5 M2BUS Serial Bidirectional data and control between the handportable and accessories
6 HOOK/RXD2 Hook indication. HP has a 100KE pull-up resistor
7 PHFS/TXD2 Handsfree device power on/off, data to flash programming device
8 VCHAR Battery charging voltage
9 GND Digital ground
10 EAR/HFPWR External Audio output to accessories or handsfree speaker
11 DSYNC DBUS data bit sync clock
12 RDA DBUS recieved data from the accessories
13 BENA Power supply to headset adapter
14 VF Programming voltage for FLASH
15 DCLK DBUS data clock
16 VCHAR Battery charging voltage
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Nokia 2110 pinout at Technick.
net
Nokia 31xx/81xx
1 GND Charger/System Ground
2 V_OUT Accessory Output Supply. (3.4V...10V - 50mA)
3 XMIC External Microphone Input and Accessory Identification
4 EXT_RF External RF Control Input
5 TX FBUS Transmit
6 MBUS Serial Control Bus
7 BENA Not Connected
8 SGND Signal Ground
9 XEAR External Speaker and Mute Control
10 Hook Hook Signal
11 RX FBUS Receive
12 V_IN Charging Supply Voltage (Max 16V)
XMIC: External Microphone Input and Accessory Identification
1.15 V 1.4 V Compact Handsfree Unit Connected
1.7 V 2.05 Headset Adapter Connected
2.22 V 2.56 V Infra Red Link Conneceted
EXT_RF: External RF Control Input
0.0 V 0.5 V External RF in use
2.4 V 3.2 V Internal Antenna in use
MBUS: Serial Control Bus
0.0 V 0.5 V Logic Low Level
2.4 V 3.2 V Logic High Level
XEAR: External Speaker and Mute Control
0.0 V 0.5 V Mute ON (HF Speaker Mute)
1.0 V 1.7 V Mute OFF (HF Speaker Active)
Hook: Hook Signal
0.0 V 0.5 V Hook Off (Handset in Use)
2.4 V 3.2 V Hook On (Handset in Use)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Nokia 31xx/81xx pinout at Technick.
net
Nokia 5110/6110
Pin Description
1 VIN CHARGER INPUT VOLTAGE 8.4V 0.8A
2 CHRG CTRL CHARGER CONTROL PWM 32Khz
3 XMIC MIC INPUT 60mV - 1V
4 SGND SIGNAL GROUND
5 XEAR EAR OUTPUT 80mV - 1V
6 MBUS 9600 B/S
7 FBUS_RX 9.6 - 230.4 KB/S
8 FBUS_TX 9.6 - 230.4 KB/S
9 L_GND CHARGER / LOGIC GND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Nokia 5110/6110 pinout at Technick.
net
Panasonic G500
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR
1 GND --- Ground
2 TX_Audio --> ?
3 AGND --- Audio_Ground
4 HF_ON (L=ON) --> L=H/F ON
5 AOP_Sense <-- Data Adaptor Select
6 Serial_Up <-- UART up (9600,33.8kbps)
7 Serial_Down --> UART down
8 External_Power <-- POWER FOR CHARGING
9 Ground
10 RX_Audio <--
11 Radio_Mute --> L=MUTE
12 HF_Sense <-- L=H/F MODE
13 Reserved L=FLASH WRITE ENABLE
14 Ignition <-- H=ON
15 Logic_Power --> H=HANDSET ON
16 PAON --> Power Amplifier Control Signal
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Panasonic G500 pinout at Technick.
net
Phillips Fizz/Spark
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR
Pin Description
1 GROUND
2 GROUND
3 HANDS FREE ON/OFF
4 MUTE
5 TX
6 RX
7 RTS
8 REPROGRAMMING
9 ON HOOK CHARGER (APPROX 13V? TO 14V)
10 AUX MIC
11 AUX SPEAKER
12 GROUND
13 +VCC for Car Charger
14 +VCC for Car Charger
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Philips Fizz/Spark pinout at Technick.
net
Siemens C25/S25
Top
+-------------------------------------+
Left | [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | Right
| 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 |
+-------------------------------------+
1 GND - Ground
2 SELF-SERVICE in/out Recognition/control battery charger
3 LOAD in Charging voltage
4 BATTERY out Battery (S25 only)
5 DATA OUT out Data sent (S25 only)
6 DATA IN in Data received (S25 only)
7 Z_CLK - Recognition/control accessories
8 Z_DATA - Recognition/control accessories
9 MICG - Ground for microphone
10 MIC in Microphone input
11 AUD out Loudspeaker
12 AUDG - Ground for external speaker
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Siemens C25/S25 pinout at Technick.
net
Sony CMD 1000
SONY SPECIAL at the cellular phone.
Pin Description
1 Power (+ 9V)
2 Battery charge
3 Handsfree sos
4 Handsfree extern (10K resistor to +9 to enable handsfree functions)
5 TXE
6 RXE
7 Ignition (10K resistor to +9 to illuminate the display continiously)
8 Antenna extern (10K resistor to ground to enable external microphone and antenna)
9 Audio 1
10 Audio 2 (loudspeaker amplifier output)
11 Microphone (use electrect microfoon and 46 db preamp.)
12 Audio ground (do not connect to 13 and 14 )
13 Ground (supply)
14 Ground (supply)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Sony CMD1000 pinout at Technick.
net
144 pin SO DIMM
SO SIMM=Small Outline Single Inline Memory Module
(at the computer)
144 PIN SO SIMM at the computer.
Pin Normal ECC Description
1 VSS VSS Ground
2 VSS VSS Ground
3 DQ0 DQ0 Data 0
4 DQ32 DQ32 Data 32
5 DQ1 DQ1 Data 1
6 DQ33 DQ33 Data 33
7 DQ2 DQ2 Data 2
8 DQ34 DQ34 Data 34
9 DQ3 DQ3 Data 3
10 DQ35 DQ35 Data 35
11 VCC VCC +5 VDC
12 VCC VCC +5 VDC
13 DQ4 DQ4 Data 4
15 DQ5 DQ5 Data 5
17 DQ6 DQ6 Data 6
19 DQ7 DQ7 Data 7
21 VSS VSS Ground
22 VSS VSS Ground
23 /CAS0 /CAS0 Column Address Strobe 0
27 VCC VCC +5 VDC
28 VCC VCC +5 VDC
29 A0 A0 Address 0
30 A3 A3 Address 3
31 A1 A1 Address 1
32 A4 A4 Address 4
33 A2 A2 Address 2
34 A5 A5 Address 5
35 VSS VSS Ground
36 VSS VSS Ground
37 DQ8 DQ8 Data 8
39 DQ9 DQ9 Data 9
45 VCC VCC +5 VDC
46 VCC VCC +5 VDC
55 VSS VSS Ground
56 VSS VSS Ground
57 n/c CB0
58 n/c CB4
59 n/c CB1
60 n/c CB5
61 DU DU Don't use
62 DU DU Don't use
63 VCC VCC +5 VDC
64 VCC VCC +5 VDC
65 DU DU Don't use
66 DU DU Don't use
67 /WE /WE Read/Write
68 n/c n/c Not connected
69 /RAS0 /RAS0 Row Address Strobe 0
73 /OE /OE
75 VSS VSS Ground
76 VSS VSS Ground
77 n/c CB2
78 n/c CB6
79 n/c CB3
80 n/c CB7
81 VCC VCC +5 VDC
82 VCC VCC +5 VDC
91 VSS VSS Ground
92 VSS VSS Ground
100 DQ55 DQ55 Data 55
101 VCC VCC +5 VDC
102 VCC VCC +5 VDC
103 A6 A6 Address 6
104 A7 A7 Address 7
105 A8 A8 Address 8
107 VSS VSS Ground
108 VSS VSS Ground
109 A9 A9 Address 9
113 VCC VCC +5 VDC
114 VCC VCC +5 VDC
119 VSS VSS Ground
120 /VSS /VSS Ground
121 DQ24 DQ24 Data 24
122 DQ56 DQ56 Data 56
123 DQ25 DQ25 Data 25
124 DQ57 DQ57 Data 57
125 DQ26 DQ26 Data 26
126 DQ58 DQ58 Data 58
127 DQ27 DQ27 Data 27
128 DQ59 DQ59 Data 59
129 VCC VCC +5 VDC
130 VCC VCC +5 VDC
131 DQ28 DQ28 Data 28
132 DQ60 DQ60 Data 60
133 DQ29 DQ29 Data 29
134 DQ61 DQ61 Data 61
135 DQ30 DQ30 Data 30
136 DQ62 DQ62 Data 62
137 DQ31 DQ31 Data 31
138 DQ63 DQ63 Data 63
139 VSS VSS Ground
140 VSS VSS Ground
141 SDA SDA
142 SCL SCL
143 VCC VCC +5 VDC
144 VCC VCC +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
Brown
Source:
Various productsheets at IBM Memory
Products
168 pin DRAM DIMM (Unbuffered)
DIMM=Dual Inline Memory Module
(at the computer)
168 PIN DIMM at the computer.
Front Side (left side 1-42, right side 43-84)
Back Side (left side 85-126, right side 127-168)
Front, Left
Pin Non-Parity? Parity? 72 ECC? 80 ECC? Description
1 VSS VSS VSS VSS Ground
2 DQ0 DQ0 DQ0 DQ0 Data 0
6 VCC VCC VCC VCC +5 VDC or +3.3 VDC
21 n/c CB0 CB0 CB0 Parity/Check Bit Input/Output 0
24 n/c n/c n/c CB8 Parity/Check Bit Input/Output 8
27 /WE0 /WE0 /WE0 /WE0 Read/Write Input
28 /CAS0 /CAS0 /CAS0 /CAS0 Column Address Strobe 0
30 /RAS0 /RAS0 /RAS0 /RAS0 Row Address Strobe 0
31 /OE0 /OE0 /OE0 /OE0 Output Enable
33 A0 A0 A0 A0 Address 0
38 A10 A10 A10 A10 Address 10
39 A12 A12 A12 A12 Address 12
42 DU DU DU DU Don't Use
Front, Right
44 /OE2 /OE2 /OE2 /OE2
48 /WE2 /WE2 /WE2 /WE2 Read/Write Input
61 n/c n/c n/c n/c Not connected
82 SDA SDA SDA SDA Serial Data
83 SCL SCL SCL SCL Serial Clock
Back, Left
100 DQ44 DQ44 DQ44 DQ44 Data 44
101 DQ45 DQ45 DQ45 DQ45 Data 45
103 DQ46 DQ46 DQ46 DQ46 Data 46
104 DQ47 DQ47 DQ47 DQ47 Data 47
122 A11 A11 A11 A11 Address 11
123 A13 A13 A13 A13 Address 13
Back, Right
129 /RAS3 /RAS3 /RAS3 /RAS3 Column Address Strobe 3
139 DQ48 DQ48 DQ48 DQ48 Data 48
140 DQ49 DQ49 DQ49 DQ49 Data 49
141 DQ50 DQ50 DQ50 DQ50 Data 50
142 DQ51 DQ51 DQ51 DQ51 Data 51
144 DQ52 DQ52 DQ52 DQ52 Data 52
149 DQ53 DQ53 DQ53 DQ53 Data 53
150 DQ54 DQ54 DQ54 DQ54 Data 54
151 DQ55 DQ55 DQ55 DQ55 Data 55
153 DQ56 DQ56 DQ56 DQ56 Data 56
154 DQ57 DQ57 DQ57 DQ57 Data 57
155 DQ58 DQ58 DQ58 DQ58 Data 58
156 DQ59 DQ59 DQ59 DQ59 Data 59
158 DQ60 DQ60 DQ60 DQ60 Data 60
159 DQ61 DQ61 DQ61 DQ61 Data 61
160 DQ62 DQ62 DQ62 DQ62 Data 62
161 DQ63 DQ63 DQ63 DQ63 Data 63
163 CK3 CK3 CK3 CK3
165 SA0 SA0 SA0 SA0 Serial Address 0
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark
Brown
Source:
Products
168 pin SDRAM DIMM (Unbuffered)
DIMM=Dual Inline Memory Module
(at the computer)
168 PIN DIMM at the computer.
Front Side (left side 1-42, right side 43-84)
Back Side (left side 85-126, right side 127-168)
Front, Left
Pin Non-Parity 72 ECC? 80 ECC? Description
1 VSS VSS VSS Ground
2 DQ0 DQ0 DQ0 Data 0
6 VDD VDD VDD +5 VDC or +3.3 VDC
21 n/c CB0 CB0 Parity/Check Bit Input/Output 0
24 n/c n/c CB8 Parity/Check Bit Input/Output 8
27 /WE /WE /WE Read/Write
28 DQMB0 DQMB0 DQMB0 Byte Mask signal 0
30 /S0 /S0 /S0 Chip Select 0
31 DU DU DU Don't Use
33 A0 A0 A0 Address 0
38 A10/AP A10/AP A10/AP Address 10
39 BA1 BA1 BA1 Bank Address 1
42 CK0 CK0 CK0 Clock signal 0
Front, Right
61 n/c n/c n/c Not connected
62 Vref,NC Vref,NC Vref,NC
63 CKE1 CKE1 CKE1 Clock Enable Signal 1
82 SDA SDA SDA Serial Data
83 SCL SCL SCL Serial Clock
Back, Left
100 DQ44 DQ44 DQ44 Data 44
101 DQ45 DQ45 DQ45 Data 45
103 DQ46 DQ46 DQ46 Data 46
104 DQ47 DQ47 DQ47 Data 47
111 /CAS /CAS /CAS Column Address Strobe
115 /RAS /RAS /RAS Row Address Strobe
122 BA0 BA0 BA0 Bank Address 0
123 A11 A11 A11 Address 11
126 A12 A12 A12 Address 12
Back, Right
128 CKE0 CKE0 CKE0 Clock Enable Signal 0
132 A13 A13 A13 Address 13
139 DQ48 DQ48 DQ48 Data 48
140 DQ49 DQ49 DQ49 Data 49
141 DQ50 DQ50 DQ50 Data 50
142 DQ51 DQ51 DQ51 Data 51
144 DQ52 DQ52 DQ52 Data 52
146 Vref,NC Vref,NC Vref,NC
149 DQ53 DQ53 DQ53 Data 53
150 DQ54 DQ54 DQ54 Data 54
151 DQ55 DQ55 DQ55 Data 55
153 DQ56 DQ56 DQ56 Data 56
154 DQ57 DQ57 DQ57 Data 57
155 DQ58 DQ58 DQ58 Data 58
156 DQ59 DQ59 DQ59 Data 59
158 DQ60 DQ60 DQ60 Data 60
159 DQ61 DQ61 DQ61 Data 61
160 DQ62 DQ62 DQ62 Data 62
161 DQ63 DQ63 DQ63 Data 63
165 SA0 SA0 SA0 Serial address 0
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Products
30 pin SIMM
SIMM=Single Inline Memory Module.
(at the computer)
30 PIN SIMM at the computer.
1 VCC +5 VDC
2 /CAS Column Address Strobe
3 DQ0 Data 0
4 A0 Address 0
5 A1 Address 1
6 DQ1 Data 1
7 A2 Address 2
8 A3 Address 3
9 GND Ground
10 DQ2 Data 2
11 A4 Address 4
12 A5 Address 5
13 DQ3 Data 3
14 A6 Address 6
15 A7 Address 7
16 DQ4 Data 4
17 A8 Address 8
18 A9 Address 9
19 A10 Address 10
20 DQ5 Data 5
21 /WE Write Enable
22 GND Ground
23 DQ6 Data 6
24 A11 Address 11
25 DQ7 Data 7
26 QP Data Parity Out
27 /RAS Row Address Strobe
28 /CASP Something Parity ????
29 DP Data Parity In
30 VCC +5 VDC
Note: SIMM above is a 4MBx9.
QP & DP is N/C on SIMMs without parity.
A9 is N/C on 256kB.
A10 is N/C on 256kB & 1MB. A11 is N/C on 256kB, 1MB & 4MB.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Helfried
Behrendt
Source:
comp.sys.ibm.pc.hardware.* FAQ Part 4, maintained by Ralph
Valentino
72 pin ECC SIMM
SIMM=Single Inline Memory Module
ECC=Error Correcting Code.
(at the computer)
Pin ECC Optimized Description
1 VSS VSS Ground
2 DQ0 DQ0 Data 0
3 DQ1 DQ1 Data 1
4 DQ2 DQ2 Data 2
5 DQ3 DQ3 Data 3
6 DQ4 DQ4 Data 4
7 DQ5 DQ5 Data 5
8 DQ6 DQ6 Data 6
9 DQ7 DQ7 Data 7
10 VCC VCC +5 VDC
11 PD5 PD5 Presence Detect 5
12 A0 A0 Address 0
13 A1 A1 Address 1
14 A2 A2 Address 2
15 A3 A3 Address 3
16 A4 A4 Address 4
17 A5 A5 Address 5
18 A6 A6 Address 6
20 DQ8 DQ8 Data 8
21 DQ9 DQ9 Data 9
28 A7 A7 Address 7
30 VCC VCC +5 VDC
31 A8 A8 Address 8
32 A9 A9 Address 9
39 VSS VSS Ground
48 /ECC /ECC
59 VCC VCC +5 VDC
64 n/c DQ36 Data 36
65 n/c DQ37 Data 37
66 n/c DQ38 Data 38
71 n/c DQ39 Data 39
72 VSS VSS Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Products
72 pin SIMM
SIMM=Single Inline Memory Module
(at the computer)
Pin Non-Parity Parity Description
1 VSS VSS Ground
2 DQ0 DQ0 Data 0
3 DQ16 DQ16 Data 16
4 DQ1 DQ1 Data 1
5 DQ17 DQ17 Data 17
6 DQ2 DQ2 Data 2
7 DQ18 DQ18 Data 18
8 DQ3 DQ3 Data 3
9 DQ19 DQ19 Data 19
10 VCC VCC +5 VDC
12 A0 A0 Address 0
13 A1 A1 Address 1
14 A2 A2 Address 2
15 A3 A3 Address 3
16 A4 A4 Address 4
17 A5 A5 Address 5
18 A6 A6 Address 6
20 DQ4 DQ4 Data 4
22 DQ5 DQ5 Data 5
24 DQ6 DQ6 Data 6
26 DQ7 DQ7 Data 7
28 A7 A7 Address 7
30 VCC VCC +5 VDC
31 A8 A8 Address 8
32 A9 A9 Address 9
35 n/c PQ3 Parity bit 3 (for the 3rd byte, bits 16-23)
36 n/c PQ1 Parity bit 1 (for the 1st byte, bits 0-7)
37 n/c PQ2 Parity bit 2 (for the 2nd byte, bits 8-15)
38 n/c PQ4 Parity bit 4 (for the 4th byte, bits 24-31)
39 VSS VSS Ground
49 DQ8 DQ8 Data 8
51 DQ9 DQ9 Data 9
59 VCC VCC +5 VDC
72 VSS VSS Ground
Size:
PD2 PD1 Size
GND GND 4 or 64 MB
GND NC 2 or 32 MB
NC GND 1 or 16 MB
NC NC 8 MB
Accesstime:
PD4 PD3 Accesstime
GND GND 50, 100 ns
GND NC 80 ns
NC GND 70 ns
NC NC 60 ns
Notes: A9 is a N/C on 256k and 512k modules.
A10 is a N/C on 256k, 512k, 1M and 4M modules.
RAS1/RAS3 are N/C on 256k, 1M and 4M modules.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark Brown, Karsten Wenke, SOYO Computer
Inc
Source:
Products
SmartCard AFNOR
-------------+-------------
| 8 | 4 |
| | |
+-------\ | /-------+
| 7 +----+----+ 3 |
| | | |
+--------| |--------+
| 6 | | 2 |
| + +----+ |
+-------/ | \-------+
| 5 | 1 |
| | |
-------------+-------------
(at the card)
1 VCC +5 VDC
2 R/W Read/Write
3 CLOCK Clock
4 RESET Reset
5 GND Ground
6 VPP +21 VDC
7 I/O In/Out
8 FUSE Fuse
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Telecard/Smartcard Technical Spec & Info by Stephane
Bausson
SmartCard ISO
-------------+-------------
| 1 | 5 |
| | |
+-------\ | /-------+
| 2 +----+ + 6 |
| | | |
+--------| |--------+
| 3 | | 7 |
| +----+----+ |
+-------/ | \-------+
| 4 | 8 |
| | |
-------------+-------------
(at the card)
1 VCC +5 VDC
2 R/W Read/Write
3 CLOCK Clock
4 RESET Reset
5 GND Ground
6 VPP +21 VDC
7 I/O In/Out
8 FUSE Fuse
-------------+-------------
| 1 | 5 |
| | |
+-------\ | /-------+
| 2 +----+ + 6 |
| | | |
+--------| |--------+
| 3 | | 7 |
| +----+----+ |
+-------/ | \-------+
| 4 | 8 |
| | |
-------------+-------------
1 VCC +5 VDC
2 RESET Reset
3 CLOCK Clock
4 n/c Not connected
5 GND Ground
6 n/c Not connected
7 I/O In/Out
8 n/c Not connected
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Bausson
-------------+-------------
| 1 | 5 |
| | |
+-------\ | /-------+
| 2 +----+ + 6 |
| | | |
+--------| |--------+
| 3 | | 7 |
| +----+----+ |
+-------/ | \-------+
| 4 | 8 |
| | |
-------------+-------------
(at the card)
1 VCC +5 VDC
2 RESET Reset
3 CLOCK Clock
4 n/c Not connected
5 GND Ground
6 n/c Not connected
7 I/O In/Out
8 n/c Not connected
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Bausson
72 pin SO DIMM
SO DIMM=Small Outline Dual Inline Memory Module
(at the computer)
72 PIN SO DIMM at the computer.
Pin Non-Parity Parity Description
1 VSS VSS Ground
2 DQ0 DQ0 Data 0
3 DQ1 DQ1 Data 1
4 DQ2 DQ2 Data 2
5 DQ3 DQ3 Data 3
6 DQ4 DQ4 Data 4
7 DQ5 DQ5 Data 5
8 DQ6 DQ6 Data 6
9 DQ7 DQ7 Data 7
10 VCC VCC +5 VDC
12 A0 A0 Address 0
13 A1 A1 Address 1
14 A2 A2 Address 2
15 A3 A3 Address 3
16 A4 A4 Address 4
17 A5 A5 Address 5
18 A6 A6 Address 6
20 n/c PQ8 Data 8 (Parity 1)
21 DQ9 DQ9 Data 9
28 A7 A7 Address 7
30 VCC VCC +5 VDC
31 A8 A8 Address 8
32 A9 A9 Address 9
33 /RAS3 RAS3 Row Address Strobe 3
39 VSS VSS Ground
40 /CAS0 CAS0 Column Address Strobe 0
47 /WE WE Read/Write
61 VCC VCC +5 VDC
72 VSS VSS Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark Brown, Jim
Burd
Source:
Products
CDTV Memory Card
1111111111222222222233333333334
1234567890123456789012345678901234567890
+----------------------------------------+
|OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO|
+----------------------------------------+
(at the computer)
1 D0 Data Bus 0
2 D1 Data Bus 1
3 D2 Data Bus 2
4 D3 Data Bus 3
5 D4 Data Bus 4
6 D5 Data Bus 5
7 D6 Data Bus 6
8 D7 Data Bus 7
9 D8 Data Bus 8
10 D9 Data Bus 9
11 D10 Data Bus 10
12 D11 Data Bus 11
13 D12 Data Bus 12
14 D13 Data Bus 13
15 D14 Data Bus 14
16 D15 Data Bus 15
17 A1 Address Bus 1
18 A2 Address Bus 2
19 A3 Address Bus 3
20 A4 Address Bus 4
21 A5 Address Bus 5
22 A6 Address Bus 6
23 A7 Address Bus 7
24 A8 Address Bus 8
25 A9 Address Bus 9
34 R/W Read/Write (High=Read)
35 /CSMCOD Chip Select Odd Bytes
36 /CSMCEN Chip Select Even Bytes
37 VCC +5 Volts DC
38 GND Ground
39 A18 Address Bus 18 (Short J16 to connect A18 to processor bus)
40 A19 Address Bus 19 (Short J17 to connect A19 to processor bus)
Note: Address space=$E00000-$E7FFFF
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Information
CompactFlash
Developed by SanDisk.
Is compatible with PC-Card ATA with a simple passive adapter.
See PC-Card ATA for more information.
(at the controller)
1 GND Ground
2 D3 Data 3
3 D4 Data 4
4 D5 Data 5
5 D6 Data 6
6 D7 Data 7
8 A10 Address 10
9 /OE Output Enable
10 A9 Address 9
11 A8 Address 8
12 A7 Address 7
13 VCC +5V
14 A6 Address 6
15 A5 Address 5
16 A4 Address 4
17 A3 Address 3
18 A2 Address 2
19 A1 Address 1
20 A0 Address 0
21 D0 Data 0
22 D1 Data 1
23 D2 Data 2
24 /WP:/IOIS16 Write Protect : IOIS16
27 D0 Data 0
28 D0 Data 0
29 D0 Data 0
30 D0 Data 0
31 D0 Data 0
33 /VS1 Refresh
34 /IORD I/O Read
35 /IOWR I/O Write
36 /WE Write Enable
37 /READY:/RDY:/IREQ Ready : Busy : IREQ
38 VCC +5V
39 CSEL
40 /VS2 RFU
41 RESET Reset
42 /WAIT Wait
43 /INPACK
44 /REG Register Select
45 /BVD2:SPKR Battery Voltage Detect 2 : SPKR
46 /BVD1:STSCHG Battery Voltage Detect 1 : STSCHG
47 D8 Data 8
48 D9 Data 9
49 D10 Data 10
50 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SanDisk's CompactFlash ABC at SanDisk's
homepage
PC Card ATA
This specification makes it possible to share ATA & PC Card with the same connectors.
(at the controller)
Pin Namel Host Dir Dev PC-Card equiv
1 Ground x x Ground
2 DD3 x x D3
3 DD4 x x D4
4 DD5 x x D5
5 DD6 x x D6
6 DD7 x x D7
7 /CS0 x x /CE1
8 i A10
9 /SELATA x x /OE
10
11 /CS1 x x
1)
A9
12 i A8
13
14
15 i /WE
16 INTRQ x x /READY:IREQ
17 VCC x x VCC
18
19
20
21
22 i A7
23 i A6
24 i A5
25 i A4
26 i A3
27 DA2 x x A2
28 DA1 x x A1
29 DA0 x x A0
30 DD0 x x D0
31 DD1 x x D1
32 DD2 x x D2
33 /IOCS16 x x /WP:IOIS16
34 Ground x x Ground
36 /CD1 x x /CD1
37 DD11 x x D11
38 DD12 x x D12
39 DD13 x x D13
40 DD14 x x D14
41 DD15 x x D15
42 /CS1 x x
1)
/CE2
43 i /VS1
44 /DIOR x x /IORD
45 /DIOW x x /IOWR
46
47
48
49
50
51 VCC x x VCC
52
53
54
55 M/S- x x
2)

56 CSEL x x
2)

57 i /VS2
58 /RESET x x RESET
59 IORDY o x
3)
/WAIT
60 DMARQ o x
3)
/INPACK
61 /DMACK o o /REG
62 /DASP x x /BVD2:SPKR
63 /PDIAG x x /BVD1:STSCHG
64 DD8 x x D8
65 DD9 x x D9
66 DD10 x x D10
67 /CD2 x x /CD2
x = Required.
i = Ignored by host in ATA mode.
o = Optional.
nothing = Not connected.
1)
Device shall support only one /CS1 signal pin.
2)
Device shall support either /M/S or CSEL but not both.
3)
Device shall hold this signal negated if it does not support this function.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
ATA-2
specifications
Power Mac L2 Cache
PowerMac 7200, 7500, 8500, 9500
Pin Name
1 +5 V
2 GND
3 D0
4 D2
5 D4
6 D6
7 GND
8 D8
9 D10
10 D12
11 D14
12 GND
13 +5 V
14 GND
15 D16
16 D18
17 D20
18 D22
19 GND
20 D24
21 D26
22 D28
23 D30
24 GND
25 +5 V
26 GND
27 T0
28 T2
29 T4
30 T6
31 GND
32 T8
33 T10
34 T12
35 T14
36 GND
37 +5 V
38 GND
39 CLK
40 GND
41 /TOEN
42 /TWEN
43 /ADV
44 A12
45 CSIZ(1)
46 A14
47 A16
48 A18
49 A20
50 GND
51 A22
52 A24
53 A26
54 A28
55 GND
56 +5 V
57 GND
58 D32
59 D34
60 D36
61 D38
62 GND
63 D40
64 D42
65 D44
66 D46
67 GND
68 +5 V
69 GND
70 D48
71 D50
72 D52
73 D54
74 GND
75 D56
76 D58
77 D60
78 D62
79 GND
80 +5 V
81 +3.3 V
82 GND
83 D1
84 D3
85 D5
86 D7
87 GND
88 D9
89 D11
90 D13
91 D15
92 GND
93 +3.3 V
94 GND
95 D17
96 D19
97 D21
98 D23
99 GND
100 D25
101 D27
102 D29
103 D31
104 GND
105 +3.3 V
106 GND
107 T1
108 T3
109 T5
110 T7
111 GND
112 T9
113 T11
114 T13
115 T15
116 GND
117 +3.3 V
118 GND
119 CPRES
120 A11
121 /DOEN
122 /DWEN
123 /ADSC
124 /CSIZ(2)
125 GND
126 A13
127 A15
128 A17
129 A19
130 GND
131 A21
132 A23
133 A25
134 A27
135 GND
136 +3.3 V
137 D33
138 D35
139 D35
140 D37
141 D39
142 GND
143 D41
144 D43
145 D45
146 D47
147 GND
148 +3.3 V
149 GND
150 D49
151 D51
152 D53
153 D55
154 GND
155 D57
156 D59
157 D61
158 D63
159 GND
160 +3.3 V
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 18547: Power Macintosh 7200, 7500, 8500, 9500 Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
Atari ACSI DMA
Used to connect Laser printers or Harddrives.
(at the Computer)
(at the Devices)
19 PIN D-SUB ?? at the Computer.
19 PIN D-SUB ?? at the Devices.
1 D0 Data 0
2 D1 Data 1
3 D2 Data 2
4 D3 Data 3
5 D4 Data 4
6 D5 Data 5
7 D6 Data 6
8 D7 Data 7
9 /CS Chip Select
10 IRQ Interrupt Request
11 GND Ground
12 /RST Reset
13 GND Ground
14 ACK Acknowledge
15 GND Ground
16 A1 ?
17 GND Ground
18 R/W Read/Write
19 REQ Data Request
Contributor:
Blair
Source: ?
Triplite OmniPro 675 UPS
Unknown connector
Pin Description
1 Common/Negative
2 External inverter shutdown, positive side
3 line fail, normaly open contact
4 return/external inverter shutdown negative side
5 line fail, normaly closed contact
6 low battery, positive side (2 minute warning)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Triplite OmniPro 675 UPS pinout at The Pin-Out
directory
UPS YUNTO P Series (250/500/750/1250)
(at the UPS)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the UPS.
1 Battery Mode out
This pin is shorted to PIN 5 (ground) if the mains power supply fails
or is out of tolerance. (NORMALLY OPEN)
2 - - -
3 - - -
4 - - -
5 Ground - Ground terminal and common root of contacts at PIN 1, 8 and 9
6 - - -
7 UPS shut-down IN
If a positive signal level (+5V to +12V DC) is applied, the UPS
system switches off (PIN 5 is ground)
8 Battery Capacity Low OUT
This pin is shorted to PIN 5 (ground) if the batteries have been
discharged to such an extent that the remaining stored energy time is
less than 2 minutes. (NORMALLY OPEN)
9 Battery Mode OUT
The connection between this pin and PIN 5 (ground) is disconnected
if the main power supply fails oe is out of tolerance. (NORMALLY
CLOSED)
Note: Direction is relative to UPS.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Apple AUI (AAUI)
0.050-inch-spaced ribbon contact connector.
1 FN Pwr Power (+12V @ 2.1W or +5V @ 1.9W)
2 DI-A Data In circuit A
3 DI-B Data In circuit B
4 VCC Voltage Common
5 CI-A Control In circuit A
6 CI-B Control In circuit B
7 +5V +5 volts (from host)
8 +5V Secondary +5 volts (from host)
9 DO-A Data Out circuit A
10 DO-B Data Out circuit B
11 VCC Secondary Voltage Common
12 NC Reserved
13 NC Reserved
14 FN Pwr Secondary +12V @ 2.1W or +5V @ 1.9W
Shell Protective Gnd Protective Ground
Available on Macintosh Quadra computers, Apple Ethernet NB Card, and LaserWriter IIg printers?
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 8863 at Apple TIL
homepage
AUI
Is the directions right???
(at the Ethernet card)
15 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the Ethernet card.
Pin Description
1 control in circuit shield
2 control in circuit A
3 data out circuit A
4 data in circuit shield
5 data in circuit A
6 voltage common
7 ?
8 control out circuit shield
9 control in circuit B
10 data out circuit B
11 data out circuit shield
12 data in circuit B
13 voltage plus
14 voltage shield
15 ?
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
Media Independent Interface (MII)
40 PIN HI-DENSITY D-SUB FEMALE at the network device.
40 PIN HI-DENSITY D-SUB MALE at the transciever.
1 V +5 Vdc/ 3.3 Vdc
2 MDIO MII Data Input/Output
3 MDC MII Data Clock
4 RxD Rx Data
5 RxD Rx Data
6 RxD Rx Data
7 RxD Rx Data
8 Rx_DV Rx Data Valid
9 Rx_CLK Rx Clock
10 Rx_ER Rx Error
11 Tx_ER Tx Error
12 Tx_CLK Tx Clock
13 Tx_EN Tx Enable
14 TxD Tx Data
15 TxD Tx Data
16 TxD Tx Data
17 TxD Tx Data
18 COL Collision
19 CRS Carrier Sense
20 V +5 Vdc/ +3.3 Vdc
21 V +5 Vdc/ +3.3 Vdc
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 GND Ground
25 GND Ground
26 GND Ground
27 GND Ground
28 GND Ground
29 GND Ground
30 GND Ground
31 GND Ground
32 GND Ground
33 GND Ground
34 GND Ground
35 GND Ground
36 GND Ground
37 GND Ground
38 GND Ground
39 GND Ground
40 V +5 Vdc/ +3.3 Vdc
Note: Direction is DTE (Network device) relative DCE (Transciever).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Mark S
Stephenson
Source:
Ethernet (IEEE802.3) page at Connectivity Knowledge Platform (Made
IT)
A Tech Doc at Cisco Systems
SUN AUI
26 PIN HI-DENSITY D-SUB FEMALE at the motherboard.
26 PIN HI-DENSITY D-SUB MALE at the cable.
Pin Name
1 Transmit -
2 Receive +
3 Collision -
4 AUI Power
5 N/C
6 N/C
7 N/C
8 N/C
9 N/C
10 N/C
11 N/C
12 N/C
13 N/C
14 Transmit +
15 Receive -
16 Collision +
17 Ground
18 N/C
19 N/C
20 N/C
21 N/C
22 N/C
23 Ground
24 Ground
25 N/C
26 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
site
Ethernet 10/100Base-T
Same connector and pinout for both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX.
(at the network interface cards/hubs)
(at the cables)
RJ45 FEMALE CONNECTOR at the network interface cards/hubs.
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR at the cables.
1 TX+ Transmit Data+
2 TX- Transmit Data-
3 RX+ Receive Data+
4 n/c Not connected
5 n/c Not connected
6 RX- Receive Data-
7 n/c Not connected
8 n/c Not connected
Note: TX & RX are swapped on Hub's.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Jeffrey R.
Broido
Source: ?
Ethernet 1000Base-T
1000 Base-T uses all pairs for bidirectional traffic in the RJ45 connector. Cables used should be of
Category 5e(nhanced), even though Category 5 cables usually works too.
(at the cables)
1 BI_DA+ Bi-directional pair A +
2 BI_DA- Bi-directional pair A -
3 BI_DB+ Bi-directional pair B +
4 BI_DC+ Bi-directional pair C +
5 BI_DC- Bi-directional pair C -
6 BI_DB- Bi-directional pair B -
7 BI_DD+ Bi-directional pair D +
8 BI_DD- Bi-directional pair D -
Contributor:
Niklas
Edmundsson,
Source:
IEEE Std 802.3, 2000
Edition
Ethernet 100Base-T4
100Base-T4 uses all four pairs. 100Base-TX only uses two pairs.
(at the cables)
1 TX_D1+ Tranceive Data+
2 TX_D1- Tranceive Data-
3 RX_D2+ Receive Data+
4 BI_D3+ Bi-directional Data+
5 BI_D3- Bi-directional Data-
6 RX_D2- Receive Data-
7 BI_D4+ Bi-directional Data+
8 BI_D4- Bi-directional Data-
Note: TX & RX are swapped on Hub's. Don't know about Bi-directional data.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Kim
Scholte
Source: ?
Network Information
Networking standards
10Base-T (Standard Ethernet)
G Speed: 10 Mbit/s
G Connectors: RJ45
G Cables: Twisted Pair (category 3)
G Wiring scheme: EIA/TIA 568B
G Maximum cable length: 100 m
G Star Topology
100Base-T (Fast Ethernet)
G Speed: 100 Mbit/s
G Connectors: RJ45
G Star Topology
1000Base-T (Gigabit Ethernet)
G Speed: 1000 Mbit/s
G Connectors: RJ45
G Cables: Twisted Pair (category 5 Enhanced)
G Star Topology
10Base-2 (Thin Ethernet)
G Speed: 10 Mbit/s
G Connectors: BNC
G Cables: RG58 (50 ohm)
G Maximum cable segment length: 185 m
G Maximum devices per cable segment: 30
G Minimum distance between devices: 0.3 m?
G Bus Topology
G Terminators in each end: 50 ohm
10Base-5 (Thick Ethernet)
G Speed: 10 Mbit/s
G Connectors: N-Type
G Cables: RG8
G Maximum devices per cable segment: 100
G Minimum distance between devices: 2.5 m
G Bus Topology
G Terminators in each end: 50 ohm
TokenRing
G Speed: 4 or 16 Mbit/s
G Connectors: RJ45 or IBM Data Connector
G Maximum ring length: 168m at 16Mbit/s, 360 m at 4Mbit/s
G Maximum cable length: Depends on ring length and network layout
G Maximum devices per network: 72 (UTP) or 250-260 (Type1)
G Token based ring Topology (physical star, logical ring)
Cabeling
Twisted Pair
Category type Bandwidth Typical speed
Category 3 16 MHz 16 Mbit/s
Category 5 Enhanced 125 MHz 100 Mbit/s (1000Mbit/s with 1000BaseT)

Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
From the head of Joakim
gren
ECP Parallel
ECP = Extended Capabilities Port
(at the PC)
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the PC.
1 nStrobe Strobe
2 data0 Address, Data or RLE Data Bit 0
10 /nAck Acknowledge
11 Busy Busy
12 PError Paper End
13 Select Select
14 /nAutoFd Autofeed
15 /nFault Error
16 /nInit Initialize
17 /nSelectIn Select In
18 GND Signal Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Marco
Furter
Source:
Microsoft MSDN Library: Extended Capabilities Port
Specs
Info:
Microsoft MSDN
Library
ECP Parallel (technical)
This file is designed to give a basic overview of the port found in most newer PC computers called ECP
Parallel port.
This file is not intended to be a thorough coverage of the standard. It is for informational purposes only,
and is intended to give designers and hobbyists sufficient information to design their own ECP
compatible devices.
nStrobe
This signal is registers data or address into the slave on the assering edge during .
data 0-7
Contains address, data or RLE data. Can be used in both directions.
nAck
Valid data driven by the peripheral when asserted. This signal handshakes with nAutoFd in reverse.
Busy
This signal deasserts to indicate that the peripheral can accept data. In forward direction this handshakes
with nStrobe. In the reverse direction this signal indicates that the data is RLE compressed by being low.
PError
Used to acknowledge a change in the direction of transfer. High=Forward.
Select
Printer is online.
nAutoFd
Requests a byte of data from the peripheral when asserted, handshaking with nAck in the reverse
direction. In the forward direction this signal indicates whether the data lines contain ECP address or
data.
nFault
Generates an error interrupt when asserted.
nInit
Sets the transfer direction. High=Reverse, Low=Forward.
nSelectIn
Low in ECP mode.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rob
Gill
Source:
Specs
Info:
Microsoft MSDN
Library
IEEE1284-B
(at the Printer)
36 PIN CENTRONICS FEMALE at the Printer.
1 nStrobe Strobe
10 /nAck Acknowledge
11 Busy Busy
12 PError Paper End
13 Select Select
32 /nFault Error
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Info:
Microsoft MSDN
Library
IEEE1284-C
36 PIN HI-DENSITY CENTRONICS???
1 Busy Busy
2 Select Select
3 /nAck Acknowledge
4 /nFault Error
5 PError Paper End
15 nStrobe Strobe
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Marco
Furter
Source:
Specs
Info:
Microsoft MSDN
Library
MSX Parallel
(at the Computer)
14 PIN CENTRONICS FEMALE at the Computer.
1 /STB Strobe
2 PDB0 Data 0
3 PDB1 Data 1
4 PDB2 Data 2
5 PDB3 Data 3
6 PDB4 Data 4
7 PDB5 Data 5
8 PDB6 Data 6
9 PDB7 Data 7
10 n/c -
11 BUSY Printer is busy
12 n/c -
13 n/c -
14 GND - Signal Ground
Note: Direction is Computer relative Printer.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
map
Parallel (Amiga 1000)
(at the Amiga 1000)
25 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Amiga 1000.
1 /STROBE Strobe
2 D0 Data Bit 0
3 D1 Data Bit 1
4 D2 Data Bit 2
5 D3 Data Bit 3
6 D4 Data Bit 4
7 D5 Data Bit 5
8 D6 Data Bit 6
9 D7 Data Bit 7
10 /ACK Acknowledge
11 BUSY Busy
12 POUT Paper Out
13 SEL Select (Shared with RS232 RING-indicator)
25 /RESET Reset
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Parallel (Amiga)
(at the Amiga)
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the Amiga.
1 /STROBE Strobe
2 D0 Data Bit 0
3 D1 Data Bit 1
4 D2 Data Bit 2
5 D3 Data Bit 3
6 D4 Data Bit 4
7 D5 Data Bit 5
8 D6 Data Bit 6
9 D7 Data Bit 7
10 /ACK Acknowledge
11 BUSY Busy
12 POUT Paper Out
13 SEL Select (Shared with RS232 RING-indicator)
14 +5V PULLUP +5 Volts DC (10 mA max)
16 /RESET Reset
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Parallel (Olivetti M10)
Available on an old portable computer called Olivetti M10.
(at the Computer)
26 PIN IDC MALE at the Computer.
1 /STROBE Strobe
2 D0 Data Bit 0
3 D1 Data Bit 1
4 D2 Data Bit 2
5 D3 Data Bit 3
6 D4 Data Bit 4
7 D5 Data Bit 5
8 D6 Data Bit 6
9 D7 Data Bit 7
10 /ACK Acknowledge
11 BUSY Busy
12 PE Paper End
13 SELIN Select In
25 RESETGND Reset Ground
26 /RESET Reset
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Filippo
Fiani
Source: ?
Parallel (PC)
(at the PC)
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the PC.
1 /STROBE Strobe
2 D0 Data Bit 0
3 D1 Data Bit 1
4 D2 Data Bit 2
5 D3 Data Bit 3
6 D4 Data Bit 4
7 D5 Data Bit 5
8 D6 Data Bit 6
9 D7 Data Bit 7
10 /ACK Acknowledge
11 BUSY Busy
12 PE Paper End
13 SEL Select
14 /AUTOFD Autofeed
15 /ERROR Error
16 /INIT Initialize
17 /SELIN Select In
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Petr
Krc
Source: ?
Parallel (SUN)
26 PIN HI-DENSITY D-SUB CONNECTOR
1 /STROBE Strobe
2 D0 Data Bit 0
3 D1 Data Bit 1
4 D2 Data Bit 2
5 D3 Data Bit 3
6 D4 Data Bit 4
7 D5 Data Bit 5
8 D6 Data Bit 6
9 D7 Data Bit 7
10 /ACK Acknowledge
11 BUSY Busy
12 PE Paper End
13 SEL Select
14 /AUTOFD Autofeed
15 /ERROR Error
16 /RESET Reset
17 /SELIN Select In
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
site
SUN SPARCengine Ultra 20 OEM Manual
Amstrad CPC6128 Printer Port
(at the computer)
1 /STROBE Strobe
2 D0 Data 0
3 D1 Data 1
4 D2 Data 2
5 D3 Data 3
6 D4 Data 4
7 D5 Data 5
8 D6 Data 6
9 GND Ground
11 BUSY Busy
14 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
19 GND Ground
20 GND Ground
21 GND Ground
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 GND Ground
25 GND Ground
26 GND Ground
28 GND Ground
33 GND Ground
Note: Pin 18 does not exist
Contributor:
Guarracino
Source:
Manual
Centronics
(at the Printer)
36 PIN CENTRONICS FEMALE at the Printer.
1 /STROBE Strobe
2 D0 Data Bit 0
3 D1 Data Bit 1
4 D2 Data Bit 2
5 D3 Data Bit 3
6 D4 Data Bit 4
7 D5 Data Bit 5
8 D6 Data Bit 6
9 D7 Data Bit 7
10 /ACK Acknowledge
11 BUSY Busy
12 POUT Paper Out
13 SEL Select
14 /AUTOFEED Autofeed
15 n/c - Not used
16 0 V Logic Ground
17 CHASSIS GND Shield Ground
18 +5 V PULLUP +5 V DC (50 mA max)
19 GND Signal Ground (Strobe Ground)
20 GND Signal Ground (Data 0 Ground)
28 GND Signal Ground (Acknowledge Ground)
29 GND Signal Ground (Busy Ground)
30 /GNDRESET Reset Ground
31 /RESET Reset
32 /FAULT Fault (Low when offline)
33 0 V Signal Ground
34 n/c - Not used
35 +5 V +5 V DC
36 /SLCT IN Select In (Taking low or high sets printer on line or off line respectively)
Note: Direction is Printer relative Computer.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Peter Korsgaard, Petr
Krc
Source: ?
Dataproducts D-Sub 50 Parallel
(at ???)
(at ???)
50 PIN D-SUB MALE at ???.
50 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at ???.
Pin Return Dir Description Active State
22 6 Ready High
21 5 On Line High
23 7 Demand High
38 37 Data Strobe High
19 3 Data 1 n/a
20 4 Data 2 n/a
1 2 Data 3 n/a
41 40 Data 4 n/a
34 18 Data 5 n/a
43 42 Data 6 n/a
36 35 Data 7 n/a
28 44 Data 8 n/a
29 13 Parity n/a
50 32 Ident 0 n/a
49 16 Ident 1 n/a
46 47 Interface Verify Low
12 39 +5 VDC (Test) High
27 11 Parity Error High
25 9 Bottom of Form High
24 8 Top of Form High
30 14 Paper Instruction High
31 15 Buffer Clear High
26 10 Paper Moving High
48 17 Paper Moving High
47 33 Not VFU High
Note: Direction is Host (Computer) relative Peripheral (Printer).
Note: Return is Ground signal for Unbalanced and the Negative Signal for Balanced.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Dataproducts M/50 Parallel
(at ???)
(at ???)
50 PIN M/50 MALE at ???.
50 PIN M/50 FEMALE at ???.
Pin Return Dir Description Active State
CC EE Ready High
Y AA On Line High
E C Demand High
j m Data Strobe High
B D Data 1 n/a
F J Data 2 n/a
L N Data 3 n/a
R T Data 4 n/a
V X Data 5 n/a
Z b Data 6 n/a
n k Data 7 n/a
u w Data 8 n/a
z BB Parity n/a
d f Ident 0 n/a
a c Ident 1 n/a
v x Interface Verify Low
HH K +5 VDC (Test) High
r t Parity Error High
M P Bottom of Form High
S U Top of Form High
p s Paper Instruction High
A H Buffer Clear High
W Y Paper Moving High
FF DD Paper Moving High
e h Not VFU High
Note: Return is Ground signal for Unbalanced and the Negative Signal for Balanced.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
DEC Printer
(at ???)
(at ???)
37 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at ???.
37 PIN D-SUB MALE at ???.
1 DAT<3> Data Bit 3
2 Not available
3 Not available
4 Not available
5 DAT<6> Data Bit 6
6 DAT<7> Data Bit 7
7 Not available
8 Strobe Data Bit 1
9 Not available
10 Not available
11 Not available
12 On Line Strobe
13 Not available
14 Connection Connection
15 Not available
16 Not available
17 DAVFU DAVFU
18 Demand Data Bit 0
19 Not available
20 DAT<1> Data Bit 2
21 Not available
25 Not available
27 Ground Ground
28 Ground DAT<0> Ground Data Bit 0
36 Not available
37 Not available
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
IndyCam Digital Video Port
15 1
ooooooooooooooo
30 ooooooooooooooo 16
45 ooooooooooooooo 31
ooooooooooooooo
60 46
Pin Name
1 (Reserved)
2 (Reserved)
3 (Reserved)
4 (Reserved)
5 (Reserved)
6 (Reserved)
7 SERIAL CONTROL DATA
8 (Reserved)
9 SERIAL CONTROL CLOCK
10 (Reserved)
11 (Reserved)
12 CLOCK GROUND
13 CLOCK
14 (Reserved)
15 (Reserved)
16 (Reserved)
17 (Reserved)
18 (Reserved)
19 (Reserved)
20 (Reserved)
21 (Reserved)
22 +12
23 +5
24 -12
25 (Reserved)
26 (Reserved)
27 DATA(7) GROUND
28 DATA(7)
29 DATA(6) GROUND
30 DATA(6)
31 DATA(3)
32 DATA(3) GROUND
33 DATA(4)
34 DATA(4) GROUND
35 DATA(5)
36 DATA(5) GROUND
37 (Reserved)
38 (Reserved)
39 (Reserved)
40 (Reserved)
41 (Reserved)
42 (Reserved)
43 (Reserved)
44 (Reserved)
45 (Reserved)
46 DATA(0)
47 DATA(0) GROUND
48 DATA(1)
49 DATA(1) GROUND
50 DATA(2)
51 DATA(2) GROUND
52 (Reserved)
53 (Reserved)
54 (Reserved)
55 (Reserved)
56 (Reserved)
57 (Reserved)
58 (Reserved)
59 (Reserved)
60 (Reserved)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SGI Indy Workstation Owner's
Guide
IEEE488
(at the Devices)
24 PIN CENTRONICS FEMALE at the Devices.
Also known as GPIB (General Purpose Interface Bus)
Pin Name Description Source
1 DIO1 Data Bit 1 Talker
5 EOI End Or Indentity Talker/Controller
6 DAV Data Valid Controller
7 NRFD Not Ready For Data Listener
8 NDAC No Data Accepted Listener
9 IFC Interface Clear Controller
10 SRQ Service Request Talker
11 ATN Attention Controller
12 Shield -
17 REN Remote Enabled Controller
18 Ground DAV -
19 Ground NRFD -
20 Ground NDAC -
21 Ground IFC -
22 Ground SRQ -
23 Ground ATN -
24 Logical Ground -
Data Lines:
Name Description
DIO1 to DIO8 Data Input Output
Handshake Lines:
Name Description
DAV Data Valid
NRFD Not Ready For Data
NDAC Not Data Accepted
Interface Management Lines:
Name Description
ATN Attention
IFC Interface Clear
REN Remote Enable
SRQ Service Request
EOI End or Identify
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore PET
FAQ
3.5" Power
Used for floppies.
Name according to the ATX standard: Floppy Drive Connector.
(at the powersupply cable)
(at the peripheral)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the powersupply cable.
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the peripheral.
Pin Name Color Description
1 +5V Red +5 VDC
2 GND Black +5 V Ground
3 GND Black +12 V Ground (Same as +5 V Ground)
4 +12V Yellow +12 VDC
Recommended wiresize according to the ATX standard: 20 AWG
At cables: AMP 171822-4
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
5.25" Power
Used for harddisks & 5.25" peripherals.
Name according to the ATX standard: Peripheral Connector.
(at the powersupply cable)
(at the peripheral)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the powersupply cable.
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the peripheral.
2 GND Black +12 V Ground (Same as +5 V Ground)
3 GND Black +5 V Ground
4 +5V Red +5 VDC
Recommended wiresize according to the ATX standard: 18 AWG
At cables: AMP 1-480424-0 or Molex 8981-04P
At peripherals: AMP 61314-1
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Eric Sprigg, Sven Gunnar Bilen, Scott
Lindenthaler
Source: ?
AT Backup Battery
(at the computer)
1 BATT+ Battery+
2 key Key
3 GND Ground
4 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
AT LED/Keylock
(at the computer)
1 LED LED Power
2 GND Ground
3 GND Ground
4 KS Key Switch
5 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Motherboard CPU Cooling fan
1 2 3
. . .
Pin Name
1 GND
2 +12V
3 GND
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
ASUS Motherboard
Manual
Motherboard IrDA
For motherboards with a IrDA compliant Infrared Module connector.
1 2 3 4 5
. . . . .
5 PIN IDC MALE at the motherboard.
1 +5v Power
2 n/c Not connected
3 IRRX IR Module data received
4 GND System GND
5 IRTX IR Module data transmit
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
ASUS motherboard
manual
Motherboard Power
(at the Computer)
(at the Powersupply cables)
2x MOLEX 15-48-0106 CONNECTOR at the Computer.
2x MOLEX 90331-0001 CONNECTOR at the Powersupply cables.
P8
1 PG Orange Power Good, +5 VDC when all voltages has stabilized.
2 +5V Red +5 VDC (or n/c)
4 -12V Blue -12 VDC
5 GND Black Ground
6 GND Black Ground
P9
1 GND Black Ground
2 GND Black Ground
3 -5V White or Yellow -5 VDC
4 +5V Red +5 VDC
5 +5V Red +5 VDC
6 +5V Red +5 VDC
Note: Pins part number is 08-50-0276, Product specification is PS-90331.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Bill
Shepherd
Source: ?
PC Speaker
(at the computer)
1 -SP -Speaker
2 key Key
3 GND Ground
4 +SP5V +Speaker +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Turbo LED
(at the computer)
1 +5V +5 VDC
2 /HS HighSpeed
3 +5V +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Pin Name
1 +5V
2 +5V
3 +5V
4 +5V
5 GND1
6 GND2
7 GND3
8 GND4
9 +12V
10 KEY
11 -12V
12 +5V USER
13 -5V
14 TICK
You will be able to tell the orientation with the help of pin 10, it is missing.
Note: TICK is NOT found on PC power supplies
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Amiga Power Supply pinouts at National
Amiga
Pin Name
1 +VID
2 +5V
3 +5V
4 +5V
5 +5V
6 GND
7 GND
8 GND
9 GND
10 GND
11 -5V
12 +5V USER
13 TICK
14 -12V/-12V USER
15 +12V/+12V USER
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Lasse "Laslo"
Huhtala
Source:
Amiga
Amiga 3000T Power Supply
Pin Name
1 TICK
2 -12V
3 -5V
4 GND
5 GND
6 GND
7 GND
8 GND
9 +5V
10 +5V
11 +5V
12 +5V
13 FAIL
14 +12V
15 +12V
16 +5V USER
17 GND
18 GND
19 GND
20 GND
21 +5V
22 +5V
23 +5V
24 +5V
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Amiga
Amiga 500/600/1200 Power Supply
Pin Name
1 +5V
2 Shield Ground
3 +12V
4 Signal Ground
5 -12V
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Amiga
ATX +12V Power Supply
(at the cable)
4 PIN MOLEX 39-29-9042 at the motherboard
4 PIN MOLEX 39-01-2040 at the cable
1 COM Black Ground
2 COM Black Ground
3 +12VDC Yellow +12 VDC
4 +12VDC Yellow +12 VDC
Recommended wiresize 20 AWG
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Loren
Amelang
Source: ATX Spec v2.03 at Platform Development Support
ATX/ATX12V Power Supply Design Guide at Platform Development
Support
ATX Aux Power Supply
To be used for motherboards requiring 250W or 300W
(at ???)
6 PIN MOLEX 90331-0010 at ???
1 COM Black Ground
2 COM Black Ground
3 COM Black Ground
4 3.3V Orange +3.3 VDC
6 5V Red +5 VDC
Recommended wiresize 16 AWG
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
ATX Spec v2.03 at Platform Development
Support
ATX Optional Power
(at the cable)
1 FanM White Fan Monitor
2 FanC White/Blue Fan Control
3 3.3V Sense White/Brown 3.3V Sense Line
4 1394R White/Black IEEE-1394 Ground
5 1394V White/Red IEEE-1394 Voltage?
6 Reserved n/a
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Support
ATX Power Supply
(at the cable)
3 COM Black Ground
4 5V Red +5 VDC
5 COM Black Ground
6 5V Red +5 VDC
7 COM Black Ground
8 PWR_OK Gray Power Ok (+5V & +3.3V is ok)
9 5VSB Purple +5 VDC Standby Voltage (max 10mA)
10 12V Yellow +12 VDC
12 -12V Blue -12 VDC
13 COM Black Ground
14 /PS_ON Green Power Supply On (active low)
15 COM Black Ground
16 COM Black Ground
17 COM Black Ground
18 -5V White -5 VDC
19 5V Red +5 VDC
20 5V Red +5 VDC
18 AWG is recommended for all wires except pin 11, which should be 22 AWG
For 300W configurations 16 AWG is recommended.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Support
SFX Optional Power
(at the cable)
1 Reserved n/a
2 Fan On/Off White/Blue Fan Control
3 Reserved n/a
4 Reserved n/a
5 Reserved n/a
6 Reserved n/a
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Support
SFX Power Supply
(at the cable)
Same as ATX except that -5VDC is removed from pin 18
3 COM Black Ground
4 5V Red +5 VDC
5 COM Black Ground
6 5V Red +5 VDC
7 COM Black Ground
8 PWR_OK Gray Power Ok (+5V & +3.3V is ok)
9 5VSB Purple +5 VDC Standby Voltage (max 10mA)
10 12V Yellow +12 VDC
12 -12V Blue -12 VDC
13 COM Black Ground
14 /PS_ON Green Power Supply On (active low)
15 COM Black Ground
16 COM Black Ground
17 COM Black Ground
18 res Reserved
19 5V Red +5 VDC
20 5V Red +5 VDC
18 AWG is recommended for all wires except pin 11, which should be 22 AWG
For 300W configurations 16 AWG is recommended.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
WTX 12V CPU (P3)
8 PIN MOLEX 39-29-9082 CONNECTOR at the Motherboard
8 PIN MOLEX 39-01-2080 CONNECTOR at the cable
Pin Name Color Description AWG
1 12Vdig White +12 VDC (Digital) 18
4 12Vdigsen Sense +12 VDC (Digital) (Optional?)
5 com Black Ground 18
8 12Vdigsenrtn Ground Sense +12 VDC (Digital) (Optional?)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
WTX Power Supply Design Guidelines at WTX
Website
WTX 12V CPU (P4/P5)
1 12Vcpu# White +12 VDC (CPU) 18
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Website
WTX Additional (P2)
1 5Vsense Red Sense +5 VDC 22
2 3.3Vsense Orange Sense +3.3 VDC 22
3 res reserved
6 12Vio Yellow +12 VDC (I/O) 18
7 -12V Blue -12 VDC 18
8 I2C clk I2C Clock (optional?) ?
9 FanC Purple Fan Control 22
10 PS-OK Grey PoweSupply Ok 22
11 res reserved
12 5Vsensertn Black Ground Sense +5 VDC 22
13 3.3Vsensertn Black Ground Sense +3.3 VDC 22
14 res reserved
18 sleep White Sleep 18
19 I2C data I2C Data (Optional?) ?
20 FanM Brown Fan Monitor 22
21 PS-on Green PowerSupply On 22
22 res reserved
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Website
WTX Main (P1)
24 PIN MOLEX 39-01-2240 CONNECTOR at the Cable
1 3.3V Orange +3.3 VDC 18
11 5V Red +5 VDC 18
12 5V Red +5 VDC 18
13 3.3V Orange +3.3 VDC 18
14 3.3V Orange +3.3 VDC 18
15 3.3V Orange +3.3 VDC 18
16 3.3V Orange +3.3 VDC 18
17 3.3Vaux Brown +3.3 VDC Auxilary 20
22 5Vsb Purple +5 VDC Standby 20
23 5V Red +5 VDC 18
24 5V Red +5 VDC 18
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Website
Apple Macintosh Classic Internal Power
Available at location J12 on the Apple Macintosh Classic logic board?
Pin Name
1 +12 volts
2 + 5 volts
3 + 5 volts
4 /VSYNC
5 /HSYNC
6 VIDOUT
7 Sound
8 -12 volts
9 PWM (Brightness control signal)
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Ground
13 Ground
14 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 6532: Macintosh Classic, Internal Power Connector Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
C128 Power Supply
(at the computer)
5 PIN SQUARE?? FEMALE at the computer.
Pin Name Description I
1 +5VDC +5V DC 2.5A
2 n/c
3 9VAC 9V AC 1.0A
4 GND Ground
5 9VAC 9V AC 1.0A
Note: Max current from power supply is indicated above.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
NT Rautanen Tietokonesivut:
Commodore
C64 Power Supply
(at the computer)
7 PIN DIN 'C' FEMALE at the computer.
Pin Name I C64 I C64C
1 Shield Ground
2 Shield Ground
3 Shield Ground
4 Not connected (or +5VDC In)
5 +5VDC In 1.5A 1.7A
6 9VAC in 1.0A 1.0A
7 9Vac in 1.0A 1.0A
Note: Max current from power supply is indicated above.
Contributor:
Rob Gill, Myles
Williams
Source:
Commodore 64 Programmers Reference
Guide
SUN Power
18 PIN MOLEX 39-29-9182 CONNECTOR at the motherboard
Pin Description
1 +12
2 -12
3 +5
4 +5
5 +5
6 +5
7 +5
8 +5
9 Power off
10 Ground
11 Ground
12 Ground
13 Ground
14 Ground
15 Ground
16 AC Outlet
17 Fan
18 Power on
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
site
Sun Aux Power
24 PIN MOLEX 39-29-9242 at the Motherboard
Pin Name
1 +3.3V
2 GND
3 +3.3V
4 GND
5 +3.3V
6 GND
7 +3.3V
8 GND
9 PWR_SENSE_3.3V
10 GND
11 PWR_SENSE_GND
12 +12V
13 +5V
14 GND
15 +5V
16 GND
17 +5V
18 GND
19 +5V
20 GND
21 PWR_SENSE_5V
22 GND
23 PWR_SENSE_GND
24 -12V
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Manual
Apple 300/1200 Modem
9 PIN D-SUB CONNECTOR
1 n/c Not connected
2 DSR Data Set Ready
3 GND Ground
4 n/c Not connected
5 RxD Receive Data
6 DTR Data Terminal Ready
7 DCD Output from modem
8 GND Ground
9 TxD Transmit Data
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Technote HW19: Pinouts at Apple Technical
Notes
Apple Duo Dock Modem Adapter Card
1 LINET/R Line/talk receive
2 DAA GND Modem DAA ground
5 /RA DVR Modem relay A driver
6 DAA ID IN ID input
7 /RING3 DET Ring detect signal
8 /RBDVR Modem relay B driver
9 DAA CNTL Modem DAA control
10 +5 V MODEM +5 V power
When the PowerBook Duo computer is housed in the Duo Dock, you cannot access the integral modem
via the RJ-11 connector on the PowerBook Duo's rear panel. A modem adapter card provides the
connection. It plugs into the side of the Duo Dock's main logic board, using a 10-pin header connector.
The card supplies the RJ-11 hook up, which is accessed on the rear panel of the Duo Dock. The adapter
card interfaces with the modem card in the PowerBook Duo computer via its 10-pin connector, printed
circuit traces, and the 152-pin expansion connector.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
homepage
Apple ImageWriter Serial
1 GND Ground
2 SD Send Data
3 RD Receive Data
4 RTS Request To Send
7 GND Ground
14 FAULT- False when deselected
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
Apple LaserWriter AppleTalk
1 GND Ground
2 n/c Not connected
3 GND Ground
4 TXD+ Transmit Data +
5 TXD- Transmit Data -
6 n/c Not connected
7 RXCLK TRxC of Zilog 8530
8 RXD+ Receive Data +
9 RXD- Receive Data -
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
Apple LaserWriter Serial
1 GND Ground
2 TXD- Transmit Data
3 RXD- Receive Data
5 CTS Clear To Send
7 GND Ground
8 DCD Data Carrier Detect
20 DTR- Data Terminal Ready
22 RING ?
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
Apple Macintosh XL Serial A
1 GND Ground
2 TxD Transmit Data line
3 RxD Receive Data line
5 CTS Clear To Send
7 GND Ground
9 n/c Not connected
15 TxC Connected to TRxCA
17 RxC Connected to RTxCA
24 TEXT Connected to TRxCA
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
Apple Macintosh XL Serial B
1 GND Ground
2 TxD- Transmit Data line
3 RxD- Receive Data line
4 n/c Not connected
5 n/c Not connected
6 HSK/DSR TRxCB or CTSB
7 GND Ground
8 n/c Not connected
9 n/c Not connected
19 RxD+ Receive Data line
20 TxD+/DTR Connected to DTRB
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
AppleLine RS232
(at the computer)
25 PIN D-SUB MALE at the computer.
1 SNG Shield ground
2 TXD Tx Transmit Data, Out
3 RCD Rx Receive Data, In
4 RTS Request to Send, Out
5 CTS Clear to Send, In
6 DSR Data Set Ready, In
7 GND Ground
8 DCD Data Carrier Detect, In
9 n/c No connection
10 n/c No connection
12 CH Data signal rate selector, In
20 DTR Terminal Ready Signal, Out
22 CE Ring indicator, In
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 1184: AppleLine Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
C64 Serial I/O
Available on the Commodore C64, C128, C16, C116 and +4 computers.
(at the computer)
(at the cable)
6 PIN DIN (DIN45322) MALE at the Cable.
1 /SRQIN Serial SRQIN
2 GND Ground
3 ATN Serial ATN In/Out
4 CLK Serial CLK In/Out
5 DATA Serial DATA In/Out
6 /RESET Reset
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source:
16.
Cisco Console Port
Used to configure a Cisco router.
(at the Cisco hub)
(at the cables)
RJ45 FEMALE CONNECTOR at the Cisco routers.
3 TXD Tranceive Data
4 n/c Not connected
5 n/c Not connected
6 RXD Receive Data
8 CTS Clear To Send
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Damien
Miller
Source: ?
CoCo Serial Printer
Available on the Tandy Color Computer, also known as CoCo.
(at the computer)
4 PIN DIN 270 FEMALE at the computer.
1 NC
2 /BUSY Enabled when the printer is busy
3 GND
4 DATA RS-232 level data
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
Tandy TRP 100 printer
manual
Conrad Electronics MM3610D
This connector is available on the Conrad Electronics Multimeter 3610D and is used to connect it to a
computer.
(at the multimeter).
5 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the multimeter
Conrad Name Description Dir
2 RXD Receive Data
3 TXD Transmit Data
5 GND Ground
Note: Since the multimeter is a DCE the pin naming can seem strange.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Anselm
Belz
Source: ?
Defintion: DTE & DCE
DTE
DTE is acronym for Data Terminal Equipment.
Examples of DTE is computers, printers & terminals.
DCE
DCE is acronym for Data Communication Equipment.
Examples of DCE is modems.
Wiring
Wiring a cable for DTE to DCE communication is easy. All wires goes straight from pin x to pin x.
But wiring a cable for DTE to DTE (nullmodem) or DCE to DCE requires that some wires are crossed.
A signal should be wired from pin x to the opposite signal at the other end. With opposite signals means
for example Transmit & Receive.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Richard L. Lane, Rob
Gill
Source: ?
[ Audio/Video | Loopback plugs | Misc | Networks | Parallel | Serial | Storage ]
What does the information that is listed for each connector mean? See the tutorial.
Audio/Video
Home Audio/Video
Amiga to SCART
C128/C64C to SCART (S-Video)
NeoGeo to SCART
S-Video to Composite
Video to TV SCART
Video
9 to 15 pin VGA
Amiga to C1084 Monitor
C128/C64C to CBM 1902A Monitor
Loopback plugs
Parallel
Parallel Port Loopback (CheckIt)
Parallel Port Loopback (Norton)
Serial
Serial Port Loopback (25 CheckIt)
Serial Port Loopback (25 Norton)
Misc
MIDI
MIDI
Serial
Mac to HP48
PC to HP48
Misc Unsupported Cables
Networks
AUI
AAUI to AUI
Ethernet AUI to AUI
Ethernet
Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T and 100Base-T4 Crossover
Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Straight Thru
Parallel
64NET
C64 Centronics Printer
GEOCable
LapLink/InterLink Parallel
ParNet Parallel
ParaLoad
Printer
Serial
Information
Defintion: DTE & DCE
Modem (Straight)
Mac to C64 Nullmodem
Macintosh Modem (With DTR)
Macintosh Modem (Without DTR)
Modem (25-25)
Modem (9-15)
Modem (9-25)
Nullmodem (25-25)
Nullmodem (9-25)
Nullmodem (9-9)
Two-Wire Modem (25-25)
Nullmodem (Crossed)
Nullmodem (25-25)
Nullmodem (9-25)
Nullmodem (9-9)
Cisco Console (25)
Cisco Console (9)
Conrad Electronics MM3610D (25)
RocketPort Serial (25)
Serial Printer (25-25)
Storage
Floppy
Floppy
X1541
Harddrive
ESDI
ST506/412
IDE/ATA
IDE
Paravision SX1 to IDE
SCSI
SCSI Cable (Amiga/Mac)
SCSI Cable (D-Sub to Hi D-Sub)
Short tutorial
Heading
First at each page there a short heading describing the cable.
(to the computer)
picture:
(to the computer)
and the second is a male. The texts inside parentheses will tell you at which kind of the device it will
look like that.
(to the Computer)
(to the Printer)
connector.
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the Computer
36 PIN CENTRONICS MALE to the Printer.
Pin table
the following three columns; Name, Pin 1, Pin 2. Sometimes when not the same pin is connected to each
side there is another column describing the name at connector 2.
25-DSub 36-Cen
Strobe 1 1
Data Bit 0 2 2
Data Bit 1 3 3
Data Bit 2 4 4
Data Bit 3 5 5
Data Bit 4 6 6
Data Bit 5 7 7
Data Bit 6 8 8
Data Bit 7 9 9
... ... ...
Amiga to SCART
(to the Amiga)
(to the TV)
23 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Amiga
21 PIN SCART MALE to the TV
Amiga TV
Analog Red 3 15 RGB Red In
Analog Green 4 11 RGB Green In
Analog Blue 5 7 RGB Blue In
Composite Sync 10 20 Video In
Video GND 17 17 Video GND
GND 19 18 Blanking GND
+12V 22 16 Blanking (Connect via a 150 Ohm resistor)
+12V 22 8 Audio/RGB switch (Connect via a 1 kOhm resistor)

Phono Right 2 Audio IN Right
Phono Right GND 4 GND

Phono Left 6 Audio IN Left
Phono Left GND 4 GND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
C128/C64C to SCART (S-Video)
(To the Computer)
(to the TV)
8 PIN DIN (DIN45326) MALE at the Computer.
Computer TV
LUM 1 20 LUM
CHROMA 8 15 CHROMA
GND 2 4+17 GND
AOUT 3 2+6 AUDIO
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Claudio
Brazzale
Source: ?
NeoGeo to SCART
(To the Computer)
(to the TV)
8 PIN DIN (DIN45326) MALE to the Computer.
NeoGeo TV
Audio Out 1 6+2 Audio In Left+Right
Ground 2 18 Blanking Signal Ground
Composite Video Out 3 20 Composite Video In
? 4 16 Blanking Signal
Green 5 11 RGB Green In
Red 6 15 RGB Red In
Blue 8 7 RGB Blue In
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Enzo, Steffen
Kupfer
Source: ?
S-Video to Composite
Use this cable to connect a S-Video output to a composite video input.
(to the Video Source)
(to the TV/Monitor)
4 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE at the peripheral.
PHONO MALE to the Monitor-cable.
Description S-Video Composite Dir
Y Ground 1 ground
C ground 2 ground
Y (luminance+sync) 3 signal
C (crominance) 4 signal (470pF capacitor)
Note: Use signal 470pF ceramic capacitor (rated 10V).
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Tomi Engdahl's pages at
ePanorama
Video to TV SCART
(to the TV)
(to the Video Recorder)
21 PIN SCART MALE to the TV.
21 PIN SCART MALE to the Video Recorder.
TV VCR
Audio Right Out 1 2 Audio Right In
Audio Right In 2 1 Audio Right Out
Audio Left Out 3 6 Audio Left In
Audio Left In 6 3 Audio Left Out
Audio Ground 4 4 Audio Ground
Red 15 15 Red
Red Ground 13 13 Red Ground
Green 11 11 Green
Green Ground 9 9 Green Ground
Blue 7 7 Blue
Blue Ground 5 5 Blue Ground
Status / 16:9 8 8 Status / 16:9
Reserved 10 10 Reserved
Reserved 12 12 Reserved
Fast Blanking Ground 14 14 Fast Blanking Ground
Fast Blanking 16 16 Fast Blanking
Video Out Ground 17 18 Video In Ground
Video In Ground 18 17 Video Out Ground
Video Out 19 20 Video In
Video In 20 19 Video Out
Ground 21 21 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
9 to 15 pin VGA
(to the Computer)
(to the Monitor)
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB FEMALE to the Monitor
9-Pin 15-Pin
Red Video 1 1
Green Video 2 2
Blue Video 3 3
Horizontal Sync 4 13
Vertical Sync 5 14
Red GND 6 6
Green GND 7 7
Blue GND 8 8
Sync GND 9 10 + 11
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Amiga to C1084 Monitor
(to the Amiga)
(at the Monitor)
23 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Amiga.
6 PIN DIN MALE at the Monitor.
Amiga C1084
R 3 4 R
G 4 1 G
B 5 5 B
SYNC 10 2 HSYNC
GND 16 3 GND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Usenet posting in sfnet.harrastus.elektroniikka, Philips 1084 monarin kytkenta by Kari
Hautanen
C128/C64C to CBM 1902A Monitor
(at the Computer)
(at the Monitor)
8 PIN DIN (DIN45326) MALE at the Computer.
6 PIN DIN MALE at the Monitor.
Computer C1902A
LUM 1 6 LUM
CHROMA 8 4 CHROMA
GND 2 3 GND
AOUT 3 2 AUDIO
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
cbm.comp.sys General FAQ v3.1 Part
7
Parallel Port Loopback (CheckIt)
Used to verify that a port is working. This one works with CheckIt.
(To Computer).
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to Computer.
Name Pin Pin Name
Busy 11 17 Select Input
Acknowledge 10 16 Initialize
Paper end 12 14 Auto Feed
Select 13 1 Strobe
Data Bit 0 2 15 Error
Contributor:
Joakim gren,
"Coolsys"
Source: ?
Parallel Port Loopback (Norton)
Used to verify that a port is working. This one works with Norton Utilities: Norton Diagnostics from
Symantec.
(To Computer).
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to Computer.
Name Pin Pin Name
Data Bit 1 3 13 Select
Data Bit 2 4 12 Paper Out
Data Bit 3 5 10 Acknowledge
Data Bit 4 6 11 Busy
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(To Computer).
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to Computer.
Name Pin Pin Pin Pin
Jumpering 1 2 3
Jumpering 2 4 5
Jumpering 3 6 8 20 22
Contributor:
Joakim gren,
"Coolsys"
Source: ?
Symantec.
(To Computer).
Jumpering 1 2 3
Jumpering 2 4 5
Jumpering 3 6 8 20 22
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(To Computer).
Name Pin Pin Name
CD 1 6 DSR
CD 1 9 RI
RXD 2 3 TXD
DTR 4 6 DSR
RTS 7 8 CTS
Contributor:
Joakim gren,
"Coolsys"
Source: ?
Symantec.
(To Computer).
Jumpering 1 2 3
Jumpering 2 7 8
Jumpering 3 1 4 6 9
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
MIDI
(to the 1st peripheral)
(to the 2nd peripheral)
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) MALE to the 1st peripheral.
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) MALE to the 1st peripheral.
1st 2nd
Shield 2 2
Current Source 4 4
Current Sink 5 5
Note: Although that pin 2 only is connected at MIDI Out it's simpler to connect it to both ends.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Mac to HP48
(at the Computer)
(to the HP48).
8 PIN MINI-DIN MALE to the Computer.
4 PIN ??? FEMALE to the HP48
Mac HP48
TxD- 3 RxD
RxD- 5 TxD
GND+RxD+ 4+8 GND
Shield SHIELD SHIELD Shield
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Pierre
Olivier
Source: ?
PC to HP48
(to the Computer).
(to the HP48).
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Computer.
4 PIN HP48 FEMALE to the HP48
PC HP48
Shield SHIELD 1 Shield
RxD 2 2 RxD
TxD 3 3 TxD
GND 5 4 GND
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Frank Vorstenbosch, Andrew
Chen
Source:
comp.sys.hp48
FAQ
Misc Unsupported Cables
These cables may or may not be correctly constructed. Handle with care.
Amiga to IBM RGBI Cable
(to the Monitor).
(to the Amiga).
9 PIN D-SUB ?? to the Monitor.
23 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Amiga.
9 Pin 23 Pin Comment
Ground 1 16
Ground 2 16
Digital Red 3 9 (Via 2 Hex Inverters, i.e 74LS04)
Digital Green 4 8 (Via 2 Hex Inverters, i.e 74LS04)
Digital Blue 5 9 (Via 2 Hex Inverters, i.e 74LS04)
Digital Intensity 6 6 (Via 2 Hex Inverters, i.e 74LS04)
Horizontal Sync 8 11 (Via 1 Hex Inverters, i.e 74LS04)
Verical Sync 9 12 (Via 1 Hex Inverters, i.e 74LS04)
+5V 23 (Power for the IC)

C128 80 columns to 1702 monitor Cable
(to the C128).
(to the C1702).
9 PIN D-SUB MALE to the C128.
PHONO MALE to the Monitor.
C128 C1702
Ground 1 1 Ground
Monochrome out 7 2 Signal
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: Gordon
AAUI to AUI
(to the Macintosh)
(to the Transciever)
14 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR to the Macintosh (AAUI)
15 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Transciever (AUI)
Description AAUI AUI
control in circuit A 5 2
data out circuit A 9 3
data in circuit shield shell 4
data in circuit A 2 5
voltage common 4 6
control out circuit shield shell 8
control in circuit B 6 9
data out circuit B 10 10
data out circuit shield shell 11
data in circuit B 3 12
voltage plus 1 13
voltage shield shell 14
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 9980: AAUI, Pinout Equivalents to AUI at Apple TIL
homepage
Ethernet AUI to AUI
This cable can be used to connect to network interface cards (with AUI connector) together, without use
of transcievers.
(To network interface card 1)
(To network interface card 2)
15 PIN D-SUB MALE to network interface card 1.
15 PIN D-SUB MALE to network interface card 2.
Name AUI1 AUI2 Name
TxD A 3 5 RxD A
RxD A 5 3 TxD A
TxD B 10 12 RxD B
RxD B 12 10 TxD B
And make the following jumper at each end:
Name Pin
Vc 6
Collision Detect B 9
Contributor:
Ren
Guzmn
Source:
Usenet posting by Andrew J V
Yeomans
Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T and 100Base-T4
Crossover
This cable can be used to cascade hubs, or for connecting two Ethernet stations back-to-back without a
hub. It works with 10Base-T, 100Base-TX, 100Base-T4 and 1000Base-T. Use a good enough cable, if
you are confused about categories of cables then use category 5e(nhanced) and you'll be fine even at
1000Base-T.
(To network interface card 1).
(To network interface card 2).
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR to network interface card 1.
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR to network interface card 2.
(1000Base-T names in parentheses)
Name NIC1 Color NIC2 Name
TX+ (BI_DA+) 1 White/Orange 3 RX+ (BI_DB+)
TX- (BI_DA-) 2 Orange 6 RX- (BI_DB-)
RX+ (BI_DB+) 3 White/Green 1 TX+ (BI_DA+)
- (BI_DC+) 4 Blue 7 - (BI_DD+)
- (BI_DC-) 5 White/Blue 8 - (BI_DD-)
RX- (BI_DB-) 6 Green 2 TX- (BI_DA-)
- (BI_DD+) 7 White/Brown 4 - (BI_DC+)
- (BI_DD-) 8 Brown 5 - (BI_DC-)
That means that the white/orange cable connected to NIC 1 pin 1 should go to NIC 2 pin 3 and NIC 1
pin 2 to NIC 2 pin 6 etc.
Note 1: It's important that each pair is kept as a pair. TX+ & TX- must be in the pair, and RX+ & RX-
must together in another pair. (Just as the table above shows).
Note 2: While 10Base-T and 100Base-TX only uses 2 pairs, please connect all four since 100Base-T4
and 1000Base-T needs them and save yourself some future debugging :)
Note 3: The colors originate from the numbering and name on NIC1.
Note 4: The pinout of this cable differs from what people usually calls a crossover cable since all pairs
are swapped. If you need a crossover cable for use with special applications like serial cables you
should not cross the pairs 4/5 and 7/8.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Niklas Edmundsson, Jim C?, Jason D. Pero, Oscar Fernandez Sierra, Cayce
Balara, Jeffrey R. Broido, Patrick Smart, Jeffrey R. Broido, Kim Scholte
Source:
IEEE Std 802.3, 2000
Edition
Ethernet 10/100/1000Base-T Straight Thru
Wiring scheme: EIA/TIA 568B
This cable will work with 10Base-T, 100Base-TX, 100VG-Anylan and 1000Base-T and is used to
connect a network interface card to a hub or network outlet. These cables are sometimes called "whips".
Note: While 10BaseT and 100Base-TX only uses two pairs, please do connect all pairs since 100VG-
Anylan and 1000BaseT uses all of them, and save yourself some future debugging :)
(To network interface card).
(To hub).
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR to network interface card).
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR to hub).
Name Pin Cable Color Pin Name
TX+ 1 White/Orange 1 TX+
TX- 2 Orange 2 TX-
RX+ 3 White/Green 3 RX+
4 Blue 4
5 White/Blue 5
RX- 6 Green 6 RX-
7 White/Brown 7
8 Brown 8
Note: It's important that each pair is kept as a pair. TX+ & TX- must be in the pair, and RX+ & RX-
must together in another pair. (Just as the table above shows).
Just for your information, this is how the pairs are named:
Pair Pins Common color
1 4 & 5 Blue
2 1 & 2 Orange
3 3 & 6 Green
4 7 & 8 Brown
The + side of each pair is called the "tip" and the - side is called the "ring", a reference to old telephone
connectors.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Oscar Fernandez Sierra, Jeffrey R.
Broido
Source: ?
64NET
(To C64).
(To PC).
DZM 12 DREH to the C64 UserPort.
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the PC
C64 Dir PC
GND A 25 GND
PB0 C 10 /ACK
PB1 D 11 BUSY
PB2 E 12 PE
PB3 F 5 D3
PB4 H 6 D4
PB5 J 7 D5
PB6 K 8 D6
PB7 L 9 D7
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
64NET v1.82.58 documentation by Paul Gardner-
Stephen
C64 Centronics Printer
Requires a cartridge with Centronics support (TFCIII or ActionReplay.)
(to the C64).
(to the Printer)
C64 Dir Printer
GND 1,12,A,N 19-30,33 Ground
FLAG2 B 10 Acknowledge
PB0 C 2 Data 0
PB1 D 3 Data 1
PB2 E 4 Data 2
PB3 F 5 Data 3
PB4 H 6 Data 4
PB5 J 7 Data 5
PB6 K 8 Data 6
PB7 L 9 Data 7
PA2 M 1 Strobe
GND 3 31 Initialize Printer
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
CBM Memorial Page Pinouts - pinout by Roy
Kannady
GEOCable
(to the C64).
(to the Printer)
36 PIN CENTRONICS MALE at the Printer.
C64 Printer
Ground A 33 Ground
Flag 2 B 11 Busy
PB0 C 2 Data 1
PB1 D 3 Data 2
PB2 E 4 Data 3
PB3 F 5 Data 4
PB4 H 6 Data 5
PB5 J 7 Data 6
PB6 K 8 Data 7
PB7 L 9 Data 8
PA2 M 1 Strobe
Ground N 16 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
comp.sys.cbm General FAQ v3.1 Part
7
LapLink/InterLink Parallel
Will work with:
G LapLink from Travelling Software
G MS-DOS v6.0 InterLink from Microsoft
G Windows 95 Direct Cable connection from Microsoft
G Norton Commander v4.0 & v5.0 from Symantec
G PLIP
(To Computer 1).
(To Computer 2).
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to Computer 1.
Name Pin Pin Name
Acknowledge 10 5 Data Bit 3
Busy 11 6 Data Bit 4
Paper Out 12 4 Data Bit 2
Select 13 3 Data Bit 1
Error 15 2 Data Bit 0
Reset 16 16 Reset
Select 17 17 Select
Signal Ground 25 25 Signal Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Tomas
gren,
Source: ?
ParNet Parallel
(To Computer 1).
(To Computer 2).
Name Pin Pin Name
Data Bit 0 2 2 Data Bit 0
Acknowledge + Select 10+13 10+13 Acknowledge + Select
Busy 11 11 Busy
Paper Out 12 12 Paper Out
Signal Ground 17-25 17-25 Signal Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
ParaLoad
(To C64).
(To Amiga).
DZM 12 DREH at the C64 UserPort.
25 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Amiga
C64 Amiga
Ground A 17-25 Ground
FLAG2 B 1 Strobe
PB0 C 2 D0
PB1 D 3 D1
PB2 E 4 D2
PB3 F 5 D3
PB4 H 6 D4
PB5 J 7 D5
PB6 K 8 D6
PB7 L 9 D7
PA2 M 11 Busy
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
ParaLoad
documentation
Printer
(to the Computer)
(to the Printer)
25-DSub 36-Cen
Strobe 1 1
Data Bit 0 2 2
Data Bit 1 3 3
Data Bit 2 4 4
Data Bit 3 5 5
Data Bit 4 6 6
Data Bit 5 7 7
Data Bit 6 8 8
Data Bit 7 9 9
Acknowledge 10 10
Busy 11 11
Paper Out 12 12
Select 13 13
Autofeed 14 14
Error 15 32
Reset 16 31
Select 17 36
Signal Ground 18 33
Signal Ground 19 19,20
Signal Ground 23 27
Shield Shield Shield+17
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Petr
Krc
Source: ?
The RS-232 standard on the C64 is a little bit strange. It uses inverted TTL level for the signals. The RS-
422 ports on the Macintosh has both an inverted and non-inverted input. By using the inverted instead of
non-inverted the inverted C64 level is back to normal.
(at the Computer)
(to the C64).
8 PIN MINI-DIN MALE to the Macintosh.
Mac C64
GND+RXD- 4+5 1+12+A+N GND
RXD+ 8 M TXD (PA2)
TXD+ 6 B+C RXD (FLAG2+PB0)
D+E RTS+DTR (PB1+PB2)
Note: Larry Anderson suggested that RXD- should not be connected. However earlier information
indicated that it should be connected. Please inform us if the above connection is sufficient.
GND+RXD- 4+5 1+12+A+N GND
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Pierre Olivier, Larry
Anderson
Source:
Usenet posting in comp.sys.cbm, A very simple C64 to Macintosh serial cable by Chris
Baird
Macintosh Modem (With DTR)
This cable should be used for DTE to DCE (for instance computer to modem) connections with DTR.
(at the Computer)
(to the Modem).
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the Modem
Mac Dir Modem
HSKo 1 4+20 RTS+DTR
HSKi 2 5 CTS
TxD- 3 2 TxD
RxD- 5 3 RxD
GND+RxD+ 4+8 - 7 GND
GPi 7 8 DCD
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Pierre Olivier, Andrea
Cecotti
Source:
comp.sys.mac.comm FAQ Part
1
Macintosh Modem (Without DTR)
This cable should be used for DTE to DCE (for instance computer to modem) connections without DTR.
(at the Computer)
(to the Modem).
Mac Dir Modem
HSKo 1 4 RTS
HSKi 2 5 CTS
TxD- 3 2 TxD
RxD- 5 3 RxD
GND+RxD+ 4+8 - 7 GND
6+20 DSR+DTR
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Pierre
Olivier
Source:
comp.sys.mac.comm FAQ Part
1
Modem (25-25)
This cable should be used for DTE to DCE (for instance computer to modem) connections with
hardware handshaking.
(To Computer).
(To Modem).
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Computer
Female Male Dir
Shield Ground 1 1
Transmit Data 2 2
Receive Data 3 3
Request to Send 4 4
Clear to Send 5 5
Data Set Ready 6 6
System Ground 7 7
Carrier Detect 8 8
Data Terminal Ready 20 20
Ring Indicator 22 22
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Sren
Graversen
Source: ?
Modem (9-15)
This cable should be used to connect an internal 14.4kbps Speedster modem to a computer.
(To Computer).
(at the modem)
15 PIN FEMALE ??? to the modem.
9 pin 15 pin Dir
Carrier Detect 1 11
Receive Data 2 13
Transmit Data 3 12
System Ground 5 1+8+15
Data Set Ready 6 3
Request to Send 7 4
Clear to Send 8 5
Ring Indicator 9 6
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Joerg
Brinkel
Source: ?
Modem (9-25)
This cable should be used for DTE to DCE (for instance computer to modem) connections with
(To Computer).
(To Modem).
Female Male Dir
Shield 1
Transmit Data 3 2
Receive Data 2 3
Request to Send 7 4
Clear to Send 8 5
Data Set Ready 6 6
System Ground 5 7
Carrier Detect 1 8
Ring Indicator 9 22
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Sren
Graversen
Source: ?
Nullmodem (25-25)
Use this cable between two DTE devices (for instance two computers).
(To Computer 1).
(To Computer 2).
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to Computer 1.
D-Sub 1 D-Sub 2
Receive Data 3 2 Transmit Data
Transmit Data 2 3 Receive Data
Data Terminal Ready 20 6+8 Data Set Ready + Carrier Detect
System Ground 7 7 System Ground
Data Set Ready + Carrier Detect 6+8 20 Data Terminal Ready
Request to Send 4 5 Clear to Send
Clear to Send 5 4 Request to Send
Note: DSR & CD are jumpered to fool the programs to think that they are online.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Drew Sullivan, Niklas Edmundsson, Don Rifkin, Richard
Marker
Source: ?
Nullmodem (9-25)
(To Computer 1).
(To Computer 2).
D-Sub 9 D-Sub 25
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Drew Sullivan, Niklas Edmundsson, Don
Rifkin
Source: ?
Nullmodem (9-9)
(To Computer 1).
(To Computer 2).
D-Sub 1 D-Sub 2
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Drew Sullivan, Niklas Edmundsson, Don
Rifkin
Source: ?
This cable should be used for DTE to DCE (for instance computer to modem) connections without
(To Computer).
(To Modem).
Female Male Dir
Shield Ground 1 1
Transmit Data 2 2
Receive Data 3 3
System Ground 7 7
Jumper these:
Request to Send 4
Clear to Send 5
Data Set Ready 6
Carrier Detect 8
Data Terminal Ready 20
Request to Send 4
Clear to Send 5
Data Set Ready 6
Carrier Detect 8
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
This cable should be used for DTE to DCE (for instance computer to modem) connections without
(To Computer).
(To Modem).
Female Male Dir
Shield Ground 1
Transmit Data 3 2
Receive Data 2 3
System Ground 5 7
Jumper these:
Request to Send 7
Clear to Send 8
Data Set Ready 6
Carrier Detect 1
Request to Send 4
Clear to Send 5
Data Set Ready 6
Carrier Detect 8
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Cisco Console (25)
Use this cable to configure a Cisco device using the Console port.
(To Computer).
(to the Cisco device)
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR to the Cisco device.
DB25F RJ45 Dir
Shield Ground 1
Transmit Data 2 6
Receive Data 3 3
Request to Send 4 8
Clear to Send 5 1
Data Set Ready 6 2
Ground 7 4
Ground 7 5
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Damien Miller Dave
Peverley
Source:
Cisco Catalyst 1900 Series Installation and Configuration Guide v9.
x
Cisco Console (9)
Use this cable to configure a Cisco device using the Console port.
(To Computer).
(to the Cisco device)
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR to the Cisco device.
DB9F RJ45 Dir
Receive Data 2 3
Transmit Data 3 6
Ground 5 4
Ground 5 5
Data Set Ready 6 2
Request to Send 7 8
Clear to Send 8 1
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Damien Miller Dave
Peverley
Source:
Cisco Catalyst 1900 Series Installation and Configuration Guide v9.
x
Use this cable to connect a Conrad Electronics Multimeter 3610D to a PC:s serialport.
(To PC).
(To multimeter).
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to PC.
5 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR to the multimeter
PC Conrad Dir
Request To Send 4 1
Receive Data 3 2
Transmit Data 2 3
Ground 7 5
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Anselm
Belz
Source: ?
Use this cable to connect a Conrad Electronics Multimeter 3610D to a PC:s serialport.
(To PC).
(To multimeter).
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to PC.
5 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR to the multimeter
PC Conrad Dir
Request To Send 7 1
Receive Data 2 2
Transmit Data 3 3
Ground 5 5
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Anselm
Belz
Source: ?
RocketPort Serial (25)
Use this cable to connect a RocketPort serialport card to a modem.
(to the RocketPort card)
(to the modem).
RJ45 MALE CONNECTOR to the RocketPort card.
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the modem
Description RJ45 D-Sub Dir
Request To Send 1 4
Ground 3 7
Tranceive Data 4 2
Receive Data 5 3
Data Carrier Detect 6 8
Data Set Ready 7 6
Clear To Send 8 5
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Karl Asha, Phillip S.
Outler
Source: ?
Use this cable between two a computer (DTE) and a printer (DTE) devices.
(To Computer).
(To Printer).
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to Printer.
D-Sub 1 D-Sub 2
Clear To Send + Data Set Ready 5 + 6 20 Data Terminal Ready
Carrier Detect + Data Terminal Ready 8 + 20
Ground 7 7 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Use this cable between two a computer (DTE) and a printer (DTE) devices.
(To Computer).
(To Printer).
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to Printer.
D-Sub 1 D-Sub 2
Clear To Send + Data Set Ready 8 + 6 20 Data Terminal Ready
Carrier Detect + Data Terminal Ready 1 + 4
Ground 5 7 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Floppy
The original floppy cable required that each drive was jumpered to the right ID. But IBM come up with
an idea to avoid jumpering the floppies.
If wire 10-16 are twisted before the last connector the jumpering is avoided. Each drive should be
jumpered to act as Drive 2. If only one drive is used then leave the middle connector free.
The IDC could also be an edge connector on some old drives.
Controller Drive 2 Twist Drive 1
+--+ +--+ +--+
|::|===================| |============| | <-Pin 1
|::|===================| |=====\/=====| |
|::|===================| |=====/\=====| |
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |============| |
+--+ +--+ +--+
(to the Controller)
(to the Drive 2)
(to the Drive 1)
34 PIN IDC FEMALE to the Controller.
34 PIN IDC FEMALE to the Drive 2.
Controller Drive 1 Drive 2
Wire 1-9 1-9 1-9 1-9
Wire 10 10 16 10
Wire 11 11 15 11
Wire 12 12 14 12
Wire 13 13 13 13
Wire 14 14 12 14
Wire 15 15 11 15
Wire 16 16 10 16
Wire 17-34 17-34 17-34 17-34
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
TheRef
TechTalk
X1541
Used to transfer data from a Commodore 1541/1581 diskdrive to a PC. The X1541 software is written
by Leopoldo Ghielmetti.
(to the PC).
(to the Diskdrive)
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the PC.
6 PIN DIN (DIN45322) MALE to the Cable
PC Diskdrive
GND 18-25 2 GND
STROBE 1 3 ATN
AUTOFEED 14 4 CLOCK
SELECTIN 17 5 DATA
INIT 16 6 RESET
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Magnus
Eriksson
Source:
X1541
documentation
ESDI
The ESDI interface requires two cables, one for control and one for data. The control cable is shared
between the two drives. But each drive has each own data cable. By twisting some wires on the control
cable it won't be necessary to set the ID for each drive, since the twist will do the job. Wires 25 to 29
should be twisted between drive 1 & drive 2.
+--+ +--+ +--+
|::|===================| |============| | <-Pin 1
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |=====\/=====| |
|::|===================| |=====/\=====| |
|::|===================| |============| |
+--+ +--+ +--+
Control cable
(to the Controller)
(to the Drive 2)
(to the Drive 1)
Wire 1-24 1-9 1-9 1-9
Wire 25 25 29 25
Wire 26 26 28 26
Wire 27 27 27 27
Wire 28 28 26 28
Wire 29 29 25 29
Wire 30-34 30-34 30-34 30-34
Data cable
(to the Controller)
(to the Drive)
20 PIN IDC FEMALE to the Drive.
Controller Drive
Wire 1-20 1-20 1-20
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
TheRef
TechTalk
ST506/412
The ST506/412 interface requires two cables, one for control and one for data. The control cable is
shared between the two drives. But each drive has each own data cable. By twisting some wires on the
control cable it won't be necessary to set the ID for each drive, since the twist will do the job. Wires 25
to 29 should be twisted between drive 1 & drive 2.
+--+ +--+ +--+
|::|===================| |============| | <-Pin 1
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |============| |
|::|===================| |=====\/=====| |
|::|===================| |=====/\=====| |
|::|===================| |============| |
+--+ +--+ +--+
Control cable
(to the Controller)
(to the Drive 2)
(to the Drive 1)
Wire 1-24 1-9 1-9 1-9
Wire 25 25 29 25
Wire 26 26 28 26
Wire 27 27 27 27
Wire 28 28 26 28
Wire 29 29 25 29
Wire 30-34 30-34 30-34 30-34
Data cable
(to the Controller)
(to the Drive)
20 PIN IDC FEMALE to the Drive.
Controller Drive
Wire 1-20 1-20 1-20
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
TheRef
TechTalk
IDE
The IDE interface requires only one cable. All pins straight from 1 to 1, 2 to 2 and so on. The drives can
be connected in any order. Only remember that one should be jumpered as Master and the other as
Slave. If only one drive is used, jumper it as Single (if such a mode exists, or most common Master else).
Controller Drive 1 or 2 Drive 1 or 2
+--+ +--+ +--+
|::|===================|::|============|::| <-Pin 1
|::|===================|::|============|::|
|::|===================|::|============|::|
|::|===================|::|============|::|
|::|===================|::|============|::|
|::|===================|::|============|::|
|::|===================|::|============|::|
+--+ +--+ +--+
(to the Controller)
(to the Drive 1)
(to the Drive 2)
Wire 1-40 1-40 1-40 1-40
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Paravision SX1 to IDE
Can be used to connect a normal IDE harddisk to the Paravision SX1. Paravision was formerly known as
Microbotics.
(to the controller)
(to the Harddrive)
37 PIN D-SUB MALE to the controller.
40 PIN IDC FEMALE to the harddisk.
Description D-Sub IDC
Drive Reset 1 1
Data bit 0 2 17
Data bit 2 3 13
Data bit 4 4 9
Data bit 6 5 5
Ground 6 2
Data bit 8 7 4
Data bit 10 8 8
Data bit 12 9 12
Data bit 14 10 16
Ground 11+12 19
Ground 13+14 22
Ground 15+16 24
Ground 17 26
5V Power 18 n/c
5V Power 19 n/c
Ground 20 30
Data bit 1 21 21
Data bit 3 22 22
Data bit 5 23 23
Data bit 7 24 24
Ground 25 40
Data bit 9 26 26
Data bit 11 27 27
Data bit 13 28 28
Data bit 15 29 29
I/O Write 30 23
I/O Read 31 25
Interrupt Request 32 31
Address bit 2 33 36
Address bit 1 34 33
Address bit 0 35 35
Chip Select 1 36 38
Chip Select 0 37 37
Note: Pin 18+19 (+5V) can be used to power the harddisk. But most harddisks require both +5V and
+12V.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Kevin
Hol?
Source: ?
SCSI Cable (Amiga/Mac)
(to the Amiga/Mac).
(to the peripheral).
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the Amiga/Mac.
50 PIN IDC FEMALE to the peripheral.
DSub IDC
Request 1 48
Message 2 42
Input/Output 3 50
Reset 4 40
Acknowledge 5 38
Busy 6 36
Data Bus 0 8 2
Data Bus 3 10 8
Data Bus 5 11 12
Data Bus 6 12 14
Data Bus 7 13 16
Control/Data 15 46
Attention 17 32
Select 19 44
Data Parity 20 18
Data Bus 1 21 4
Data Bus 2 22 6
Data Bus 4 23 10
Termination Power 25 26
Note: All the other pins (7+9+14+16+18+24) at the DSub should be connected to the all odd pins
except 25 at the IDC connector.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Lars
Bagge
Source: ?
SCSI Cable (D-Sub to Hi D-Sub)
(to the Amiga/Mac).
(To the peripheral).
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the Amiga/Mac.
50 PIN HI-DENSITY D-SUB MALE to the peripheral.
DSub Hi DSub
Request 1 49
Message 2 46
Input/Output 3 50
Reset 4 45
Acknowledge 5 44
Busy 6 43
Data Bus 0 8 26
Data Bus 3 10 29
Data Bus 5 11 31
Data Bus 6 12 32
Data Bus 7 13 33
Control/Data 15 48
Attention 17 41
Select 19 47
Data Parity 20 34
Data Bus 1 21 27
Data Bus 2 22 28
Data Bus 4 23 30
Termination Power 25 38
Note: All the other pins (7+9+14+16+18+24) at the DSub should be connected to pins 1-25 at the Hi-
density D-Sub connector.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
DEC DLV11-J Serial
Available on the DEC DLV11-J Serial card
(at the serial card)
10 PIN IDC MALE at the Serial card.
1 CLK ? Clock
2 GND Ground
3 TXD+ Transmit data +
4 TXD- Transmit data - (0V for RS-232, Reader enable for 20mA)
5 GND Ground
6 n/c - Not connected (no pin)
7 RXD- Receive data -
8 RXD+ Receive data +
9 GND Ground
10 +12V +12 VDC
Note: Direction is Serial card relative other Devices.
Contributor:
Ben
Harris
Source:
DEC DLV11-J Printset, M8043-0-1, sheet
7
DEC Dual RS-232
Found on the DEC Multia and DEC UDB (Universal Desktop Box). It contains two Serial ports on one
connector. The 1st Port is located on the normal pins, and the 2nd port is located on some "spare" pins.
(at the computer)
Pin Port Name Dir Description
1 n/c Not connected
2 1 TXD Transmit Data
3 1 RXD Receive Data
4 1 RTS Ready To Send
5 1 CTS Clear To Send
6 1 DSR Data Set Ready
7 1+2 GND - Ground
8 1 DCD Data Carrier Detect
9 n/c Not connected
11 2 DTR Data Terminal Ready
12 2 DCD Data Carrier Detect
13 2 CTS Clear To Send
14 2 TXD Transmit Data
16 2 RXD Receive Data
19 2 RTS Ready To Send
20 1 DTR Data Terminal Ready
22 1 RI Ring Indicator
23 2 DSR Data Set Ready
25 2 RI Ring Indicator
Note: Direction is DTE (Computer) relative DCE (Modem).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Greg A.
Woods
Source:
Johnson
Digital UDB Information by Eric Smith
DEC MMJ
MMJ=Modified Modular Jack
Invented by Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) (now: Compaq)
(at the devices)
(at the cables)
MMJ FEMALE CONNECTOR at the devices.
MMJ MALE CONNECTOR at the cables.
4 RXD+ Receive Data +
5 RXD- Receive Data -
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
EIA-449 (RS-449)
Common names: EIA-449, RS-449, ISO 4902
Primary channel
(at the DTE)
(at the DCE)
CORRECT?
37 PIN D-SUB MALE at the DTE (Computer).
37 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the DCE (Modem).
Pin Name V.24 Dir Description Type
1 101 Shield Ground
2 SI 112 Signal Rate Indicator Control
3 n/a n/a unused
4 SD- 103 Send Data (A) Data
5 ST- 114 Send Timing (A) Timing
6 RD- 104 Receive Data (A) Data
7 RS- 105 Request To Send (A) Control
8 RT- 115 Receive Timing (A) Timing
9 CS- 106 Clear To Send (A) Control
10 LL 141 Local Loopback Control
11 DM- 107 Data Mode (A) Control
12 TR- 108.2 Terminal Ready (A) Control
13 RR- 109 Receiver Ready (A) Control
14 RL 140 Remote Loopback Control
15 IC 125 Incoming Call Control
16 SF/SR+ 126 Signal Freq./Sig. Rate Select. Control
17 TT- 113 Terminal Timing (A) Timing
18 TM- 142 Test Mode (A) Control
19 SG 102 Signal Ground Ground
20 RC 102b Receive Common Ground
21 n/a n/a unused
22 SD+ 103 Send Data (B) Data
23 ST+ 114 Send Timing (B) Timing
24 RD+ 104 Receive Data (B) Data
25 RS+ 105 Request To Send (B) Control
26 RT+ 115 Receive Timing (B) Timing
27 CS+ 106 Clear To Send (B) Control
28 IS n/a Terminal In Service Control
29 DM+ 107 Data Mode (B) Control
30 TR+ 108.2 Terminal Ready (B) Control
31 RR+ 109 Receiver Ready (B) Control
32 SS 116 Select Standby Control
33 SQ 110 Signal Quality Control
34 NS n/a New Signal Control
35 TT+ 113 Terminal Timing (B) Timing
36 SB 117 Standby Indicator Control
37 SC 102a Send Common Ground
Name Description Function
AA Shield Ground
Also known as protective ground. This is the chassis
ground connection between DTE and DCE.
AB Signal Ground
The reference ground between a DTE and a DCE. Has the
value 0 Vdc.
BA Transmitted Data Data send by the DTE.
BB Received Data Data received by the DTE.
CA Request To Send Originated by the DTE to initiate transmission by the DCE.
CB Clear To Send
Send by the DCE as a reply on the RTS after a delay in
ms, which gives the DCEs enough time to energize their
circuits and synchronize on basic modulation patterns.
CC DCE Ready
Known as DSR. Originated by the DCE indicating that it
is basically operating (power on, and in functional mode).
CD DTE Ready
Known as DTR. Originated by the DTE to instruct the
DCE to setup a connection. Actually it means that the
DTE is up and running and ready to communicate.
CE Ring Indicator
A signal from the DCE to the DTE that there is an
incomming call (telephone is ringing). Only used on
switched circuit connections.
CF Received Line Signal Detector
Known as DCD. A signal send from DCE to its DTE to
indicate that it has received a basic carrier signal from a
(remote) DCE.
CH/CI
Data Signal Rate Select
(DTE/DCE Source>
A control signal that can be used to change the
transmission speed.
DA
Transmit Signal Element Timing
(DTE Source)
Timing signals used by the DTE for transmission, where
the clock is originated by the DTE and the DCE is the
slave.
DB
Transmitter Signal Element Timing
(DCE Source)
Timing signals used by the DTE for transmission.
DD
Receiver Signal Element Timing
(DCE Source)
Timing signals used by the DTE when receiving data.
IS terminal In Service Signal that indicates that the DTE is available for operation
NS New Signal
A control signal from the DTE to the DCE. It instructs the
DCE to rapidly get ready to receive a new analog signal. It
helps master-station modems rapidly synchronize on a
new modem at a tributary station in multipoint circuits
RC Receive Common A signal return for receiver circuit reference
LL Local Loopback / Quality Detector
A control signal from the DTE to the DCE that causes the
analog transmision output to be connected to the analog
receiver input.
RL Remote Loopback
Signal from the DTE to the DCE. The local DCE then
signals the remote DCE to loopback the analog signal and
thus causing a line loopback.
SB Standby Indicator
Signal from the DCE to indicate if it is uses the normal
communication or standby channel
SC Send Common A return signal for transmitter circuit reference
SF Select Frequency
A signal from the DTE to tell the DCE which of the two
analog carrier frequencies should be used.
SS Select Standby
A signal from DTE to DCE, to switch between normal
communication or standby channel.
TM Test Mode
A signal from the DCE to the DTE that it is in test-mode
and can't send any data.
Reserved for Testing
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
RS449 Page at Connectivity Knowledge Platform (Made
IT)
EIA-449 (RS-449) Secondary
Common names: EIA-449, RS-449, ISO 4902
Secondary (auxilary) channel
(at the Computer)
Pin Name RS232 V.24 Dir Description
1 n/a 101 Shield
2 SSR SRR 122 Secondary Receiver Ready
3 SSD SSD 118 Secondary Send Data
4 SRD SRD 119 Secondary Receive Data
5 SG SG 102 Signal Ground
6 RC RC 102b Receive Common
7 SRS SRS 120 Secondary Request To Send
8 SCS SCS 121 Secondary Clear To Send
9 SC SC 102a Send Common
Note: RS232 column is RS232 circuit name.
Note: V.24 column is ITU-TSS V.24 circuit name.
Source:
IT)
EIA530 (RS530)
(at the DTE)
(at the DCE)
CORRECT?
Pin Name Dir Description Circuit Paired with
1 Shield 18
2 TxD Transmitted Data BA 14
3 RxD Received Data BB 16
4 RTS Request To Send CA 19
5 CTS Clear To Send CB 13
6 DSR Data Set Ready CC 22
7 SGND Signal Ground Ground 21
8 DCD Data Carrier Detect CF 10
9 Rtrn Receive Sig. Elmnt Timing DD 17
10 Rtrn DCD CF 8
11 Rtrn Transmit Sig. Elmnt Timing DA 24
12 Rtrn Transmit Sig. Elmnt Timing DB 15
13 Rtrn CTS CB 5
14 Rtrn TxD BA 2
15 Transmit Signal Element Timing DB 12
16 Rtrn RxD BB 3
17 Receive Signal Element Timing DD 9
18 LL Local Loopback LL 1
19 Rtrn RTS CA 4
20 DTR Data Terminal Ready CD 23
21 RL Remote Loopback RL 7
22 Rtrn DSR CC 6
23 Rtrn DTR CD 20
24 Transmit Signal Element timing DA 11
25 Test Mode TM
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Greg A.
Woods
Source:
IT)
HP 4S Scanner
(at the Scanner)
9 PIN D-SUB ??? at the Scanner.
1 CD Carrier Detect
2 RXD Receive Data
3 TXD Transmit Data
4 GND System Ground
5 CTS Clear to Send
7 RI Ring Indicator
8 RTS Request to Send
Note: Direction is DTE (Computer) relative DCE (Scanner).
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
HP 4S Scanner pinout at The Pin-Out
directory
HP48/HP95
(at the HP48).
1 SHIELD Shield
2 TXD Transmit Data
3 RXD Receive Data
4 GND Ground
Note: Direction is HP48 relative Computer.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
comp.sys.hp48
FAQ
ITU-TSS V.35
Common names: ITU-TSS (CCITT) V.35
(at ???)
(at ???)
34 PIN M/34 MALE at ???.
34 PIN M/34 FEMALE at ???.
A Chassis Ground
B Signal Ground
C RTS Request To Send
D CTS Clear To Send
E DSR Data Set Ready
F DCD Data Carrier Detect
H DTR Data Terminal Ready
J LL Local Loopback
K Local Test
L unused
M unused
N unused
P TxD- Send Data A
R RxD- Receive Data A
S TxD+ Send Data B
T RxD+ Receive Data B
U Terminal Timing A
V Receive Timing A
W Terminal Timing B
X Receive Timing B
Y Send Timing A
Z unused
AA Send Timing B
BB unused
CC unused
DD unused
EE unused
FF unused
HH unused
JJ unused
KK unused
LL unused
MM unused
NN unused
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
V.35 Page at Connectivity Knowledge Platform (Made
IT)
ITU-TSS X.21
Common names: ITU-TSS (CCITT) X.21, ISO 4903
(at the DTE)
(at the DCE)
CORRECT?
Pin Name Dir Description Type
1 n/a Shield Ground
2 T (A) Transmit (A) Data
3 C (A) Control (A) Control
4 R (A) Receive (A) Data
5 I (A) Indication (A) Control
6 S (A) Signal Timing (A) Timing
7 B (A) Byte Timing (A) Timing
8 G Ground Ground
9 T (B) Transmit (B) Data
10 C (B) Control (B) Control
11 R (B) Receive (B) Data
12 I (B) Indication (B) Control
13 S (B) Signal Timing (B) Timing
14 B (B) Byte Timing (B) Timing
15 unused
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
X.21 Page at Connectivity Knowledge Platform (Made
IT)
Lowrance AirMap 100, GlobalMap 100, GlobalNav
12, GlobalNav 200, GlobalNav 212
(at the GPS)
6 PIN LOWRANCE SPECIAL CONNECTOR at the GPS
1 VCC Power
2 RX RS-232 (receive serial)
3 GND Ground
4 TX NMEA/Pseudo RS-232 (transmit serial)
5 - DO NOT USE (recharging purposes)
6 - DO NOT USE (recharging purposes)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Lowrance
Website
Lowrance AirMap, AirMap 300, GlobalMap 12,
GlobalMap Sport
(at the GPS)
1 GND Ground
2 VCC Power
5 - DO NOT USE
6 - DO NOT USE
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Lowrance
Website
Lowrance GlobalNav 310
(at the GPS)
1 VCC Power
3 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Lowrance
Website
MIDI In
MIDI=Musical Instrument Digital Interface.
(at the peripheral)
(at the cable)
1 n/c Not connected
2 n/c Not connected
3 n/c Not connected
4 CSRC Current Source
5 CSINK Current Sink
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
MIDI Out
MIDI=Musical Instrument Digital Interface.
(at the peripheral)
(at the cable)
1 n/c Not connected
2 GND Ground
3 n/c Not connected
4 CSINK Current Sink
5 CSRC Current Source
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Macintosh RS-422
It's possible to connect RS-232 peripheral to the RS-422 port available on Macintosh computers. Use
RXD- as RXD, TXD- as TXD, Ground RXD+, Leave TXD+ unconnected, GPi as CD.
(at the computer)
1 HSKo Output Handshake
2 HSKi/CLK Input Handshake or External Clock
3 TXD- Transmit Data (-)
4 GND Ground
5 RXD- Receive Data (-)
6 TXD+ Transmit Data (+)
7 GPi General Purpose Input
8 RXD+ Receive Data (+)
Note: GPi is connected to SCC Data Carrier Detect (or to Receive/Transmit Clock if the VIA1 SYNC
signal is high). Not connected on the Macintosh Plus, Classic, Classic II, LC, LC II or IIsi.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Pierre Olivier, Ben Harris, Nathan
Schmidt
Source: comp.sys.mac.comm FAQ Part 1
Apple Tech Info Library, Article ID: TECHINFO-
0001699
Macintosh Serial
Available on Macintosh Mac 512KE and earlier.
(at the Computer)
(at the Equipment)
9 PIN D-SUB MALE at the mouse cable.
1 GND Ground
2 +5V
+5 VDC. Don't use this one, it may be converted into output handshake in later
equipment.
3 GND Ground
4 Tx+ Transmit Data, positive going component
5 Tx- Transmit Data, negative going component
6 +12V +12 VDC
7 DSR/HSK
Handshake input. Signal name depends on mode: Used for Flow Control or
Clock In.
8 Rx+ Receive Data, positive going component
9 Rx- Receive Data, negative going component
Note: Direction is Computer relative Equipment.
Contributor:
Ben
Harris
Source:
0001424
Minuteman UPS
(at the UPS)
9 PIN D-SUB ??? at the UPS.
Pin Description
1 Unused
2 Battery power
3 Unused
4 Common (same as 7)
5 Low battery
6 RS-232 level shutdown
7 Common (same as 4)
8 Ground level shutdown (A500 and above, reserved on <A500)
9 Reserved
Pins 2 and 5 are connected to Common when they are true.
On pin 6, an rs-232 high level (>9V) will shutdown, when running off the battery.
On pin 8, shorting to ground will shutdown.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
RS-232D
(at the devices)
(at the cables)
RJ45 FEMALE CONNECTOR at the devices.
1 DSR/RI Data Set Ready / Ring Indicator
2 CD Carrier Detect
4 GND System Ground
5 RXD Receive Data
6 TXD Transmit Data
7 CTS Clear to Send
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
RS232
Common names: EIA-232D (RS232-D), ITU-TSS (CCITT) V.24/V.28, ISO 2110
(at the DTE)
(at the DCE)
1 GND n/a 101 Shield Ground
2 TXD BA 103 Transmit Data
3 RXD BB 104 Receive Data
4 RTS CA 105 Request to Send
5 CTS CB 106 Clear to Send
6 DSR CC 107 Data Set Ready
7 GND AB 102 System Ground
8 CD CF 109 Carrier Detect
9 - - RESERVED
10 - - RESERVED
11 STF 126 Select Transmit Channel
12 S.CD SCF 122 Secondary Carrier Detect
13 S.CTS SCB 121 Secondary Clear to Send
14 S.TXD SBA 118 Secondary Transmit Data
15 TCK DB 114 Transmission Signal Element Timing
16 S.RXD SBB 119 Secondary Receive Data
17 RCK DD 115 Receiver Signal Element Timing
18 LL LL 141 Local Loop Control
19 S.RTS SCA 120 Secondary Request to Send
20 DTR CD 108.2 Data Terminal Ready
21 RL RL 140 Remote Loop Control
22 RI CE 125 Ring Indicator
23 DSR CH 111 Data Signal Rate Selector
24 XCK DA 113 Transmit Signal Element Timing
25 TI TM 142 Test Indicator
Note: ITU-T column is ITU-TSS V.24 circuit name.
Note: Do not connect SHIELD(1) to GND(7).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Petr
Krc
Source: ?
RS366
(at the DTE)
(at the DCE)
CORRECT?
Pin Function Description Circuit EIA
1 unused
2 Digit Present
A signal given to the ACE indicating that the digit
lines contain a digit
DPR
3 Abandon Call and Retry
An indicator signal from the ACE that it could not
make a connection. Could be 'busy'.
ACR
4 Call Request
A signal from the DTE that tells the ACE to go 'off
hook'
CRQ
5 Present Next Digit
A signal from the ACE to the DTE to indicate that the
ACE is ready to receive the next digit.
PND
6 unused
7 unused
8 unused
9 unused
10 unused
11 unused
12 unused
13 Distant Station Connected
Indicator from ACE to DTE that the call is succesfully
made.
DSC
14-17 Digit Signal Circuits
Four lines containing a parallel BCD dial digit (10
digits, plus control digits)
NB1-NB8
18 unused
19 unused
20 unused
21 unused
22 Data Line Occupied
An indicator that is used by the ACE to let the DTE
know that the line it wants to use is used by another
device.
DLO
23 unused
24 unused
25 unused
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
IT)
RS422 37pin
(at the DTE)
(at the DCE)
1 GND Shield Ground
2 SRI Signal Rate Indicator
3 n/c - Spare
4 SD Send Data
5 ST Send Timing
6 RD Receive Data
8 RR Receiver Ready
9 CTS Clear To Send
10 LL Local Loopback
11 DM Data Modem
12 TR Terminal Ready
13 RR Receiver Ready
14 RL Remote Loopback
15 IC Incoming Call
16 SF/SR Select Frequency/Select Rate
17 TT Terminal Timing
18 TM Test Mode
19 GND Ground
20 RC Receive Twister-Pair Common
21 GND Spare Twister-Pair Return
22 /SD Send Data TPR
23 GND Send Timing TPR
24 GND Receive Timing TPR
25 /RS Request To Send TPR
26 /RT Receive Timing TPR
27 /CS Clear To Send TPR
28 IS Terminal In Service
29 /DM Data Mode TPR
30 /TR Terminal Ready TPR
31 /RR Receiver TPR
32 SS Select Standby
33 SQ Signal Quality
34 NS New Signal
35 /TT Terminal Timing TPR
36 SB Standby Indicator
37 SC Send Twister Pair Common
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Petr
Krc
Source: ?
RS422 9pin
(at the DTE)
(at the DCE)
CORRECT?
1 Shield
2 RTS+ Request To Send +
3 RTS- Request To Send -
6 CTS+ Clear To Send +
7 CTS- Clear To Send -
8 RXD+ Received Data +
9 RXD- Received Data -
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
RocketPort Serialport
Available at RocketPort serialport expansion cards.
(at the RocketPort card)
(at the cables)
RJ45 FEMALE CONNECTOR at the RocketPort card.
3 GND Ground
3 TXD Tranceive Data
6 RXD Receive Data
8 CTS Clear To Send
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Karl
Asha
Source: ?
SUN LX/Classic/SS4/5/10/20 Serial Port
This port is located in not-so modern SUN Sparcs such as SUN LX/Classic/SS4/5/10/20 and has both
serial ports (A/B) in the same connector. Simply plugging in a regular serial cable in results in accessing
port A.
(at the computer)
Pin Name Port Dir Description
2 TXD A Transmit Data
3 RXD A Receive Data
4 RTS A Request to Send
5 CTS A Clear to Send
6 DSR A Data Set Ready
7 GND - - System Ground
8 CD A Carrier Detect
11 DTR B Data Terminal Ready
12 CD B Carrier Detect
13 CTS B Clear to Send
14 TXD B Transmit Data
15 TC A Transmit Clock from DCE, usually not used
16 RXD B Receive Data
17 RC A Receive Clock from DCE, usually not used
18 TC B Transmit Clock from DCE, usually not used
19 RTS B Request to Send
20 DTR A Data Terminal Ready
21 TCO A Transmit Clock from DTE, usually not used.
25 TCO B Transmit Clock from DTE, usually not used.
Contributor:
Niklas
Edmundsson
Source:
SUN Field Engineer Handbook, VolumeII,
12/15/93
Serial (15)
Seems to be available at a 14.4kbps modem called Speedster.
2 4 6 10 12 14
- [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][] -
1 3 5 7 8 9 11 13 15
(at the modem)
15 PIN FEMALE ??? at the modem.
Pin Name RS232 Dir Description
1 GROUND GND Ground
2 SUSP# ?
3 COMBDSR# DSR Data Set Ready
4 COMBRTS# RTS Request to Send
5 COMBCTS# CTS Clear to Send
6 COMBRI# RI Ring Indicator
7 n/c ?
8 GROUND GND Ground
9 +5VIN +5V DC In
10 COMBDTR# DTR Data Terminal Ready
11 COMBDCD# CD Carrier Detect
12 COMBTXD TXD Transmit Data
13 COMBRXD RXD Receive Data
14 SPKDATA ?
15 GROUND GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Joerg
Brinkel
Source: ?
Serial (Amiga 1000)
(at the Amiga 1000)
25 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Amiga 1000.
1 SHIELD Shield Ground
2 TXD Transmit Data
3 RXD Receive Data
5 CTS Clear to Send
7 GND System Ground
8 CD Carrier Detect
9 n/c -
10 n/c -
11 n/c -
12 n/c -
13 n/c -
14 -5V -5 Volts DC (50mA max)
15 AUDO Amiga Audio Out (Left)
16 AUDI Amiga Audio In (Right)
17 EB - EB=Buffered Port Clock 716 kHz
18 /INT2 ? Interrupt 2
19 n/c -
21 +5V +5 Volts DC
22 n/c -
24 /C2 C2=Clock 3.58MHz
25 /RESET Reset
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Serial (Amiga)
(at the computer)
(at the cable)
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the cable.
2 TXD Transmit Data
3 RXD Receive Data
5 CTS Clear to Send
7 GND System Ground
8 CD Carrier Detect
10 -12V -12 Volts DC (20 mA max)
11 AUDO Amiga Audio Out (Left)
12 n/c - Speed Indicate
13 n/c -
14 n/c -
15 n/c -
16 n/c -
17 n/c -
18 AUDI Amiga Audio In (Right)
19 n/c -
21 n/c -
22 RI Ring Indicator
23 n/c -
24 n/c -
25 n/c -
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Serial (MSX)
(at the Computer)
1 PG - Protective Ground
2 TXD Transmit Data
3 RXD Receive Data
5 CTS Clear to Send
7 GND - Signal Ground
8 DCD Carrier Detect
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
map
Serial (PC 25)
(at the computer)
1 SHIELD - Shield Ground
2 TXD Transmit Data
3 RXD Receive Data
5 CTS Clear to Send
8 CD Carrier Detect
9 n/c -
10 n/c -
11 n/c -
12 n/c -
13 n/c -
14 n/c -
15 n/c -
16 n/c -
17 n/c -
18 n/c -
19 n/c -
21 n/c -
22 RI Ring Indicator
23 n/c -
24 n/c -
25 n/c -
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Serial (PC 9)
Also known as EIA/TIA 574
(at the Computer)
1 CD CF 109 Carrier Detect
2 RXD BB 104 Receive Data
3 TXD BA 103 Transmit Data
4 DTR CD 108.2 Data Terminal Ready
5 GND AB 102 System Ground
6 DSR CC 107 Data Set Ready
7 RTS CA 105 Request to Send
8 CTS CB 106 Clear to Send
9 RI CE 125 Ring Indicator
Note: V.24 column is ITU-TSS V.24 circuit name.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Serial (Printer)
(at the printer)
25 PIN D-SUB MALE at the printer.
2 TXD Transmit Data
3 RXD Receive Data
7 GND System Ground
11 ? Reverse Channel
17 TTY-TXD TTY Receive Data
23 ? TTY Receive Data Return
24 ? TTY Transmit Data Return
25 TTY-RXD TTY Receive Data
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Petr
Krc
Source: ?
Serial (SGI MiniDIN)
(at the computer)
8 PIN MINI-DIN (CENTER PIN) FEMALE at the computer.
2 CTS Clear to Send
3 TXD Transmit Data
4 GND System Ground
5 RXD Receive Data
7 CD Carrier Detect
8 GND System Ground
Contributor:
Egon
Kastelijn
Source: ?
Serial (SUN)
Available on SUN computers since the SUN3 series (1988) to the current UltraSparc systems
(RS423/RS232)
(at the computer)
1 n/c -
2 TXD Transmit Data
3 RXD Receive Data
5 CTS Clear to Send
9 n/c -
10 n/c -
11 n/c -
12 n/c -
13 n/c -
14 n/c -
15 TRxC Transmit Clock
16 n/c -
17 RTxC Receive Clock
18 n/c -
19 n/c -
21 n/c -
22 n/c -
23 n/c -
24 TxC Transmit Clock
25 n/c -
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SUN SPARCengine Ultra 20 OEM
Manual
Amstrad CPC6128 Tape
(at the computer)
Pin Name
1 REMOTE SWITCH
2 GND
3 REMOTE SWITCH
4 DATA IN
5 DATA OUT
Contributor:
Guarracino
Source:
Manual
C16/C116/+4 Cassette
Available on the Commodore C16, C116 and +4 computers.
(at the computer)
1 GND Ground
2 +5V +5 Volts DC
3 MOTOR Cassette Motor
4 READ Cassette Read
5 WRITE Cassette Write
6 SENSE Cassette Sense
7 GND Ground
Note: Direction is Computer relative Cassette.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source:
16
C64/128 Cassette
(at the computer)
6 PIN MALE EDGE at the computer.
A-1 GND Ground
B-2 +5V +5 Volts DC
C-3 MOTOR Cassette Motor
D-4 READ Cassette Read
E-5 WRITE Cassette Write
F-6 SENSE Cassette Sense
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source:
Guide
Cassette TI-99/4a
(at the computer)
(at the cassette cable)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the Cassette cable.
Pin Name Dir Comment
1 Cass 1 motor control OUT CRU bit 22
2 Dito OUT neg
3 Output to tape 2 OUT CRU bit 25
4 Audio gate OUT CRU bit 24
5 Output to tape 2 OUT neg
6 Cass 2 motor control OUT CRU bit 23
7 Dito OUT neg
8 Input from tape 1 or 2 IN CRU bit 27
9 Dito IN neg
Note: Cassette 1 can't be written to.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
CoCo Cassette
Available on the Tandy/Radio Shack Color Computer (CoCo).
(at the CoCo)
UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the CoCo.
Pin Description
1 Motor Relay
2 Ground
3 Motor Relay
4 Signal Input
5 Signal Output
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Tandy Color Computer FAQ at Video Game Advantage's
homepage
MSX Cassette
(at the computer)
(at the cassette cable)
8 PIN DIN (DIN45326) MALE at the cassette cable.
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 GND Ground
4 CMTOUT Sound Output
5 CMTIN Sound Input
6 REM+ Remote control (from relay)
7 REM- Remote control (from relay)
8 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
map
Spectravideo SVI318/328 Cassette
+-------------+
|1 2 3 4 5 6 7|
+-------------+
(at the computer)
7 PIN FEMALE EDGE CONNECTOR at the computer.
1 12v Power 100mA
2 CASR Cassette data read
3 CASW Cassette data write
4 AUDIO Cassette audio
5 GND System ground
6 ME
7 READY System Ready
Contributor:
Rob
Gill
Source:
SVI mk II user
manual
VIC20 Cassette
(at the computer)
A-1 GND Ground
B-2 +5V +5 Volts DC
C-3 MOTOR Cassette Motor
D-4 READ Cassette Read
E-5 WRITE Cassette Write
F-6 SWITCH Cassette Switch
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Source: Commodore VIC-20 User Manual
Commodore VIC-20 Programmer's Reference
Guide
Mitsumi CD-ROM
(at the controller & CD-ROM)
(at the cable.)
40 PIN IDC MALE at the controller & CD-ROM.
40 PIN IDC FEMALE at the cable.
1 A0 Address Bit 0
2 GND Ground
3 A1 Address Bit 1
4 GND Ground
5 n/c Not connected
6 GND Ground
7 n/c Not connected
8 GND Ground
9 n/c Not connected
10 GND Ground
12 GND Ground
13 INT Interrupt
14 GND Ground
15 REQ Data request For DMA
16 GND Ground
17 ACK Data Acknowledge For DMA
18 GND Ground
19 RE Read Enable
20 GND Ground
21 WE Write Enable
22 GND Ground
23 EN Bus Enable
24 GND Ground
25 DB0 Data Bit 0
26 GND Ground
27 DB1 Data Bit 1
28 GND Ground
29 DB2 Data Bit 2
30 GND Ground
31 DB3 Data Bit 3
32 GND Ground
33 DB4 Data Bit 4
34 GND Ground
35 DB5 Data Bit 5
36 GND Ground
37 DB6 Data Bit 6
38 GND Ground
39 DB7 Data Bit 7
40 GND Ground
Contributor:
Keith
Solomon
Source:
SoundFX 16-bit Multimedia Kit Hardware Manual from
Reveal
Panasonic CD-ROM
(at the cable.)
1 GND Ground
2 RESET CD-Reset
3 GND Ground
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 MODE0 Operation Mode Bit 0
7 GND Ground
8 MODE1 Operation Mode Bit 1
9 GND Ground
10 WRITE CD-Write
11 GND Ground
12 READ CD-Read
13 GND Ground
14 ST0 CD-Status Bit 0
15 GND Ground
17 GND Ground
19 GND Ground
21 GND Ground
22 EN CD-Data Enable
23 GND Ground
25 GND Ground
26 S/DE CD-Status/Data Enable
27 GND Ground
29 GND ground
30 GND ground
31 D7 CD-Data 7
32 D6 CD-Data 6
33 GND ground
34 D5 CD-Data 5
35 D4 CD-Data 4
36 D3 CD-Data 3
37 GND ground
38 D2 CD-Data 2
39 D1 CD-Data 1
40 D0 CD-Data 0
Contributor:
Keith
Solomon
Source:
Reveal
Sony CD-ROM
(at the cable.)
1 RESET Reset
2 GND Ground
3 DB7 Data Bit 7
4 GND Ground
5 DB6 Data Bit 6
6 GND Ground
7 DB5 Data Bit 5
8 GND Ground
9 DB4 Data Bit 4
10 GND Ground
11 DB3 Data Bit 3
12 GND Ground
13 DB2 Data Bit 2
14 GND Ground
15 DB1 Data Bit 1
16 GND Ground
17 DB0 Data Bit 0
18 GND Ground
19 WE Write Enable
20 GND Ground
21 RE Read Enable
22 GND Ground
23 ACK Data Acknowledge For DMA
24 GND Ground
25 REQ Data Request For DMA
26 GND Ground
27 INT Interrupt
28 GND Ground
29 A1 Address Bit 1
30 GND Ground
31 A0 Address Bit 0
32 GND Ground
33 EN Bus Enable
34 GND Ground
Contributor:
Keith
Solomon
Source:
Reveal
8" Floppy Diskdrive
(at the computer)
50 PIN EDGE or IDC at the computer??.
2 /REDWC Reduced Write Current
4 n/c - Reserved
6 n/c - Reserved
8 n/c - Reserved
10 /FD2S Disk is two sided
12 /DCG Disk has been changed/door open
14 /SIDE Side select
16 /DLOCK Door lock
18 /HLD Head load
20 /INDEX Index Pulse
22 /READY Ready
26 /SEL1 Select Drive 1
34 /DIR Direction
36 /STEP Step
38 /WDAT Write data
40 /WGAT Write gate
42 /TR00 Track 00 (Zero)
44 /WPROT Write protect
46 /RDATA Read data
Note: Direction is Computer relative Diskdrive.
Note: All odd pins are GND, Ground.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Dennis
Painter
Source: ?
Amiga External Diskdrive
(at the Amiga)
23 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the Amiga.
1 /RDY Disk Ready
2 /DKRD Disk Read Data
3 GND Ground
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
7 GND Ground
8 /MTRXD OC Disk Motor Control
9 /SEL2 OC Select Drive 2
10 /DRES OC Disk Reset
11 /CHNG Disk Removed From Drive-Latched Low
13 /SIDE Select Disk Side (0=Upper, 1=Lower)
14 /WPRO Disk is Write Protected
15 /TKO Drive Head position over Track 0
16 /DKWE OC Disk Write Enable
17 /DKWD OC Disk Write Data
18 /STEP OC Step the Head-Pulse, First low, then high
19 DIR OC Select Head Direction (0=Inner, 1=Outer)
22 /INDEX OC Disk Index Pulse
23 +12V +12 Volts DC (160 mA max, 540 mA surge
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Amstrad CPC6128 Diskdrive 2
(at the computer)
Pin Name
1 READY
2 GND
3 SIDE 1 SELECT
4 GND
5 READ DATA
6 GND
7 WRITE PROTECT
8 GND
9 TRACK 0
10 GND
11 WRITE GATE
12 GND
13 WRITE DATA
14 GND
15 STEP
16 GND
17 DIRECTION SELECT
18 GND
19 MOTOR ON
20 GND
21 n/c
22 GND
23 DRIVE SELECT 1
24 GND
25 n/c
26 GND
27 INDEX
28 GND
29 n/c
30 GND
31 n/c
32 GND
33 n/c
34 GND
Contributor:
Guarracino
Source:
Manual
Amstrad CPC6128 Plus External Diskdrive
(at the Computer)
7 NINDEX ?
11 NDSEL1 ?
15 NMOTOR ?
17 NDSEL ?
19 NSTEP Step head
21 NWDATA Write Data
23 NWGATE Write Gate
25 NTK00 Track 00
27 NWRPT Write Protect
29 NRDDTA Read Data
31 NSIDE1 ?
33 NREADY ?
Note: All even pins are GND, Ground.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Colin
Gaunt
Source:
Amstrad 6128 Plus Home Computer
Manual
Apple Macintosh External Drive
1 Ground
2 Ground
3 Ground
4 Ground
5 -12V -12 VDC
6 +5V +5 VDC
7 +12V +12 VDC
8 +12V +12 VDC
9 ? ?
10 PWM Regulates speed of the drive
11 PH0 Control line to send commands to the drive
15 WrReq- Turns on the ability to write data to the drive
16 HdSel Control line to send commands to the drive
17 Enbl2- Enables the Rd line (else Rd is tri-stated)
18 Rd Data actually read from the drive
19 Wr Data actually written to the drive
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
Apple Macintosh Internal Floppy disk drive
1 GND Ground
2 PH0 Phase 0: state control line
3 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
7 GND Ground
8 PH3 Phase 3: register write strobe
9 +5V +5 volts
10 /WRREQ Write data request
11 +5V +5 volts
12 SEL Head select
13 +12V +12 volts
14 /ENBL Drive enable
15 +12V +12 volts
16 RD Read data
17 +12V +12 volts
18 WR Write data
19 +12V +12 volts
20 n.c. Not connected
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Power Macintosh 5400 Developer
Note
Atari Floppy Port
(at the Computer)
(at the Diskdrive)
14 PIN DIN FEMALE at the Computer.
14 PIN DIN MALE at the Diskdrive.
1 RD Read Data
2 SIDE0 Side 0 Select
3 GND Ground
4 INDEX Index
5 SEL0 Drive 0 Select
6 SEL1 Drive 1 Select
7 GND Ground
8 MOTOR Motor On
9 DIR Direction In
10 STEP Step
11 WD Write Data
12 WG Write Gate
13 TRK00 Track 00
14 WP Write Protect
Contributor:
Blair
Source: ?
Internal Diskdrive
(at the computer & diskdrives)
34 PIN IDC MALE at the computer & diskdrives.
2 /REDWC Density Select
4 n/c Reserved
6 n/c Reserved
8 /INDEX Index
10 /MOTEA Motor Enable A
12 /DRVSB Drive Sel B
14 /DRVSA Drive Sel A
16 /MOTEB Motor Enable B
18 /DIR Direction
20 /STEP Step
22 /WDATE Write Data
24 /WGATE Floppy Write Enable
26 /TRK00 Track 0
28 /WPT Write Protect
30 /RDATA Read Data
32 /SIDE1 Head Select
34 /DSKCHG Disk Change
Note: Can be an Edge-connector on old PC's.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Macintosh External Drive
(at the Computer)
(at the Diskdrive)
19 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Diskdrive.
1 CGND Chassis ground
5 -12V -12 VDC
6 +5V +5 VDC
7 +12V +12 VDC
8 +12V +12 VDC
10 PWM ? Regulates speed of the drive
11 CA0 ? Control line to send commands to the drive
14 LSTRB ? Control line to send commands to the drive
15 /WrReq ? Turns on the ability to write data to the drive
16 HdSel ? Control line to send commands to the drive
17 /Enbl2 ? Enables the Rd line (else Rd is tri-stated)
18 Rd Data actually read from the drive
19 Wr Data actually written to the drive
Contributor:
Ben
Harris
Source:
0001424
MSX External Diskdrive
(at the Computer)
1 +12V +12 VDC
2 +5V +5 VDC
3 +5V +5 VDC
4 /INDEX Sector hole passed sensor.
5 /DSEL1 Drive Select 1
6 DIR Direction (0=In, 1=Dir)
7 /STEP Moves head 1 step in DIR direction.
8 WRITEDATA Write Data
9 /WRITEGATE Write Gate
10 /TRACK00 Head is over Track 00 (outermost track)
11 /WRITEPROTECT Write protected disk (0=Write protected)
12 READDATA Data read from diskette.
13 /SIDESELECT Side Select (0=Side 1, 1=Side 0)
14 +12V +12 VDC
15 +12V +12 VDC
16 +5V +5 VDC
17 /DSEL1 Select Drive 0
18 /MOTOR Motor On
19 READY Ready
20 GND Ground
21 GND Ground
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 GND Ground
25 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
map
SUN Internal Floppydrive
(at the computer & diskdrives)
34 PIN IDC MALE at the computer & diskdrives.
Pin Name
1 GND
2 FD_DENSEL
3 GND
4 33_W_to_VCC
5 GND
6 FD_DRATE0_MSEN0
7 N/C
8 FD_INDEX_L
9 GND
10 MTR0_L
11 GND
12 FD_DRV1_SEL_L
13 N/C
14 FD_DRV0_SEL_L
15 GND
16 FD_MTR1_L
17 MSEN1
18 FD_DIR_L
19 GND
20 FD_STEP_L
21 GND
22 FD_WR_DAT_L
23 GND
24 FD_WR_GATE_L
25 GND
26 FD_TRK0_L
27 MSEN0
28 FD_WR_PROT_L
29 GND
30 FD_RD_DAT_L
31 GND
32 FD_HD_SEL_L
33 GND
34 FD_DSK_CHNG_L
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Manual
ESDI
ESDI=Enhanced Small Device Interface.
Developed by Maxtor in the early 1980's as an upgrade and improvement to the ST506 design.
(at the controller)
(at the controller)
(at the harddisk)
(at the harddisk)
34 PIN IDC MALE at the Controller.
34 PIN IDC FEMALE at the Harddisk.
Control connector
2 Head Sel 3
4 Head Sel 2
6 Write Gate
8 Config/Stat Data
10 Transfer Acknowledge
12 Attention
14 Head Sel 0
16 Sect/Add MK Found
18 Head Sel 1
20 Index
22 Ready
24 Transfer Request
26 Drive Sel 1
28 Drive Sel 2
30 Drive Sel 3
32 Read Gate
34 Command Data
Note: All odd are GND, Ground.
Data connector
1 Drive Selected
2 Sect/Add MK Found
3 Seek Complete
4 Address Mark Enable
5 (reserved, for step mode)
6 GND Ground
7 Write Clock+
8 Write Clock-
9 Cartridge Changed
10 Read Ref Clock+
11 Read Ref Clock-
12 GND Ground
13 NRZ Write Data+
14 NRZ Write Data-
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 NRZ Read Data+
18 NRZ Read Data-
19 GND Ground
20 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
ST506/412
Developed by Seagate.
Also known as MFM or RLL since these are the encoding methods used to store data. Seagate originally
developed it to support their ST506 (5 MB) and ST412 (10 MB) drives.
The first drives used an encoding method called MFM (Modified Frequency Modulation). Later a new
encoding method was developed, RLL (Run Length Limited). RLL had the advantage that it was
possible to store 50% more with it. But it required better drives. This is almost never an problem. Often
called 2,7 RLL because the recording scheme involves patterns with no more than 7 successive zeros
and no less than two.
(at the controller)
(at the controller)
(at the harddisk)
(at the harddisk)
Control connector
2 Head Sel 8
4 Head Sel 4
6 Write Gate
8 Seek Complete
10 Track 0
12 Write Fault
14 Head Sel 1
16 RES (reserved)
18 Head Sel 2
20 Index
22 Ready
24 Step
26 Drive Sel 1
28 Drive Sel 2
30 Drive Sel 3
32 Drive Sel 4
34 Direction In
Data connector
1 Drive Selected
2 GND Ground
3 RES (reserved)
4 GND Ground
5 RES (reserved)
6 GND Ground
7 RES (reserved)
8 GND Ground
9 RES (reserved)
10 RES (reserved)
11 GND Ground
12 GND Ground
13 Write Data+
14 Write Data-
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 Read Data+
18 Read Data-
19 GND Ground
20 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
ATA (44) Internal
ATA=AT bus Attachment.
This connector is mostly used for 2.5" internal harddisks.
See ATA for pin 1-40.
(at the controller & peripherals)
(at the cable)
44 PIN IDC (0.75") MALE at the controller & peripherals.
44 PIN IDC (0.75") FEMALE at the cable.
41 +5VL +5 VDC (Logic)
42 +5VM +5 VDC (Motor)
43 GND Ground
44 /TYPE Type (0=ATA)
Note: Direction is Controller relative Devices (harddisks).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Nick
Schirmer
Source: ?
ATA Internal
ATA=AT bus Attachment..
Developed by Western Digital, Conner & Seagate ?.
(at the cable)
40 PIN IDC MALE at the controller & peripherals.
1 /RESET Reset
2 GND Ground
3 DD7 Data 7
4 DD8 Data 8
5 DD6 Data 6
6 DD9 Data 9
7 DD5 Data 5
8 DD10 Data 10
9 DD4 Data 4
10 DD11 Data 11
11 DD3 Data 3
12 DD12 Data 12
13 DD2 Data 2
14 DD13 Data 13
15 DD1 Data 1
16 DD14 Data 14
17 DD0 Data 0
18 DD15 Data 15
19 GND Ground
20 KEY - Key (Pin missing)
21 DMARQ ? DMA Request
22 GND Ground
23 /DIOW Write Strobe
24 GND Ground
25 /DIOR Read Strobe
26 GND Ground
27 IORDY I/O Ready
28 SPSYNC:CSEL ? Spindle Sync or Cable Select
29 /DMACK ? DMA Acknowledge
30 GND Ground
31 INTRQ Interrupt Request
32 /IOCS16 ? IO ChipSelect 16
33 DA1 Address 1
34 PDIAG ? Passed Diagnostics
35 DA0 Address 0
36 DA2 Address 2
37 /IDE_CS0 (1F0-1F7)
38 /IDE_CS1 (3F6-3F7)
39 /ACTIVE Led driver
40 GND Ground
Note: Direction is Controller relative Devices (Harddisks).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rob
Gill
Source: ?
IDE Internal
IDE=Integrated Drive Electronics.
Developed by Compaq and Western Digital.
Newer version of IDE goes under the name ATA=AT bus Attachment.
(at the cable)
40 PIN IDC MALE at the controller & peripherals.
1 /RESET Reset
2 GND Ground
3 DD7 Data 7
4 DD8 Data 8
5 DD6 Data 6
6 DD9 Data 9
7 DD5 Data 5
8 DD10 Data 10
9 DD4 Data 4
10 DD11 Data 11
11 DD3 Data 3
12 DD12 Data 12
13 DD2 Data 2
14 DD13 Data 13
15 DD1 Data 1
16 DD14 Data 14
17 DD0 Data 0
18 DD15 Data 15
19 GND Ground
20 KEY - Key
22 GND Ground
23 /IOW Write Strobe
24 GND Ground
25 /IOR Read Strobe
26 GND Ground
27 IO_CH_RDY
28 ALE Address Latch Enable
30 GND Ground
31 IRQR Interrupt Request
32 /IOCS16 ? IO ChipSelect 16
33 DA1 Address 1
35 DA0 Address 0
36 DA2 Address 2
37 /IDE_CS0 (1F0-1F7)
38 /IDE_CS1 (3F6-3F7)
39 /ACTIVE Led driver
40 GND Ground
Note: Direction is Controller relative Devices (Harddisks).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Dan
Williams
Source: ?
Paravision SX-1 External IDE
Paravision was formerly known as Microbotics.
(at the controller)
37 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the controller.
1 /IDE-RESET Drive Reset
2 D0 Data bit 0
3 D2 Data bit 2
4 D4 Data bit 4
5 D6 Data bit 6
6 GND Ground
7 D8 Data bit 8
8 D10 Data bit 10
9 D12 Data bit 12
10 D14 Data bit 14
11 GND Ground
12 GND Ground
13 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 GND Ground
18 +5V 5V Power
19 +5V 5V Power
20 GND Ground
21 D1 Data bit 1
22 D3 Data bit 3
23 D5 Data bit 5
24 D7 Data bit 7
25 GND Ground
26 D9 Data bit 9
27 D11 Data bit 11
28 D13 Data bit 13
29 D15 Data bit 15
30 /IOW I/O Write
31 /IOR I/O Read
32 IDE-IRQ Interrupt Request
33 IDE-A2 Address bit 2
36 /BICS1 Chip Select 1
37 /BICS0 Chip Select 0
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SX-1 External IDE connector Usenet posting by Mike Pinso at
Paravision.
SCSI Information
Background
It all started back in 1979 when the diskdrive manufacturer come with the bright idea to make a new
transfer protocol. The protocol was named Shugart Associates Systems Interface, SASI. This protocol
wasn't an ANSI standard, so NCR join Shugart and the ANSI committee X3T9.2 was formed. The new
name for the protocol was, Small Computer Systems Interface, SCSI.
Common Command Set, CCS, was added in 1985. ANSI finished the SCSI standard in 1986. SCSI-II
devices was released in 1988 and was an official standard in 1994. SCSI-III is currently not yet official.
Usage
SCSI is used to connect peripherals to an computer. It allows you to connect harddisks, tape devices, CD-
ROMs, CD-R units, DVD, scanners, printers and many other devices. SCSI is in opposite to IDE/ATA
very flexible. Today SCSI is most often used servers and other computers which require very good
performance. IDE/ATA is more popular due to the fact that IDE/ATA devices tend to be cheaper.
Definitions
SCSI
Short for Small Computer Systems Interface. The original SCSI protocol. ANSI standard X3.131-1996.
Busspeed 5 MHz. Datawidth 8 bits.
SCSI-II
SCSI-II adds support for CD-ROM's, scanners and tapedrives.
Fast SCSI-II
Uses the busspeed of 10MHz instead of the original 5MHz.
Wide SCSI-II
Uses 16 bits instead of the original 8 bits.
Ultra SCSI-III
Uses the busspeed of 20MHz.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
From the head of Joakim
gren
Apple SCSI HDI-30
1 n/c Reserved for SCSI disk mode.
2 /DB0 Bit 0 of SCSI data bus
3 GND Ground
5 TPWR Termination power
8 GND Ground
9 /ACKS Handshake signal. When low acknowledges a request for data transfer
10 GND Ground
12 GND Ground
13 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
17 GND Ground
19 /DBP SCSI data bus parity bit
20 GND Ground
21 /REQ Request for a data transfer
22 GND Ground
23 /BSY When active (low) indicates that the SCSI data bus is busy
24 GND Ground
25 /ATN When active (low) indicates an attention condition
26 /C/D
When active (low) indicates that data is on the SCSI bus. When high, indicates that
control signals are on the bus
27 /RST SCSI bus reset
28 /MSG Indicates the message phase
29 /SEL SCSI select
30 /I/O Controls the direction of data output. When high, data is input
Note: Direction is Device relative Bus (other Devices).
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
homepage
Novell and Procomp External SCSI
This interface is nowadays considered obsolete.
(at the controller)
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
3 GND Ground
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 GND Ground
7 GND Ground
8 GND Ground
9 GND Ground
10 GND Ground
11 GND Ground
12 GND Ground
13 GND Ground
14 GND Ground
15 GND Ground
16 GND Ground
17 GND Ground
18 GND Ground
19 TERMPWR Termination Power
20 /DB0 Data Bus 0
21 /DB1 Data Bus 1
22 /DB2 Data Bus 2
23 /DB3 Data Bus 3
24 /DB4 Data Bus 4
25 /DB5 Data Bus 5
26 /DB6 Data Bus 6
27 /DB7 Data Bus 7
28 /DBP Data Bus Parity
29 /ATN Attention
30 /BSY Busy
31 /ACK Acknowledge
32 /RST Reset
33 /MSG Message
34 /SEL Select
35 /C/D Control/Data
36 /REQ Request
37 /I/O Input/Output
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Randy
Hoffman
Source:
Black Box Corporation, FaxBack document for
SCSI
SCSI External Centronics 50 (Differential)
(at the controller & devices)
(at the cable)
50 PIN CENTRONICS FEMALE at the controller & devices.
50 PIN CENTRONICS MALE at the cable.
01 GND Ground
02 +DB0 +Data Bus 0
03 +DB1 +Data Bus 1
04 +DB2 +Data Bus 2
05 +DB3 +Data Bus 3
06 +DB4 +Data Bus 4
07 +DB5 +Data Bus 5
08 +DB6 +Data Bus 6
09 +DB7 +Data Bus 7
10 +DBP +Data Bus Parity (odd Parity)
11 DIFFSENS ? ???
12 res - Reserved
14 res - Reserved
15 +ATN +Attention
16 GND Ground
17 +BSY +Bus is busy
18 +ACK +Acknowledge
19 +RST +Reset
20 +MSG +Message
21 +SEL +Select
22 +C/D +Control or Data
23 +REQ +Request
24 +I/O +In/Out
25 GND Ground
26 GND Ground
27 -DB0 -Data Bus 0
28 -DB1 -Data Bus 1
29 -DB2 -Data Bus 2
30 -DB3 -Data Bus 3
31 -DB4 -Data Bus 4
32 -DB5 -Data Bus 5
33 -DB6 -Data Bus 6
34 -DB7 -Data Bus Parity7
35 -DBP -Data Bus Parity (odd Parity)
36 GND Ground
37 res - Reserved
39 res - Reserved
40 -ATN -Attention
41 GND Ground
42 -BSY -Bus is busy
43 -ACK -Acknowledge
44 -RST -Reset
45 -MSG -Message
46 -SEL -Select
47 -C/D -Control or Data
48 -REQ -Request
49 -I/O -In/Out
50 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Karsten Wenke
Source: ?
SCSI External Centronics 50 (Single-ended)
(at the controller & devices)
(at the cable)
50 PIN CENTRONICS FEMALE at the controller & devices.
50 PIN CENTRONICS MALE at the cable.
1-25 GND Ground
26 DB0 Data Bus 0
27 DB1 Data Bus 1
28 DB2 Data Bus 2
29 DB3 Data Bus 3
30 DB4 Data Bus 4
31 DB5 Data Bus 5
32 DB6 Data Bus 6
33 DB7 Data Bus 7
34 PARITY Data Parity (odd Parity)
35 GND Ground
36 GND Ground
37 GND Ground
38 TMPWR Termination Power
39 GND Ground
40 GND Ground
41 /ATN Attention
43 /BSY Busy
44 /ACK Acknowledge
45 /RST Reset
46 /MSG Message
47 /SEL Select
49 /REQ Request
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
SCSI External D-Sub (Future Domain)
Seems to be available on some Future Domain SCSI-controllers only.
(at the controller)
(at the cable)
25 PIN D-SUB MALE at the cable.
1 GND Ground
2 DB1 Data Bus 1
3 DB3 Data Bus 3
4 DB5 Data Bus 5
5 DB7 Data Bus 7
6 GND Ground
7 /SEL Select
8 GND Ground
10 /RST Reset
11 C/D Control/Data
12 I/O Input/Output
13 GND Ground
14 DB0 Data Bus 0
15 DB2 Data Bus 2
16 DB4 Data Bus 4
17 DB6 Data Bus 6
18 PARITY Data Parity
19 GND Ground
20 /ATN Attention
21 /MSG Message
22 /ACK Acknowledge
23 BSY Busy
24 /REQ Request
25 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
TheRef
TechTalk
SCSI External D-Sub (PC/Amiga/Mac)
(at the controller)
(at the cable)
25 PIN D-SUB MALE at the cable.
1 /REQ Request
2 /MSG Message
3 I/O Input/Output
4 /RST Reset
5 /ACK Acknowledge
6 BSY Busy
7 GND Ground
8 DB0 Data Bus 0
9 GND Ground
10 DB3 Data Bus 3
11 DB5 Data Bus 5
12 DB6 Data Bus 6
13 DB7 Data Bus 7
14 GND Ground
15 C/D Control/Data
16 GND Ground
17 /ATN Attention
18 GND Ground
19 /SEL Select
20 PARITY Data Parity
21 DB1 Data Bus 1
22 DB2 Data Bus 2
23 DB4 Data Bus 4
24 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
SCSI External IBM Burndy
Special invention by IBM for use on IBM RS/6000 and IBM PS/2
(at ???)
60 PIN BURNDY (C-60) at ???
1 GND Ground
2 DB0 Data Bus 0
3 GND Ground
4 DB1 Data Bus 1
5 GND Ground
6 DB2 Data Bus 2
7 GND Ground
8 DB3 Data Bus 3
9 GND Ground
10 DB4 Data Bus 4
11 GND Ground
12 DB5 Data Bus 5
13 GND Ground
14 DB6 Data Bus 6
15 GND Ground
16 DB7 Data Bus 7
17 GND Ground
18 DPB Data Parity (odd Parity)
19 GND Ground
20 GND Ground
21 GND Ground
22 GND Ground
23 GND Ground
24 GND Ground
27 GND Ground
28 GND Ground
29 GND Ground
30 GND Ground
31 GND Ground
32 /ATN Attention
33 GND Ground
34 GND Ground
35 GND Ground
36 /BSY Busy
37 GND Ground
38 /ACK Acknowledge
39 GND Ground
40 /RST Reset
41 GND Ground
42 /MSG Message
43 GND Ground
44 /SEL Select
45 GND Ground
47 GND Ground
48 /REQ Request
49 GND Ground
51 GND Ground
52 res Reserved
53 res Reserved
54 res Reserved
55 res Reserved
56 res Reserved
57 res Reserved
58 res Reserved
59 res Reserved
60 res Reserved
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SCSI
FAQ
SCSI Internal (2.5")
This connector is for 2.5" internal harddisks.
(at the cable)
40 PIN IDC (0.75") MALE at the controller & peripherals.
40 PIN IDC (0.75") FEMALE at the cable.
1 +5V +5 VDC
1 +5V +5 VDC
1 RET Return (Ground?)
1 GND Ground
2 DB0 Data Bus 0
1 GND Ground
4 DB1 Data Bus 1
1 GND Ground
6 DB2 Data Bus 2
1 GND Ground
8 DB3 Data Bus 3
1 GND Ground
10 DB4 Data Bus 4
1 GND Ground
12 DB5 Data Bus 5
1 GND Ground
14 DB6 Data Bus 6
1 GND Ground
16 DB7 Data Bus 7
1 GND Ground
24 GND Ground
32 /ATN Attention
36 /BSY Busy
24 GND Ground
38 /ACK Acknowledge
40 /RST Reset
42 /MSG Message
24 GND Ground
44 /SEL Select
24 GND Ground
48 /REQ Request
1 +5V +5 VDC
1 +5V +5 VDC
Connector is: AMP 6-176135
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Electrical Interface Spec for IBM DPRS-20810 and DPRS-21215 at IBM Hard disk drive
support
SCSI Internal (Differential)
(at the controller & harddisk.)
(at the cable.)
50 PIN IDC MALE at the controller & harddisk.
01 GND Ground
02 GND Ground
03 +DB0 +Data Bus 0
04 -DB0 -Data Bus 0
05 +DB1 +Data Bus 1
06 -DB1 -Data Bus 1
07 +DB2 +Data Bus 2
08 -DB2 -Data Bus 2
09 +DB3 +Data Bus 3
10 -DB3 -Data Bus 3
11 +DB4 +Data Bus 4
12 -DB4 -Data Bus 4
13 +DB5 +Data Bus 5
14 -DB5 -Data Bus 5
15 +DB6 +Data Bus 6
16 -DB6 -Data Bus 6
17 +DB7 +Data Bus 7
21 DIFFSENS ? ???
22 GND Ground
23 res - Reserved
24 res - Reserved
27 res - Reserved
28 res - Reserved
29 +ATN +Attention
30 -ATN -Attention
31 GND Ground
32 GND Ground
37 +RST +Reset
38 -RST -Reset
39 +MSG +Message
40 -MSG -Message
41 +SEL +Select
42 -SEL -Select
45 +REQ +Request
46 -REQ -Request
47 +I/O +In/Out
48 -I/O -In/Out
49 GND Ground
50 GND Ground
Contributor:
Source: ?
SCSI Internal (Single-ended)
SCSI=Small Computer System Interface.
Based on an original design by Shugart Associates. SCSI was ratified in 1986.
(at the controller & harddisk)
(at the cable.)
50 PIN IDC MALE at the controller & harddisk.
2 DB0 Data Bus 0
4 DB1 Data Bus 1
6 DB2 Data Bus 2
8 DB3 Data Bus 3
10 DB4 Data Bus 4
12 DB5 Data Bus 5
14 DB6 Data Bus 6
16 DB7 Data Bus 7
20 GND Ground
22 GND Ground
24 GND Ground
28 GND Ground
30 GND Ground
32 /ATN Attention
34 GND Ground
36 /BSY Busy
38 /ACK Acknowledge
40 /RST Reset
42 /MSG Message
44 /SEL Select
48 /REQ Request
All odd-numbered pins, except pin 25, are connected to ground. Pin 25 is left open.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
SCSI-II External Hi D-Sub (Differential)
(at the controller & devices).
(To the cable).
50 PIN HI-DENSITY D-SUB FEMALE at the controller & devices.
01 GND Ground
02 +DB0 +Data Bus 0
03 +DB1 +Data Bus 1
04 +DB2 +Data Bus 2
05 +DB3 +Data Bus 3
06 +DB4 +Data Bus 4
07 +DB5 +Data Bus 5
08 +DB6 +Data Bus 6
09 +DB7 +Data Bus 7
11 DIFFSENS ? ???
12 res - Reserved
14 res - Reserved
15 +ATN +Attention
16 GND Ground
19 +RST +Reset
20 +MSG +Message
21 +SEL +Select
23 +REQ +Request
24 +I/O +In/Out
25 GND Ground
26 GND Ground
27 -DB0 -Data Bus 0
28 -DB1 -Data Bus 1
29 -DB2 -Data Bus 2
30 -DB3 -Data Bus 3
31 -DB4 -Data Bus 4
32 -DB5 -Data Bus 5
33 -DB6 -Data Bus 6
36 GND Ground
37 res - Reserved
39 res - Reserved
40 -ATN -Attention
41 GND Ground
44 -RST -Reset
45 -MSG -Message
46 -SEL -Select
48 -REQ -Request
49 -I/O -In/Out
50 GND Ground
Contributor:
Source: ?
SCSI-II External Hi D-Sub (Single-ended)
(To the cable).
1-25 GND Ground
26 DB0 Data Bus 0
27 DB1 Data Bus 1
28 DB2 Data Bus 2
29 DB3 Data Bus 3
30 DB4 Data Bus 4
31 DB5 Data Bus 5
32 DB6 Data Bus 6
33 DB7 Data Bus 7
35 GND Ground
36 GND Ground
37 GND Ground
39 GND Ground
40 GND Ground
41 /ATN Attention
43 /BSY Busy
44 /ACK Acknowledge
45 /RST Reset
46 /MSG Message
47 /SEL Select
49 /REQ Request
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(To the cable).
1 +DB12 Data Bus 12
2 +DB13 Data Bus 13
3 +DB14 Data Bus 14
4 +DB15 Data Bus 15
5 +DPB1 Data Parity (odd Parity)
6 GND Ground
7 +DB0 Data Bus 0
8 +DB1 Data Bus 1
9 +DB2 Data Bus 2
10 +DB3 Data Bus 3
11 +DB4 Data Bus 4
12 +DB5 Data Bus 5
13 +DB6 Data Bus 6
14 +DB7 Data Bus 7
15 +DPB Data Parity (odd Parity)
16 DIFFSENSE ? Diff Sense?
19 res reserved
20 +ATN Attention
21 GND Ground
22 +BSY Busy
23 +ACK Acknowledge
24 +RST Reset
25 +MSG Message
26 +SEL Select
27 +C/D Control/Data
28 +REQ Request
29 +I/O Input/Output
30 GND Ground
31 +DB8 Data Bus 8
32 +DB9 Data Bus 9
33 +DB10 Data Bus 10
34 +DB11 Data Bus 11
35 -DB12 Data Bus 12
39 -DPB1 Data Parity (odd Parity)
40 GND Ground
41 -DB0 Data Bus 0
42 -DB1 Data Bus 1
43 -DB2 Data Bus 2
44 -DB3 Data Bus 3
45 -DB4 Data Bus 4
46 -DB5 Data Bus 5
47 -DB6 Data Bus 6
48 -DB7 Data Bus 7
49 -DPB Data Parity (odd Parity)
50 GND Ground
53 res reserved
54 -ATN Attention
55 GND Ground
56 -BSY Busy
57 -ACK Acknowledge
58 -RST Reset
59 -MSG Message
60 -SEL Select
61 -C/D Control/Data
62 -REQ Request
63 -I/O Input/Output
64 GND Ground
65 -DB8 Data Bus 8
66 -DB9 Data Bus 9
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SCSI 68 Pin Differential pinout at The Pin-Out
directory
SCA=Single Connector Attachment
Drive connector: AMP Champ 557613-1 or AMP Champ 557114-5
Cable connector: AMP Champ 2-557103-1 or AMP Champ 2-557101-1
1 12V +12 VDC
2 12V +12 VDC
3 12V +12 VDC
4 12V +12 VDC
5 3.3V +3.3 VDC
6 3.3V +3.3 VDC
7 -DB(11) Data Bus 11
9 -DB(9) Data Bus 9
12 -REQ Request
14 -SEL Select
15 -MSG Message
16 -RST Reset
17 -ACK Acknowledge
18 -BSY Busy
19 -ATN Attention
20 -P_CRCA ?
29 -DB(P1) ?
34 5V Ground (Signal)
36 5V CHARGE Ground (Signal)
37 SPINDLE SYNC ? Spindle Sync
38 RMT_START ? Remote Start
39 SCSI ID (0) SCSI ID Bit 0
41 12V GROUND +12 VDC Ground
44 MATED 1 ?
45 3.3V CHARGE +3.3 VDC Charge
46 DIFFSNS Differential Sense
47 +DB(11) Data Bus 11
51 +I/O Input/Output
52 +REQ Request
53 +C/D Control/Data
54 +SEL Select
55 +MSG Message
56 +RST Reset
57 +ACK Acknowledge
58 +BSY Busy
59 +ATN Attention
60 +P_CRCA ?
69 +DB(P1) ?
74 MATED 2 ?
77 ACTIVE LED OUT ?
78 DLYD_START ?
5: RESERVED/NC 6: RESERVED/NC 20: -DB(P0) 36: 5 VOLT 44: 12 V GROUND 45: RESERVED/
NC 46: RESERVED/NC 74: 5 V GROUND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SCA SFF-8015 Draft Rev
3.1
SCA=Single Connector Attachment
Drive connector: AMP Champ 557613-1 or AMP Champ 557114-5
Cable connector: AMP Champ 2-557103-1 or AMP Champ 2-557101-1
1 12V +12 VDC
2 12V +12 VDC
3 12V +12 VDC
4 12V +12 VDC
5 3.3V +3.3 VDC
6 3.3V +3.3 VDC
9 -DB(9) Data Bus 9
12 -REQ Request
14 -SEL Select
15 -MSG Message
16 -RST Reset
17 -ACK Acknowledge
18 -BSY Busy
19 -ATN Attention
20 -P_CRCA ?
29 -DB(P1) ?
36 5V CHARGE Ground (Signal)
37 SPINDLE SYNC ? Spindle Sync
38 RMT_START ? Remote Start
44 MATED 1 ?
45 3.3V CHARGE +3.3 VDC Charge
46 GROUND Ground
47 SIGNAL RETURN Ground (Signal)
74 MATED 2 ?
77 ACTIVE LED OUT ?
78 DLYD_START ?
5: RESERVED/NC 6: RESERVED/NC 20: -DB(P0) 36: 5 VOLT 44: 12 V GROUND 45: RESERVED/
NC 46: RESERVED/NC 74: 5 V GROUND
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
SCA SFF-8015 Draft Rev
3.1
(To the cable).
1-16 GND Ground
19 res reserved
20-34 GND Ground
35 DB12 Data Bus 12
36 DB13 Data Bus 13
37 DB14 Data Bus 14
38 DB15 Data Bus 15
39 DPB1 Data Parity (odd Parity)
40 DB0 Data Bus 0
41 DB1 Data Bus 1
42 DB2 Data Bus 2
43 DB3 Data Bus 3
44 DB4 Data Bus 4
45 DB5 Data Bus 5
46 DB6 Data Bus 6
47 DB7 Data Bus 7
48 DPB Data Parity (odd Parity)
49 GND Ground
50 GND Ground
53 res reserved
54 GND Ground
55 /ATN Attention
56 GND Ground
57 /BSY Busy
58 /ACK Acknowledge
59 /RST Reset
60 /MSG Message
61 /SEL Select
63 /REQ Request
65 DB8 Data Bus 8
66 DB9 Data Bus 9
67 DB10 Data Bus 10
68 DB11 Data Bus 11
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: SCSI FAQ
SCSI 68 Pin Normal pinout at The Pin-Out
directory
Adaptec RAIDport
Pin Description
Pin Signal
B01 n/c
B02 n/c
B03 Ground
B04 n/c
B05 REQ[A]#
B06 RSVD
B07 REQ[B]#
B08 REQ[C]#
B09 LED[A]#
B10 n/c
B11 n/c
B12 RSVD
B13 CLK40
B14 Ground
B15 MRW
B16 MD[0]
B17 MD[2]
B18 MD[4]
B19 Ground
B20 MD[6]
B21 MA[14]
B22 MA[12]
B23 MA[10]
B24 MA[8]
B25 PRSNT1
B26 MA[6]
B27 MA[4]
B28 Ground
B29 MA[2]
B30 MA[0]
A01 n/c
A02 n/c
A03 n/c
A04 n/c
A05 ACK[A]#
A06 RSVD
A07 ACK[B]#
A08 ACK[C]#
A09 IDDAT
A10 n/c
A11 n/c
A12 SY_RST#
A13 ROMCS[A]#
A14 RAMCS#
A15 Ground
A16 MDP
A17 MD[1]
A18 RAMPS#
A19 MD[3]
A20 MD[5]
A21 MA[13]
A22 MD[7]
A23 MA[11]
A24 MA[9]
A25 MA[7]
A26 Ground
A27 MA[5]
A28 MA[3]
A29 SEECS[A]
A30 MA[1]
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
IEEE488
12 PIN UNKNOWN CONNECTOR at the Computer
1 2 3 4 5 6
= = = = = =
###### ########### (At the computer)
= = = = = =
A B C D E F
Pin Description
A or 1 GND
B or 2 +5v
C or 3 Motor (computer controlled +6v for datasette motor)
D or 4 Read line from casette
E or 5 Write line cassette
F or 6 Cassette Switch Sense (monitors cassette play/ff/rew buttons)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore PET
FAQ
Amstrad Digital Joystick
Available at the Amstrad CPC6128 and CPC6128 Plus.
(at the Computer)
(at the Joystick cable)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the Joystick cable.
Digital Joystick 1
1 UP Up
2 DOWN Down
3 LEFT Left
4 RIGHT Right
6 FIRE2 Fire button 2
8 GND Ground
9 GND Ground
Digital Joystick 2
1 UP Up
2 DOWN Down
3 LEFT Left
4 RIGHT Right
8 GND Ground
Note: Direction is Computer relative Joystick.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Colin Gaunt, Agnello
Guarracino
Source:
Amstrad 6128 Plus Home Computer Manual
Manual
Apple IIc Joystick
1 GAMESW1 Switch input 1 (sometimes called paddle button 1).
2 +5V +5 VDC (max 100mA)
3 GND System ground.
4 n/a Not used
5 PDL0
Paddle 0 hand controller input. Must be connected to a 150K ohm variable resistor
connected to +5V.
6 n/c Not connected
7 GAMESW0 Switch input 0 (sometimes called paddle button 0).
8 PDL1
Paddle 1 hand controller input; must be connected to a 150K ohm variable resistor
connected to +5V.
9 n/a Not used
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 1419: Apple IIc, External Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
Atari 2600 Controller Pinouts
A lot of different controllers was available for the Atari 2600 VCS system.
Sticks
Pin Description
1 Up
2 Down
3 Left
4 Right
5 NC
6 Fire
7 NC
8 Ground
9 NC
Paddles
Pin Description
1 NC
2 NC
3 2P Fire
4 1P Fire
5 NC
6 NC
7 +5v (pot common)
8 Ground
9 2P Paddle
Omega Race Controller
Pin Description
1 Up thru
2 Down thru
3 Left thru
4 Right thru
5 Front trigger
6 Fire thru
7 +5v (triggers)
8 Ground
9 Top trigger
Kids Controller (Touch Pad)
Pin # 5 9 6
1 1 2 3
2 4 5 6
3 7 8 9
4 * 0 #
7
+5v pulls pins 5 & 9
through 4.7k resistors
Contributor:
Joakim gren
Source: Atari 2600 Controllers at GamesX
Jay Tilton's web site
Atari 2600 Joystick
(at the Atari)
(at the joystick cable)
9 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Atari.
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the joystick cable.
Pin Color Dir Description
1 WHT Up
2 BLU Down
3 GRN Left
4 BRN Right
6 ORG Button
8 BLK Ground(-)
Note: Connect Direction/Button to Ground for action.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Classic Atari 2600/5200/7800 Game Systems FAQ - Pinout by Greg
Alt
Atari 5200 Joystick
(at the Atari)
Pin Description
1 Keypad -- right column
2 Keypad -- middle column
3 Keypad -- left column
4 Start, Pause, and Reset common
5 Keypad -- third row and Reset
6 Keypad -- second row and Pause
7 Keypad -- top row and Start
8 Keypad -- bottom row
9 Pot common
10 Horizontal pot (POT0, 2, 4, 6)
11 Vertical pot (POT1, 3, 5, 7)
12 5 volts DC
13 Bottom side buttons (TRIG0, 1, 2, 3)
14 Top side buttons
15 0 volts -- ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Eric
Parent
Source:
FAQ
Atari 7800 Joystick
(at the Atari)
9 PIN D-SUB MALE at the Atari.
Pin Color Dir Description
1 WHT Up
2 BLU Down
3 GRN Left
4 BRN Right
5 RED Button (R)ight (-)
6 ORG ? Both buttons (+)
8 BLK Ground(-)
9 YLW Button (L)eft (-)
Note: Connect Direction and Button(L/R) to Ground for action. And Both Button to Button L and Button
R for action.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
FAQ
Can be found at Atari Falcon, Jaguar & STe.
(at the computer)
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB FEMALE at the computer.
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB MALE at the joystick cable.
1 UP0 Up 0
2 DOWN0 Down 0
3 LEFT0 Left 0
4 RIGHT0 Right 0
5 PAD0Y Paddle 0 Y
6 FIRE0/LIGHT GUN Fire 0/Lightgun
7 VCC +5 VDC
8 n/c Not connected
9 GND Ground
10 FIRE2 Fire 2
11 UP2 Up 2
12 DOWN2 Down 2
13 LEFT2 Left 2
14 RIGHT2 Right 2
15 PAD0X Paddle 0 X
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Atari Enhanced Joystick Ports
FAQ
Can be found at Atari Falcon, Jaguar & STe.
(at the computer)
1 UP0 Up 0
2 DOWN0 Down 0
3 LEFT0 Left 0
4 RIGHT0 Right 0
5 PAD0Y Paddle 0 Y
6 FIRE0/LIGHT GUN Fire 0/Lightgun
7 VCC +5 VDC
8 n/c Not connected
9 GND Ground
10 FIRE2 Fire 2
11 UP2 Up 2
12 DOWN2 Down 2
13 LEFT2 Left 2
14 RIGHT2 Right 2
15 PAD0X Paddle 0 X
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Do-It-Yourself Atari Jaguar Controller by Andrew
Hague
Atari Mouse/Joy
(at the computer)
(at the mouse/joy cable)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the mouse/joy cable.
Pin Mouse Joystick Dir Comment
1 XB UP
2 XA DOWN
3 YA LEFT
4 YB RIGHT
5 n/c n/c -
6 LEFTBUTTON FIRE
7 +5V +5V
8 GND GND
9 RIGHTBUTTON res
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Steve & Sally
Blair
Source: ?
C16/C116/+4 Joystick
Available on the Commodore C16, C116 and +4 computers.
(at the computer)
Joystick 1
1 JOYA0
2 JOYA1
3 JOYA2
4 JOYA3
5 +5VDC
6 BUTTON A ?
7 GND
8 COMMON A ? ? Is connected to DATA2 thru a buffer.
Joystick 2
1 JOYB0
2 JOYB1
3 JOYB2
4 JOYB3
5 +5VDC
6 BUTTON B ?
7 GND
8 COMMON B ? ? Is connected to DATA1 thru a buffer.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin Vosselman
Source:
16.
C64 Control Port
(at the computer)
Control Port 1
1 JOYA0
2 JOYA1
3 JOYA2
4 JOYA4
5 POT AY
6 BUTTON A/LP
7 +5V 50 mA max
8 GND
9 POT AX
Control Port 2
1 JOYB0
2 JOYB1
3 JOYB2
4 JOYB4
5 POT BY
6 BUTTON B
7 +5V 50 mA max
8 GND
9 POT BX
Note: Pot is a linear 470 kOhm (10 %)
Note: Availble on Commodore VIC-20, C64, C128 & SX64.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Arwin
Vosselman
Guide
MSX Joystick
(at the computer)
1 /FORWARD Forward
2 /BACK Backward
3 /LEFT Left
4 /RIGHT Right
5 +5V +5 VDC (50mA max)
6 /TRG1 Trigger A / Output 1
7 /TRG2 Trigger A / Output 1
8 OUTPUT Output 3
9 GND Signal Ground
Warning: Pin 5 is +5V on MSX and Mouse Button 2 on Amiga. Since Amiga mousebutton is active low,
connecting an Amiga mouse to a MSX and pressing mousebutton 2 will shortcut the supply voltage.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
map
NeoGeo Joystick
Available on the NeoGeo videogame.
(at the console)
15 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the console.
15 PIN D-SUB MALE at the joystick cable.
1 GND Ground
3 SELECT Select Button
4 BUTTOND "D" Button
5 BUTTONB "B" Button
6 RIGHT Right
7 DOWN Down
9 BUTTOND "D" Button, again?
11 START Start Button
12 BUTTONC "C" Button
13 BUTTONA "A" Button
14 LEFT Left
15 UP Up
Note: Signals are active high (connect to +5V).
Contributor:
Joakim gren,
Enzo
Source:
NeoGeo Controller pinout at
GamesX
Nintendo SNES Controller
(at the Console)
7 PIN SNES SPECIAL FEMALE at the Console.
Pin Description Wire Color
1 +5v White
2 Data Clock Yellow
3 Data Latch Orange
4 Serial Data Red
5 N/C -
6 N/C -
7 Ground Brown
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Jim
Christy
Source:
SNES / Super Famicom Joystick Data at
GamesX
PC Gameport
(at the computer)
1 +5V +5 VDC
2 /B1 Button 1
3 X1 Joystick 1 - X
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 Y1 Joystick 1 - Y
7 /B2 Button 2
8 +5V +5 VDC
9 +5V +5 VDC
10 /B4 Button 4
11 X2 Joystick 2 - X
12 GND Ground
13 Y2 Joystick 2 - Y
14 /B3 Button 3
15 +5V +5 VDC
Note: Use 100kohm resistor.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
PC Gameport+MIDI
Some soundcards have some MIDI signals included in their Gameport. Ground and VCC has been used
for this.
(at the computer)
1 +5V +5 VDC
2 /B1 Button 1
3 X1 Joystick 1 - X
4 GND Ground
5 GND Ground
6 Y1 Joystick 1 - Y
7 /B2 Button 2
8 +5V +5 VDC
9 +5V +5 VDC
10 /B4 Button 4
11 X2 Joystick 2 - X
12 MIDITXD MIDI Transmit
13 Y2 Joystick 2 - Y
14 /B3 Button 3
15 MIDIRXD MIDI Receive
Note: Use 100 kohm resistor.
Circuit Cellar Online has an great article about how to connect MIDI devices to your MPU401
compatible (SoundBlaster etc) soundcards gameport.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Sega Genesis Controller
9 PIN DSUB ??
Pin Name (Select=GND) Name (Select=+5V)
1 Up Up
2 Down Down
3 Gnd / Left
4 Gnd / Right
5 +5VDC +5VDC
6 Button A Button B
7 Select Select
8 Ground Ground
9 Start Button C
The chip inside the controller is a 74HC157. This is a high-speed cmos quad 2-line to 1-line multiplexer.
The console can with help of the Select-pin choose from two functions on each input.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Neal Patrick
Howland
Source:
GamesX
Sony Playstation Controller Port
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-------------------------------
| o o o | o o o | o o o | (at the Controller)
\_____________________________/
1 DATA Data
2 CMD Command
3 N/C (9 V unused) Not connected
4 GND Ground
5 VCC Vcc
6 ATT ATT select
7 CLK Clock
8 N/C Not connected
9 ACK Acknowledge
Signals description:
DATA
Signal from Controller to PSX. This signal is an 8 bit serial transmission synchronous to the falling edge
of clock (That is both the incoming and outgoing signals change on a high to low transition of clock. All
the reading of signals is done on the leading edge to allow settling time.)
COMMAND
Signal from PSX to Controller. This signal is the counter part of DATA. It is again an 8 bit serial
transmission on the falling edge of clock.
VCC
VCC can vary from 5V down to 3V and the official SONY Controllers will still operate. The controllers
outlined here really want 5V. The main board in the PSX also has a surface mount 750mA fuse that will
blow if you try to draw to much current through the plug (750mA is for both left, right and memory
cards).
ATT
ATT is used to get the attention of the controller. This signal will go low for the duration of a
transmission. I have also seen this pin called Select, DTR and Command.
CLOCK
Signal from PSX to Controller. Used to keep units in sync.
ACK
Acknowledge signal from Controller to PSX. This signal should go low for at least one clock period
after each 8 bits are sent and ATT is still held low. If the ACK signal does not go low within about 60 us
the PSX will then start interogating other devices.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Sony Playstation Controller
Information
TI-99/4A Joystick Port
(At the computer)
(At the joystick cable)
Pin Dir Name
1 - N.C.
2 OUT Test joystick 2
3 IN UP
4 IN Fire button pressed
5 IN Left
6 - N.C.
7 OUT Test joystick
8 IN Down
9 IN Right
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Vectrex Controller
Pin Description
1 Button 1
2 Button 2
3 Button 3
4 Button 4
5 Horizontal Pot
6 Vertical Pot
7 +5V
8 GND
9 -5V
The joystick potentiometers work by voltage division between -5V and +5V. Actually, it uses a couple
of resistors on each side to make it more like -3.4V to 3.4V.
Vertical Pin 6:
Voltage Direction
-3.4 V Down
0 V Center
+3.4 V Up
Horizontal Pin 5:
Voltage Direction
-3.4 V Left
0 V Center
+3.4 V Right
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Jay
Tilton
Source:
Vectrex Controller Pinout at
GamesX
Jay Tilton's Website
AT&T 6300 Keyboard
(at the Computer)
9 PIN D-SUB ??? at the Computer.
1 DATA Data
2 CLOCK Clock
3 GND Ground
4 GND Ground
5 +12V +12 VDC
6 n/c Not connected
7 n/c Not connected
8 n/c Not connected
9 n/c Not connected
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
Keyboard (5 Amiga)
(at the computer)
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) FEMALE (A1000/A2000/A3000) at the computer.
Pin A1000 A2000/A3000
1 +5 Volts KCLK
2 CLOCK KDAT
3 DATA n/c
4 GND GND
5 n/c +5 Volts
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rob
Gill
Source: ?
Keyboard (5 PC)
(at the computer)
Pin Name Description Technical
1 CLOCK Clock CLK/CTS, Open-collector
2 DATA Data RxD/TxD/RTS, Open-collector
3 n/c Not connected Reset on some very old keyboards.
4 GND Ground
5 VCC +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Keyboard (6 Amiga)
(at the computer)
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE (PS/2 STYLE) (A4000/CDTV) at the computer.
1 /DATA Data
3 GND Ground
5 CLOCK Clock
Note: Direction is Computer relative Keyboard.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Dirk
Duesterberg
Source:
Commodore
Keyboard (6 PC, PS/2)
(at the computer)
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE (PS/2 STYLE) at the computer.
1 DATA Key Data
3 GND Ground
4 VCC Power , +5 VDC
5 CLK Clock
6 /PWR on
Power On, used on Siemens Nixdorf/Fujitsu Siemens. Connected to pin 3 when
pressed.
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Gilles Ries, Daniel
Rieder
Source: ?
Keyboard (Amiga CD32)
The Amiga CD
32
keyboard connector also includes a serialport.
(at the computer)
1 /DATA Data
2 /TxD Transmit Data (0-5V and reversed)
3 GND Ground
5 CLOCK Clock
6 /RxD Receive Data (0-5V and reversed)
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Dirk
Duesterberg
Source: CD32 keyboard port info
Usenet posting by Klaus
Hegemann
Keyboard (XT)
(at the computer)
Pin Name Description Technical
1 CLK Clock CLK/CTS, Open-collector
2 DATA Data RxD, Open-collector
3 /RESET Reset
4 GND Ground
5 VCC +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Macintosh Keyboard
Available on Macintosh Mac Plus and earlier.
(at the Computer)
(at the Keyboard)
RJ11 FEMALE CONNECTOR at the Computer.
RJ11 MALE CONNECTOR at the Keyboard.
2 KBD1 ? Keyboard clock
3 KBD2 ? Keyboard data
4 +5V +5 VDC
Contributor:
Ben
Harris
Source:
0001424
Macintosh Keyboard Connector
(at the computer)
(at the keyboard cable)
RJ11 FEMALE CONNECTOR at the computer.
RJ11 MALE CONNECTOR at the keyboard cable.
1 GND Ground
2 KBD1 Keyboard clock
3 KBD2 Keyboard data
4 +5V +5 VDC
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
SUN Keyboard/Mouse
Available on SUN3's and older
(at the computer)
15 PIN DSUB FEMALE at the computer.
1 Keyboard In Keyboard In
2 GND Ground
3 Keyboard Out Keyboard Out
4 GND Ground
5 Mouse In Mouse In
6 GND Ground
7 Mouse Out Mouse Out (!)
8 GND Ground
9 GND Ground
Available on newer SUN machines (3/80 and Sparcs)
(at the computer)
1 GND Ground
2 GND Ground
4 Mouse In Mouse In
5 Keyboard Out Keyboard Out
6 Keyboard In Keyboard In
7 Power On
Power On (Configurable as Mouse Out on 3/80, 4300, 4400 and 600MP
CPUs!)
8 VCC Power, +5 VDC
Note: Direction is Computer relative Keyboard/Mouse.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: SUN SPARCengine Ultra 20 OEM Manual
SUN Field Engineer Handbook, VolumeII,
12/15/93
TI-99/4A Keyboard
UNKNOWN connector (inside the console) Red wire is #15
Pin 12 13 14 15 9 8 6
5 = . , M N /
4 space L K J H ;
1 enter O I U Y P
2 9 8 7 6 0
7 fctn 2 3 4 5 1 lock
3 shift S D F G A
10 ctrl W E R T Q
11 X C V B Z
Note:
Pressing a key closes the contact between corresponding row + column. Since there are no diodes to
prevent current going backwards, pressing 3 keys at a time often results in appearance of a "phantom"
key at the 4th corner of the square formed by these keys (e.g 8+7+3=phantom 4: current goes pin15-7-8-
3-pin7 as if 4 were pressed).
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Amiga Mouse/Joy
(at the computer)
(at the mouse/joy cable)
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE at the mouse/joy cable.
Pin Mouse/Trackball Lightpen Digital Joystick Paddle Dir Comment
1 V-pulse n/c /FORWARD BUTTON 3
2 H-pulse n/c /BACK n/c
3 VQ-pulse n/c /LEFT BUTTON 1
4 HQ-pulse n/c /RIGHT BUTTON 2
5 BUTTON 3(M) Penpress n/c PotX
6 BUTTON 1(L) /Beamtrigger /BUTTON 1 n/c
7 +5V +5V +5V +5V 50 mA max
8 GND GND GND GND
9 BUTTON 2(R) BUTTON 2 BUTTON 2 PotY
Note: Pot is a linear 470 kOhm (10 %)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Commodore
Apple Macintosh Mouse Connector
1 Ground
2 +5V +5 VDC
3 GND Ground
4 X2 Horizontal movement line (connected to VIA PB4 line)
5 X1 Horizontal movement line (connected to SCC DCDA- line)
6 ? ?
7 SW- Mouse button line (connected to VIA PB3)
8 Y2 Vertical movement line (connected to VIA PB5 line)
9 Y1 Vertical movement line (connected to SCC DCDB- line)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Notes
Macintosh Mouse
Available on Macintosh Mac Plus and earlier.
(at the computer)
(at the mouse cable)
9 PIN D-SUB MALE at the mouse cable.
2 +5V +5 VDC
4 X2 Horizontal movement line (connected to VIA PB4 line)
5 X1 Horizontal movement line (connected to SCC DCDA-line)
7 SW- Mouse button line (connected to VIA PB3)
8 Y2 Vertical movement line (connected to VIA PB5 line)
9 Y1 Vertical movement line (connected to SCC DCDB-line)
Note: Direction is Computer relative Mouse.
Contributor:
Ben
Harris
Source:
0001424
Mouse (PS/2)
(at the computer)
1 DATA Key Data
3 GND Ground
5 CLK Clock
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Gilles
Ries
Source: ?
SGI Mouse (Model 021-0004-002) Connector
(at the Computer)
9 PIN D-SUB ??? at the Computer.
1 +5V +5 VDC
2 -5V -5 VDC
5 MTXD Data
9 GND Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Johnson
Apple Desktop Bus (ADB)
(at the computer)
1 Data Data, grounded by an open collector or pulled to +5 V through 470
2 Power On Power on, fed by +5 V through 100 k; connect to pin 4 to turn on the system
3 +5V +5 V at 500 mA maximum drain; protected by a 1.25-A circuit breaker
4 GND Ground return
At least available on: Power Macintosh 9500
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Apple Tech Info Library 18207: Power Macintosh 9500 Pinouts at Apple TIL
homepage
[ Audio/Video | Parallel | Serial | Mice/Keyboards/Joysticks ]
What does the information that is listed for each adapter mean? See the tutorial.
Audio/Video
Video
Macintosh Video to VGA
Parallel
Parallel
A1000 to Amiga Parallel
Centronics to LapLink
Serial
Mouse
PS/2 to Serial Mouse
Serial to PS/2 Mouse
Serial
9 to 25 Serial
Nullmodem
Mice/Keyboards/Joysticks
Joystick
Amiga 4 Joysticks
PC 2 Joysticks
Keyboard
DIN to Mini-DIN Keyboard
Mini-DIN to DIN Keyboard
PS/2 Keyboard (Gateway) Y
PS/2 Keyboard (IBM Thinkpad) Y
Short tutorial
Heading
First at each page there a short heading describing the adapter.
After that there is at each page there is one or more pictures of the connectors, usually there's two
connectors. Sometimes there is some question marks only. This means that we don't know what kind of
connector it is or how it looks.
(to the computer)
There may be some pictures haven't been drawn yet. This is illustrated with the following advanced
picture:
(to the computer)
and the send a male. The texts inside parentheses will tell you at which kind of the device it will look
like that.
(to the Computer).
(to the Serialcable).
connector.
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the Serialcable.
Pin table
The pin table is perhaps the information you are looking for. It should be quite simple to read. Contains
mostly the following three columns; Name, Pin 1, Pin 2. Sometimes when not the same pin is connected
to each side there is another column describing the name at connector 2.
9-Pin 25-Pin
Carrier Detect 1 8
Receive Data 2 3
Transmit Data 3 2
System Ground 5 7
Data Set Ready 6 6
Request to Send 7 4
Clear to Send 8 5
Ring Indicator 9 22
Macintosh Video to VGA
Use this adapter to connect a standard VGA (or higher) monitor to your Apple Macintosh.
(to the Computer)
(to the Monitor-cable)
15 PIN D-SUB MALE to the Computer.
15 PIN HIGHDENSITY D-SUB FEMALE to the Monitor-cable.
Description Mac VGA Dir
Red Ground 1 6
Red 2 1
Composite sync 3 13
Monitor Sense 0 4 4
Green 5 2
Green Ground 6 7
Monitor Sense 1 7 11
No connection 8 n/c
Blue 9 3
Monitor sense 2 10 12
Sync Ground 11 10
Vertical Sync 12 14
Blue Ground 13 8
Horizontal Sync Ground 14 n/c
Horizontal Sync 15 n/c
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Michael Van den
Acker
Source: ?
A1000 to Amiga Parallel
This adapter will enable you to connect normal Amiga peripherals to an Amiga 1000. The Amiga 1000
has a male connector at the computer instead of a normal female connector. And some signals has
changed places.
(to the Amiga 1000).
(to the Amiga peripheral).
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Amiga 1000.
25 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the Amiga peripheral.
A1000 Amiga
Ground 14 23
Ground 15 24
Ground 16 25
+5V 23 14
n/c 24 15
Reset 25 16
All other straight over, 1 to 1, 2 to 2...
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Centronics to LapLink
This adapter will allow you to use a normal printercable (Centronics) as a LapLink/InterLink cable.
(To the Printer cable)
(to the Computer)
36 PIN CENTRONICS FEMALE to the Printer cable.
Name 36-Cen 25-DSub Name
Acknowledge 10 5 Data Bit 3
Busy 11 6 Data Bit 4
Paper Out 12 4 Data Bit 2
Select 13 3 Data Bit 1
Error 32 2 Data Bit 0
Reset 16 16 Reset
Select 17 17 Select
Signal Ground 19-30+33 18-25 Signal Ground
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Petr
Krc
Source: ?
PS/2 to Serial Mouse
This adapter will enable you to use a mouse with a 6 pin Mini-DIN (PS/2) connector to a computer with
a 9 pin D-SUB (Serial) connector.
This requires that the mouse handles both protocols. A mouse like this is sometimes referred to as a
combo-mouse.
(To the mouse)
(to the computer)
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE to the mouse.
9 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the computer.
Mini-DIN D-SUB
GND 3 5 GND
RxD 2 2 RxD
TxD 6 3 TxD
+5V 4 7 RTS
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Tomas gren, Thomas
Eschenbacher
Source: ?
This adapter will enable you to use a mouse with a 9 pin D-SUB (Serial) connector to a computer with a
6 pin Mini-DIN (PS/2) connector.
This requires that the mouse handles both protocols. A mouse like this is sometimes referred to as a
combo-mouse.
(to the mouse)
(to the computer)
9 PIN D-SUB MALE to the mouse.
6 PIN MINI-DIN MALE to the computer.
Mini-DIN D-SUB
+5V 4 4+7+9 DTR+RTS+RI
Data 1 1 CD
Gnd 3 3+5 TXD+GND
Clock 5 6 DSR
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Tomas gren, Thomas
Eschenbacher
Source: ?
9 to 25 Serial
This adapter will enable you to connect a 25 pin serialcable to a 9 pin connector at the computer.
(to the Computer).
9-Pin 25-Pin
Carrier Detect 1 8
Receive Data 2 3
Transmit Data 3 2
System Ground 5 7
Data Set Ready 6 6
Request to Send 7 4
Clear to Send 8 5
Ring Indicator 9 22
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Nullmodem
This adapter will enable you to use a normal serialcable as a nullmodem.
(to the Computer).
Female Male
Shield Ground 1 1 Shield Ground
Data Set Ready 6 20 Data Terminal Ready
Data Terminal Ready 20 6 Data Set Ready
Ground 7 7 Ground
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Amiga 4 Joysticks
This adapter will make it possible to connect 2 extra joysticks to the Amiga. This requires that the game
is aware of this Multi-Joystick Extender in order to use it. The adapter is connected to the parallelport of
the Amiga.
(to the 1st Joystick).
(to the 2nd Joystick).
(to the Computer).
9 PIN D-SUB MALE to the 1st Joystick.
9 PIN D-SUB MALE to the 2nd Joystick.
25 PIN D-SUB MALE to the Parallelcable.
Parport Joy 1 Joy 2
Up 1 2 1
Down 1 3 2
Left 1 4 3
Right 1 5 4
Up 2 6 1
Down 2 7 2
Left 2 8 3
Right 2 9 4
Fire 2 11 6
Fire 1 13 6
Ground 2 18 8
Ground 1 19 8
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Rob
Gill
Source:
Tomi Engdahl's Joystick
page
PC 2 Joysticks
This adapter will make it possible to connect 1 extra joystick to the PC. The gameport contains pins for
two joysticks but you will need this adapter to be able to connect two joysticks to one connector.
(to the Computer)
(to the 1st Joystick)
(to the 2nd Joystick)
15 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the 1st Joystick.
15 PIN D-SUB FEMALE to the 2nd Joystick.
PC Joy 1 Joy 2
+5 VDC 1 1 -
Button 1 2 2
Joystick 1 - X 3 3
Ground 4 4 4
Ground 5 5 5
Joystick 1 - Y 6 6
Button 2 7 7
+5 VDC 8 8
+5 VDC 9 9 1
Button 4 10 10 2
Joystick 2 - X 11 11 3
Ground 12 12
Joystick 2 - Y 13 13 6
Button 3 14 14 7
+5 VDC 15 15 8
Note: Since pin 12 is often used for MIDI-signals on gameport equipped soundcards it's better to use the
ground from pin 4 & 5, pin 15 is also used for MIDI-signals...
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Tomi Engdahl's Joystick
page
DIN to Mini-DIN Keyboard
This adapter will enable you to use a keyboard with a 5 pin DIN connector to a computer with a 6 pin
Mini-DIN connector.
(to the keyboard)
(to the computer)
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) FEMALE to the keyboard.
6 PIN MINI-DIN MALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the computer.
DIN Mini-DIN
Shield Shield Shield
Clock 1 5
Data 2 1
Ground 4 3
+5 VDC 5 4
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Gilles
Ries
Source: ?
Mini-DIN to DIN Keyboard
This adapter will enable you to use a keyboard with a 6 pin Mini-DIN connector to a computer with a 5
pin DIN connector.
(To the keyboard)
(To the computer)
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the keyboard.
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) MALE to the computer.
Mini-DIN DIN
Shield Shield Shield
Data 1 2
Ground 3 4
+5 VDC 4 5
Clock 5 1
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Gilles
Ries
Source: ?
PS/2 Keyboard (Gateway) Y
This adapter will enable you to use a keyboard and mouse at the same time. It's working with Gateway
and Gericom Overdose S notebook computers, may work with other computers (Let us know).
(to the Computer)
(to the Keyboard)
(to the Mouse)
6 PIN MINI-DIN MALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the Computer.
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the Keyboard.
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the Mouse.
Computer Keyboard Mouse
1 2 -
2 - 2
3 3 3
4 4 4
5 6 -
6 - 6
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Gilles Ries, Csaba
Markus
Source:
Johnson
PS/2 Keyboard (IBM Thinkpad) Y
This adapter will enable you to use a keyboard and mouse at the same time. It's working with IBM
Thinkpad and Asus notebook computers, may work with other computers (Let us know).
(to the Computer)
(to the Keyboard)
(to the Mouse)
6 PIN MINI-DIN MALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the Computer.
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the Keyboard.
6 PIN MINI-DIN FEMALE (PS/2 STYLE) to the Mouse.
Computer Keyboard Mouse
1 2 -
2 - 1,2
3 3 3
4 4 4
5 6 5
6 - 6
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Gilles
Ries
Source:
Johnson
[ Filter | Misc | Serial | TV ]
Need help with the circuits? See the tutorial.
Filter
Active Filter: Bessel 12dB Highpass
Active Filter: Bessel 12dB Lowpass
Active Filter: Butterworth 12dB Highpass
Active Filter: Butterworth 12dB Lowpass
Active Filter: Linkwitz 24dB Highpass
Active Filter: Linkwitz 24dB Lowpass
Misc
Operation Amplifier: Addition
Operation Amplifier: Inverting Amplifier
Operation Amplifier: Non-inverting Amplifier
Serial
C64 to RS232 Interface
CD32 Keyboard to Serial Interface 1
TV
TV Antenna Ground Isolator - Eliminate Ground Loops
Short tutorial
Heading
First at each page there a short heading describing what the connector is.
(at the computer)
picture:
(at the computer)
and the send a male. The texts inside parentheses will tell you at which kind of the device it will look
like that.
(at the videocard)
connector.
5 PIN DIN 180 (DIN41524) at the computer.
Pin table
the following three columns; Pin, Name & Description.
1 CLOCK Key Clock
2 GND GND
3 DATA Key Data
4 VCC +5 VDC
5 n/c Not connected
(2st order, 12 dB/octave, Highpass)
C=4.7n-10nF
Ra=1.1017/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rb=1.4688/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Units: Rx [Ohm], C [F], Fc [Hz]
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(2nd order, 12 dB/octave, Lowpass)
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
Ca=0.9076/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cb=0.6809/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Units: R [Ohm], Cx [F], Fc [Hz]
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
C=4.7n-10nF
Ra=1.0474/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rb=2.0008/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rc=1.3228/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(3st order, 18 dB/octave, Lowpass)
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
Ca=0.9548/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cb=0.4998/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cc=0.7560/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(4th order, 24 dB/octave, Highpass)
C=4.7n-10nF
Ra=1.3701/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rb=1.4929/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rc=0.9952/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rd=2.5830/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(4th order, 24 dB/octave, Lowpass)
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
Ca=0.7298/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cb=0.6699/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cc=1.0046/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cd=0.3872/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
C=4.7n-10nF
Ra=0.7071/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rb=1.414/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(2nd order, 12 dB/octave, Lowpass)
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
Ca=1.414/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cb=0.7071/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
C=4.7n-10nF
Ra=0.500/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rb=2.000/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rc=1.000/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
Ca=2.000/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cb=0.500/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cc=1.000/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
(4th order, 24 dB/octave, Highpass)
C=4.7n-10nF
Ra=0.9239/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rb=1.0824/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rc=0.3827/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Rd=2.6130/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
Ca=1.0824/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cb=0.9239/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cc=2.6130/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Cd=0.3827/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
C=4.7n-10nF
R=1.000/(2*pi*Fc*C)
Units: R [Ohm], C [F], Fc [Hz]
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
C=1.000/(2*pi*Fc*R)
Units: R [Ohm], C [F], Fc [Hz]
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Active Filter: Linkwitz 24dB Highpass
C=4.7n-10nF
Ra=Rc=1/(2*sqr(2)*pi*Fc*C)
Rb=Rd=2Ra
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Active Filter: Linkwitz 24dB Lowpass
R=4.7k-10 kOhm
Ca=Cc=2*Cb
Cb=Cd=1/(2*sqr(2)*pi*Fc*R)
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Operation Amplifier: Addition

V
OUT
= -(V
1
/R
1
+V
2
/R
2
)*R
O

This circuit is used to add several signals to one. By setting all resistors to the same value, R
1
=R
2
=R
O
,
you get the following formula:
V
OUT
= -(V
1
+V
2
)
You can theoretically add how many signals you like. Here's an example with three in-signals:
V
OUT
= -(V
1
/R
1
+V
2
/R
2
+V
3
/R
3
)*R
O

Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Operation Amplifier: Inverting Amplifier

V
OUT
= -(R
2
/R
1
)*V
IN

The signal is inverted with this design (notice the minus sign in the formula). But it's very easy to
change the gain with the help of R
2
.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
Operation Amplifier: Non-inverting Amplifier

V
OUT
= (1+R
1
/R
2
)*V
IN

One positive effect with this design is that the signal isn't inverted. But you can't have less gain than 1
times the in-signal.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source: ?
C64 to RS232 Interface
Userport C64 C64 RS232
_________
| |
PA2 M-----------11-| |-14------------------- TXD (2)
PB1 D-----------10-| |--7------------------- RTS (4)
PB6 K-----------12-| MAX 232 |-13------------------- CTS (5)
FLAG2 B---X--------9-| |--8------------------- RXD (3)
PB0 C---| | |--3--|+-|
VCC 2-----------16-| |--1-----| DB25-
connector
GND N------X----15-| |
X--|+-2-| |--5--|+-|
X--+|-6-|_________|--4-----|
|
|---------------------------------------- GND (7)
-|+- capacitor 22uF/16V
- +
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
Usenet posting in comp.sys.cbm, C64 -> Serial -> IBM ? by Andreas
Boose
For the signal-translation form the 0-5VDC source to the standard
RS232-level (-12VDC / +12VDC) you may choose the MAX232 or an
equivalent counterpart (ICL232 ....)
CD32 Keyboard-Port level-converter TTL->RS232 RS232
Pin4 +5V -------------Pin16
Pin3 GND -------------Pin15--------------------------GND Pin7
Pin2 TxD ------------>Pin10 (---|>*-) Pin7-------->RxD Pin3
Pin6 RxD <------------Pin9 (--*<|--) Pin8<--------Txd Pin2
C1
+--)|----Pin1 +----DSR Pin6
| + (*) |
+--------Pin3 +----DCD Pin8
C2 |
+--)|----Pin4 +----DTR Pin20
| +
+--------Pin5 +----RTS Pin4
C3 (*) |
GND--|(----Pin6 +----CTS Pin5
+ (Polung!)
C4
GND--)|----Pin16 (*) some computers need these
+ handshake connections to
C5 proper working
+--|(----Pin16
| + (Polung!)
+--------Pin2
(**)
shielding-----------------------------------------| |-shielding
connect the shielding of all cables to each other - but only
connect it to only ONE interface port connector (i used the
keyboard plug).
For the condensers C1..C5 you must get 1 uF electrolyt-condesers.
If your signal-converter is kind of the xxx232A (A-type) you must
use 0.1 uF instead (for C1..C5) [source : Maxim Data Book]
Be careful with your explorations. I suggest the serial signals
are passed through directly to the PAULA chip - so they are
slightly sensitive.
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
CD32 keyboard port info usenet posting by Klaus
Hegemann
Date: Thu, 20 Oct 1994 11:07:00 +0100
From: [email protected] (Klaus Hegemann)
Subject: Re: Using Auxiliary Port as Serial Port
Message-ID: <b1990b05%[email protected]>
References: <[email protected]>
Newsgroups: comp.sys.amiga.cd32
X-Comment-To: [email protected] (All)
Organization: Fido.DE domain gateway (IN e.V.)
Lines: 91
X-Gateway: FIDOGATE 3.8.0
X-FTN-Tearline: CrossPoint v3.02
X-FTN-Origin: Josef Matula for President (2:2452/113.29)
X-FTN-Domain: Z242@fidode
X-FTN-Seen-By: 1000/1 600 601 2000/1 2452/113 3000/1 4900/99 6000/0
X-FTN-Path: 1000/600 1
Hi Stan !
s> I understand that you can use the auxiliary port (keyboard) as an
s> RS-232 port and that this is what sernet does. But when I look at
s> the pinout, there is only clock and data signals, not ser-in and
s> ser_out. What am I missing here?
Well, I think you refer to the A4000's kb.jack pinout. It's 'almost'
the same as you can find at the cd32. But the difference is, tataa..:
on the cd32 there are additional serial-interface-signals connected
to the AUX-jack. You can find them at the former unused pins.
The mess is, that the (serial-) signals carry [negated] TTL-level.
As a result, you have to make sure that there is a level-conversion
before you connect them to other computers. Without you surely kill
your cd32.
The cd32-FAQ shows a rather complex (but quite correct) way to do this.
(Aehm, the level-conv., of course ;-)
If you plan to connect the CD32 with other Amigas then I found out a
rather easyer/cheaper way to solve that:
Amiga |\ | Amiga CD32
TxD o-------| >|---.
level: RS232 |/ | | level: /TTL
-12V..+12V D1 | 0V..+5V
.-.
| |
| | IC1
R1| | ''''''''
`-' ' _ '
| ' | \ '
*------| O-------->o /RxD Pin6
| ' |_/ '
.-. ' '
| | ' '
| | ' '
R2| | ' '
`-' ' '
| ' '
| ' '
| ' '
=== ' '
/// ' _ '
' / | '
RxD o<-------------------O |---------o /TxD Pin2
' \_| '
' '
''''''''
GND o-----------------------*---------o GND
|
'''''|''
' o o '
' |7 14'
''|''''' IC1
|
+5V o--------------------'
the pros. and cons. ([1]this solution ./. [2]max232-sol. (->FAQ) )
pros.[1]: easy to solder
cheap
fits within a SUB-D 25 plug
does not consume CD32 +5V power ;-)
cons: 'dirty' solution; i.e. circuitry makes use of the 1488/89 tolerances
you may only connect Amiga-computers to your cd32 when using THIS
[1] circuitry - since they all use the 1488/89 chip set.
PCs 'may' work, too. But interface board must contain 1488/89 chip
set.
I do believe that this will work on all Amigas -I tested it at least
on 3 different Amiga-models, however, there is still no guarantee
that this will work on yours.
However, I use both interface-types since about 6 months. There has
been no problem yet.
s> Also, has anyone made their own connector to the expansion port to
s> pull off the RGB signals? I'd appreciate hearing of your experience.
Yea, does work fine. In use for about 6 months; and still no probs, too.
For details refer to the cd32-faq.
I am not quite sure about the cd32-pin numbers, just take a look in the
faq.
bis den bald
Klaus
[---------------------------------------------------------------------------]
Date: Fri, 21 Oct 1994 14:55:00 +0100
From: [email protected] (Klaus Hegemann)
Subject: Re: [2]Using Auxiliary Port as Serial Port
Message-ID: <b1a112f9%[email protected]>
References: <b1990b05%[email protected]>
Newsgroups: comp.sys.amiga.cd32
X-Comment-To: [email protected] (All)
Organization: Fido.DE domain gateway (IN e.V.)
Lines: 117
X-Gateway: FIDOGATE 3.8.0
X-FTN-Tearline: CrossPoint v3.02
X-FTN-Origin: Josef Matula for President (2:2452/113.29)
X-FTN-Domain: Z242@fidode
X-FTN-Seen-By: 1000/1 150 600 601 2000/1 2452/113 3000/1 4900/99 6000/0
X-FTN-Path: 1000/600 1
Hi!
'updated info:'
Amiga 500,2000,1200,...
level: RS232
-12V..+12V
|\ | Amiga CD32
TxD o-------| >|---.
Pin2 |/ | | level: /TTL
D1 | 0V..+5V
1N4001 .-.
| |
| | IC1 7400
R1 | | ........
(*) `-' 1: _ :
| ___| \ :3
*--*___| O-------->o /RxD Pin6
| : |_/ :
.-. 2: :
| | : :
| | : :
R2 | | : :
(*) `-' : :
| : :
| : :
| : :
=== : :
GND /// : _ :4
6: / |____
RxD o<-------------------O |____*----o /TxD Pin2
Pin3 : \_|
: :5
:.......
GND o---------------*-----------------o GND Pin3
Pin7 |
| ........
| 7: :IC1
*--:GND :
| 9: :
*--: \ :
|10: |not :
*--: |used:
|12: | :
*--: | :
|13: | :14
`--: / +5V:-.
:......: |
|
|
+5V o---------------------------'
Pin4
shield o=======================! [n.c.] o shield
Pin1
The RS232-TxD-signal carries +12V or -12V level. As the first step
in conversion the diode D1 blocks if the signal drops to -12V.
In this case the voltage divider (R1,R2) is only connected with
GND potential. So the gate input carries GND level, too.
When the RS232-TxD-signal changes to +12V the diode will pass it
through and the voltage divider now provides a +5V-level signal to
the gate input.
The backward conversion consists of simple negation of the cd32's
/TxD signal. In fact there is no level conversion.
While the conversion for the received signal does
work proper with any RS232 opponent, the sended
signal furthermore carries TTL-level.
The opponent hardware tries to regain the TTL-level signal from
its 'RS232' input. The conversion unit handles the provided
pseudo RS232-type signals correct (as we want ist to be:-).
(*) voltage divider R1-R2:
U U = 12V U = 5V
R1+R2 R1+R2 R1+R2 R2
------ = -----
U R2
R2
U
R1+R2
I = 5 mA ==> R1+R2 = ------ = 2400 Ohm
R1+R2 I
R1+R2
(R1+R2) * U
R2
U = 5V ==> R2 = ------------- = 1000 Ohm; R1= 1400 Ohm
R2 U
R1+R2
R1=1500 Ohm
R2=1000 Ohm ==> I=4.8 mA ==> U(R2)=4.8 V .. will be OK
IC1 = 74LS00 (4 NAND gates)
D1 = e.g. 1N4001
have fun !
be careful; I am in no way responsible for any damage that may result.
CU
bis den bald
Klaus [email protected]
Contributor:
Joakim
gren
Source:
CD32 keyboard port info usenet posting by Klaus
Hegemann
TV Antenna Ground Isolator - Eliminate Ground
Loops
This is a pretty simple circuit suitable for reducing/eliminating ground loops in home A/V systems
caused by the ground return in the antenna cable. If you experience a 50/60Hz humming that disappears
when you unplug the antenna cable to your VCR/TV then you have a ground loop and this is the remedy.
This circuit has only been tested with a strong antenna signal (as in cable TV feed or central antenna
system), it might not be usable when the antenna cable is directly connected to an antenna far away from
a TV station.
C=0.01uF ceramic disc capacitors, rated 200VAC or more
Remember that the key purpose of this excercise is to obtain isolation, if you use a metal case then make
sure that you only connect one of the antenna cable shields to the case. After completing the circuit,
verify the isolation with an ohm meter.
Keep the cable length as short as possible, especially on the "TV/VCR" side. This minimizes the induced
power-line noise.
If the attenuation of the circuit is to high (ie. you get "snowy" picture) then you can try to replace both
capacitors with higher value ones. It is important that both capacitors are replaced in order to maintain a
balance in signal and return path. If you can't get a good signal then you'll probably have to use an
(expensive) balun based isolator.
Contributor:
Niklas Edmundsson
Tomas gren
Source:
Ground Loops (or "Let Me Hum a Few
Bars...")
Information
ASCII Table
AWG Table
SI Prefixes Table
ASCII Table
Dec Hex Char Description Dec Hex Char Dec Hex Char Dec Hex Char
0 0 NUL (null) 32 20 64 40 @ 96 60 `
1 1 SOH (start of heading) 33 21 ! 65 41 A 97 61 a
2 2 STX (start of text) 34 22 " 66 42 B 98 62 b
3 3 ETX (end of text) 35 23 # 67 43 C 99 63 c
4 4 EOT (end of transmission) 36 24 $ 68 44 D 100 64 d
5 5 ENQ (enquiry) 37 25 % 69 45 E 101 65 e
6 6 ACK (acknowledge) 38 26 & 70 46 F 102 66 f
7 7 BEL (bell) 39 27 ' 71 47 G 103 67 g
8 8 BS (backspace) 40 28 ( 72 48 H 104 68 h
9 9 TAB (horizontal tab) 41 29 ) 73 49 I 105 69 i
10 A LF (NL line feed, new line) 42 2A * 74 4A J 106 6A j
11 B VT (vertical tab) 43 2B + 75 4B K 107 6B k
12 C FF (NP form feed, new page) 44 2C , 76 4C L 108 6C l
13 D CR (carriage return) 45 2D - 77 4D M 109 6D m
14 E SO (shift out) 46 2E . 78 4E N 110 6E n
15 F SI (shift in) 47 2F / 79 4F O 111 6F o
16 10 DLE (data link escape) 48 30 0 80 50 P 112 70 p
17 11 DC1 (device control 1) 49 31 1 81 51 Q 113 71 q
18 12 DC2 (device control 2) 50 32 2 82 52 R 114 72 r
19 13 DC3 (device control 3) 51 33 3 83 53 S 115 73 s
20 14 DC4 (device control 4) 52 34 4 84 54 T 116 74 t
21 15 NAK (negative acknowledge) 53 35 5 85 55 U 117 75 u
22 16 SYN (synchronous idle) 54 36 6 86 56 V 118 76 v
23 17 ETB (end of trans. block) 55 37 7 87 57 W 119 77 w
24 18 CAN (cancel) 56 38 8 88 58 X 120 78 x
25 19 EM (end of medium) 57 39 9 89 59 Y 121 79 y
26 1A SUB (substitute) 58 3A : 90 5A Z 122 7A z
27 1B ESC (escape) 59 3B ; 91 5B [ 123 7B {
28 1C FS (file separator) 60 3C < 92 5C \ 124 7C |
29 1D GS (group separator) 61 3D = 93 5D ] 125 7D }
30 1E RS (record separator) 62 3E > 94 5E ^ 126 7E ~
31 1F US (unit separator) 63 3F ? 95 5F _ 127 7F DEL
Format control
BS
Backspace. Indicates movement of the printing mechanism or display cursor backwards in one position.
HT
Horizontal Tabulation. Indicates movement of the printing mechanism or display cursor forward to the
next preassigned 'tab' or stopping position.
LF
Line Feed. Indicates movement of the printing mechanism or display cursor to the start of the next line
(ie one line down).
VT
Vertical Tabulation. Indicates movement of the printing mechanism or display cursor to the next of a
series of preassigned printing lines.
FF
Form Feed. Indicates movement of the printing mechanism or display cursor to the starting position of
the next page, form, or screen.
CR
Carriage Return. Indicates movement of the printing mechanism or display cursor to the starting position
(left) of the current line.
Transmission control
SOH
Start of Heading. Used to indicate the start of a heading which may contain address or routing
information.
STX
Start of Text. used to indicate the start of the text and so also indicates the end of the heading.
ETX
End of Text. Used to terminate the text which was started with STX.
EOT
End of Transmission indicates the end of a transmission which may have included one or more 'texts'
with their headings.
ENQ
Enquiry. A request for a response from a remote station. It may be used as a "who are you?" request for
a station to identify itself.
ACK
Acknowledge. A character transmitted by a receiving device as an affirmation response to a sender. It is
used as a positive response to polling messages.
NAK
Negative Acknowledgement. A character transmitted by a receiving device as a negative response to a
sender. It is used as a negative response to polling messages.
SYN
Synchronous/Idle. Used by a synchronous transmission system to achieve synchronisation. When no
data is being sent a synchronous transmission system may send SYN characters continuously.
ETB
End of Transmission Block. Indicates the end of a block of data for communication purposes. It is used
for blocking data where the block structure is not necessarily related to the processing format.
Information separator
FS
File Separator.
GS
Group Separator.
RS
Record Separtator.
US
Unit Separator.
Information separators to be used in an optional manner except that their heirarchy shall be FS (the most
inclusive) to US (the least inclusive).
Miscellaneous
NUL
Null. No character. Used for filling in time or filling space on tape when there is no data.
BEL
Bell. Used when there is need to call human attention. It may control alarm or attention devices.
SO
Shift Out. Indicates that the code combinations which follow shall be interpreted as _outside_ the
standard character set until an SI character is reached.
SI
Shift In. Indicates that the code combinations which follow shall be interpreted according to the standard
character set.
DLE
Data Link Escape. A character which shall change the meaning of one or more contiguously following
characters. It can provide supplementary controls or permits the sending of data characters having any
bit combination.
DC1, DC2, DC3, DC4
Device Controls. Characters for the control of ancillary devices or special terminal features.
CAN
Cancel. Indicates that the data which preceeds it in a message or block should be disregarded (usually
because an error has been detected).
EM
End of Medium. Indicates the physical end of a card, tape or other medium, or the end of the required or
used portion of the medium.
SUB
Substitute. Substituted for a character that is found to be erroneous or invalid.
ESC
Escape. A character intended to provide code extension in that it gives a specified number of
contiguously following characters an alternate meaning.
SP
Space. A nonprinting character used to separate words, or to move the printing mechanism or display
cursor forward by one position.
DEL
Delete. Used to obliterate unwanted characters (for example, on paper tape by punching a hole in
_every_ bit position).
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Pedro Zorzenon
Neto
Source: ASCII table at The Pin-Out directory
Data & Computer Communications from
Stallings
AWG Table
AWG=American Wire Gauge standard
Gauge Diam Area R I at 3A/mm2
AWG mm mm
2
ohm/km mA
46 0,04 0,0013 13700 3,8
44 0,05 0,0020 8750 6
42 0,06 0,0028 6070 9
41 0,07 0,0039 4460 12
40 0,08 0,0050 3420 15
39 0,09 0,0064 2700 19
38 0,10 0,0078 2190 24
37 0,11 0,0095 1810 28
0,12 0,011 1520 33
36 0,13 0,013 1300 40
35 0,14 0,015 1120 45
0,15 0,018 970 54
34 0,16 0,020 844 60
0,17 0,023 757 68
33 0,18 0,026 676 75
0,19 0,028 605 85
32 0,20 0,031 547 93
30 0,25 0,049 351 147
29 0,30 0,071 243 212
27 0,35 0,096 178 288
26 0,40 0,13 137 378
25 0,45 0,16 108 477
24 0,50 0,20 87,5 588
0,55 0,24 72,3 715
0,60 0,28 60,7 850
22 0,65 0,33 51,7 1,0 A
0,70 0,39 44,6 1,16 A
0,75 0,44 38,9 1,32 A
20 0,80 0,50 34,1 1,51 A
0,85 0,57 30,2 1,70 A
19 0,90 0,64 26,9 1,91 A
0,95 0,71 24,3 2,12 A
18 1,00 0,78 21,9 2,36 A
1,10 0,95 18,1 2,85 A
1,20 1,1 15,2 3,38 A
16 1,30 1,3 13,0 3,97 A
1,40 1,5 11,2 4,60 A
1,50 1,8 9,70 5,30 A
14 1,60 2,0 8,54 6,0 A
1,70 2,3 7,57 6,7 A
13 1,80 2,6 6,76 7,6 A
1,90 2,8 6,05 8,5 A
12 2,00 3,1 5,47 9,4 A
12 2,053
11 2,305
10 2,588
9 2,906
8 3,264
7 3,665
6 4,115
5 4,621
4 5,189
3 5,827
2 6,544
1 7,348
0 8,26
00 9,27
000 10,4
0000 11,7
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Vaclav
Vobornik
Source:
A.W.G. wire
table
SI Prefixes Table
Example: 1 TW=1000 GW (W=Watt)
Symbol Prefix Factor
Y Yotta 10
24
Z Zetta 10
21
E Exa 10
18
P peta 10
15
T tera 10
12
G giga 10
9
M Mega 10
6
k kilo 10
3
h hecto 10
2
da deca 10
1
d deci 10
-1
c centi 10
-2
m milli 10
-3
u micro 10
-6
n nano 10
-9
p pico 10
-12
f femto 10
-15
a atto 10
-18
z zepto 10
-21
y yokto 10
-24
Note: In the computer world things are a bit different:
Symbol Prefix Factor Factor
P peta 2
50
1125899906842624
T tera 2
40
1099511627776
G giga 2
30
1073741824
M Mega 2
20
1048576
k kilo 2
10
1024
There is also the prefixes adopted by IEC in order to cope with the digital world. These are not widely
used (yet).
Symbol Prefix Factor Factor
Ei exbi 2
60
1152921504606846976
Pi pebi 2
50
1125899906842624
Ti tebi 2
40
1099511627776
Gi gibi 2
30
1073741824
Mi mebi 2
20
1048576
Ki kibi 2
10
1024
Contributor:
Joakim gren, Haudy Kazemi, Knut Kristan Weber Daniel
Nilsson
Source:
Farnell Components
Catalogue
Here are some links to good sites of technical information on the Internet.
I have a lot of pages I will add as soon as I get the time for it. They are currently in my bookmarks file.
Remember that I usually add links to pages covering a specific topic at bottom of the best suited HwB
page.
Misc:
Name Author Comment
The Tech Page
Blue Planet
Corporation
Harddrives & controllers specifications.
Circuit Cookbook Dan Charrois
Various circuits.
PC Hardware Link Page Dick Perron
Various Links and some own PC
Hardware info.
Electrical Engineering Circuits Archive Jerry Russell
Various circuits.
sandpile.org Christian Ludloff
Everything about 80x86 processors &
motherboards.
The Computer Information Centre
Many
Contains very much about electronics/
computers.
We-Man's Electro Stuff Stefan Wieman
Misc electronic stuff.
Tomi Engdahl's Electronics Pages Tomi Engdahl
You will find almost everything here.
PC Mechanic David Risley
Good info for beginners about how to
build PC's.
Armory Electronics Archive Richard Steven
Walz
FTP archive with lots of electronics
related files.
ChipDir
Jaap van Ganswijk
Pinouts to Integrated Circuits etc.
GamesX
Lawrence Wright
Pinouts to videogames.
Pin-Outs.com
Pin-Outs.com Cables, Pinouts and Connectors
FAQs:
Name Author Comment
alt.comp.hardware.homebuilt FAQ Mark Sokos
Misc information about how to build
your own things.
Sci.Electronics.Repair Frequently
Asked Question(s)
Various
Lots of links and useful FAQ:s (Repair
notes, pinouts and so on)
If you have any more good links of interest, please send us an e-mail.
Feel free to add a link to Hardware Book at Your page. You can use this banner if you would like to:
The Hardware Book is mirrored and is available at the following locations.
You can get more information about how to become a mirror.
Continent Country Town/Province/State URL Comment
Europe Sweden Ume, Vsterbotten http://www.hardwarebook.net
Main site provided by
Academic Computer
Club, Ume University.
America USA Austin, Texas
http://www.blackdown.org/
hwb/
Mirror provided by Karl
Asha at Blackdown.org
Send us a mail if you are interested in hosting a mirror for the Hardware Book.
How to become an official mirror of The
Hardware Book
Terms and conditions:
G Mirror should be public, ie anyone can reach it (thru Internet).
G You must agree to mirror the complete Hardware Book.
G You are not allowed to change anything without our written permission.
Mirror location:
G We would prefer it if everything was placed in a directory called hwb, but it's not a requirement.
G Point your links to index.html
Technical requirements:
G Mirror should be available 24/7
G Bandwidth and connectivity should be good enough to motivate the mirror in that region.
G Mirror should check for updates daily (preferred) or weekly using rsync.
The actual mirroring is done with rsync which only updates changed files. This should be run
automatically preferably once a day.
2004-04-12: LhA file missing on mirrors.
Ooops. It seems that the LhA version of the downloadable HwB was missing on the mirrors. This should
now be fixed.
2004-04-04: HwB mirroring and various bugfixes.
Things have been very slow on the HwB front. The main features of this release are the revival of the
mirror list and various bugfixes.
2001-06-08: New version of The Hardware Book!
The Hardware Book has undergone some major restructuring, refining and making it possible to
maintain. Lots of new information has been added and all the web links have been verified.
The index system has been revamped to allow us to make for example equipment specific indexes (like
all C=64 hardware on one page). This is not implemented right now, but it is possible now with the new
index system.
Since the mirror information was badly outdated, that list has been removed for now. We will start
taking contact with the mirrors to make them aware of that The Hardware Book is now actively
maintained.
Right now it will only be available for offline reading in HTML format. PDF and others will follow.
We will now actively accept pinouts and other specifications and add them to The Hardware Book
which will be released more often now. Like before, please don't send questions asking if we have a
specific pinout... If it's not listed in The Hardware Book, it's not likely that we have it.
Lots of people have asked when there will be a new release and why there has been so little activity in
The Hardware Book. This is mainly because Joakim gren was going to Qatar to work for 2-3 months
in the end of 1997, and he is still working there :-).
-- The Hardware Book team as of 2001-06-08.
Please help us make this reference guide larger. We guess there is much more to add. Don't hesitate to
send some strange pinout, circuit or cable.
If you have a strange serial-port on your dish-washer, SEND it to us :-)
If it does not have one you could send me a circuit on how to add a serial-port to it. :-)
We have already heard from two people that has a serial port on their dish-washers :)
We are especially searching for the following standards:
G EIB
G SA1000
G JVC bus?
G PC-Engine/TurboGrafix 16 connectors
G MTM-Bus
G GIO
G FutureBus+
G Nec PC-FX connectors
G Kenwood CD-Player RS232-port (For example DP-M7750).
G Epson Sample E04974 Diskdrive with Signals+Power in the usual 34 pin connector.
G 40 pin diskdrive connector (not IDE..)
G XTA Interface
Other information of value:
G Filters
If you have any of the above listed please send an e-mail to the Hardware Book team.
What about this? Your free reference guide to electronics.
May be copied and redistributed, partially or whole, as appropriate. If you copy parts of the information,
make a reference to the Hardware Book.
The Hardware Book is a compilation of pinouts from different sources. All pages have the same style of
presentation. This makes it easier to find information for you. We are not trying to sell anything.
HwB has been developed on spare time and is made available to you for free. This also means that we
can't guarantee that the presented information is correct. Use it on you own risk. We can't take the whole
credit for HwB. We have since the first release received a great lot of e-mail with suggestions, questions
and information. With the help of many contributors HwB has grown. Keep sending the e-mail...
This is the HwB team:
Joakim gren
Creator and editor of HwB.
Tomas gren
Editor of HwB.
Niklas Edmundsson
Editor of HwB.
Magnus Jonsson
Editor of HwB.

Could it be even better? Perhaps if You help us. Please send any material you have that might be of
interest for this project. Send it to us.
We would especially like to thank the following people:
Academic Computer Club For hosting the current Hardware Book Main Site
Karl Asha for hosting HwB in the beginning.
Rob Gill for sending me many nice pinouts etc.
Petr Krc for sending me many nice pinouts etc.
Marco Budde maintainer of the HwB Linux Debian package.

The Hardware Pinout Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Hardware Pinout Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Hardware Pinout Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hardware Book

Internet's largest free collection of connector pinouts and cable descriptions.

You might also like